d/freebsd-skq
1
0
Fork 0
Code Issues Pull Requests Packages Projects Releases Wiki Activity

Remove GNU texinfo from base along with all info pages.

Browse Source 
To be able to info pages consider installing texinfo from ports print/texinfo or
via pkg: pkg install texinfo

Differential Revision:	https://reviews.freebsd.org/D1409
Reviewed by:	emaste, imp (previous version)
Relnotes:	yes
This commit is contained in:
Baptiste Daroussin 2015-01-02 18:45:03 +00:00
parent de90b09a79
commit 2d2813618c
161 changed files with 51 additions and 99605 deletions
Show Stats Download Patch File Download Diff File Expand all files Collapse all files

30
Makefile.inc1
View File

@ -260,7 +260,7 @@ BMAKE= MAKEOBJDIRPREFIX=${WORLDTMP} \
DESTDIR= \
BOOTSTRAPPING=${OSRELDATE} \
SSP_CFLAGS= \
MK_HTML=no MK_INFO=no NO_LINT=yes MK_MAN=no \
MK_HTML=no NO_LINT=yes MK_MAN=no \
-DNO_PIC MK_PROFILE=no -DNO_SHARED \
-DNO_CPU_CFLAGS MK_WARNS=no MK_CTF=no \
MK_CLANG_EXTRAS=no MK_CLANG_FULL=no \
@ -293,7 +293,7 @@ KTMAKE= TOOLS_PREFIX=${WORLDTMP} MAKEOBJDIRPREFIX=${WORLDTMP} \
DESTDIR= \
BOOTSTRAPPING=${OSRELDATE} \
SSP_CFLAGS= \
MK_HTML=no MK_INFO=no -DNO_LINT MK_MAN=no \
MK_HTML=no -DNO_LINT MK_MAN=no \
-DNO_PIC MK_PROFILE=no -DNO_SHARED \
-DNO_CPU_CFLAGS MK_WARNS=no MK_CTF=no
@ -438,7 +438,7 @@ LIB32WMAKEFLAGS+= CC="${XCC} ${LIB32FLAGS}" \
MK_TESTS=no
LIB32WMAKE= ${LIB32WMAKEENV} ${MAKE} ${LIB32WMAKEFLAGS} \
MK_MAN=no MK_INFO=no MK_HTML=no
MK_MAN=no MK_HTML=no
LIB32IMAKE= ${LIB32WMAKE:NINSTALL=*:NDESTDIR=*:N_LDSCRIPTROOT=*} \
MK_TOOLCHAIN=no ${IMAKE_INSTALL}
.endif
@ -590,7 +590,7 @@ _libraries:
@echo ">>> stage 4.2: building libraries"
@echo "--------------------------------------------------------------"
${_+_}cd ${.CURDIR}; \
${WMAKE} -DNO_FSCHG MK_HTML=no MK_INFO=no -DNO_LINT MK_MAN=no \
${WMAKE} -DNO_FSCHG MK_HTML=no -DNO_LINT MK_MAN=no \
MK_PROFILE=no MK_TESTS=no MK_TESTS_SUPPORT=${MK_TESTS} libraries
_depend:
@echo
@ -784,9 +784,6 @@ __installcheck_UGID:
#
# Required install tools to be saved in a scratch dir for safety.
#
.if ${MK_INFO} != "no"
_install-info= install-info
.endif
.if ${MK_ZONEINFO} != "no"
_zoneinfo= zic tzsetup
.endif
@ -1367,11 +1364,6 @@ _share= share/syscons/scrnmaps
_gcc_tools= gnu/usr.bin/cc/cc_tools
.endif
.if ${MK_INFO} != "no"
_texinfo= gnu/usr.bin/texinfo/libtxi \
gnu/usr.bin/texinfo/makeinfo
.endif
.if ${MK_RESCUE} != "no"
_rescue= rescue/rescue
.endif
@ -1403,16 +1395,6 @@ build-tools: .MAKE
${MAKE} DIRPRFX=${_tool}/ depend && \
${MAKE} DIRPRFX=${_tool}/ all
.endfor
.for _tool in \
${_texinfo}
${_+_}@${ECHODIR} "===> ${_tool} (obj,depend,all,install)"; \
cd ${.CURDIR}/${_tool} && \
${MAKE} DIRPRFX=${_tool}/ obj && \
${MAKE} DIRPRFX=${_tool}/ depend && \
${MAKE} DIRPRFX=${_tool}/ all && \
${MAKE} DIRPRFX=${_tool}/ install DESTDIR=${WORLDTMP}
.endfor
#
# kernel-tools: Build kernel-building tools
@ -1495,7 +1477,7 @@ NXBMAKE= ${NXBENV} ${MAKE} \
MACHINE=${TARGET} MACHINE_ARCH=${TARGET_ARCH} \
MK_GDB=no MK_TESTS=no \
SSP_CFLAGS= \
MK_HTML=no MK_INFO=no NO_LINT=yes MK_MAN=no \
MK_HTML=no NO_LINT=yes MK_MAN=no \
-DNO_PIC MK_PROFILE=no -DNO_SHARED \
-DNO_CPU_CFLAGS MK_WARNS=no MK_CTF=no \
MK_CLANG_EXTRAS=no MK_CLANG_FULL=no \
@ -2024,7 +2006,7 @@ XDEV_CPUTYPE?=${CPUTYPE}
XDEV_CPUTYPE?=${TARGET_CPUTYPE}
.endif
NOFUN=-DNO_FSCHG MK_HTML=no MK_INFO=no -DNO_LINT \
NOFUN=-DNO_FSCHG MK_HTML=no -DNO_LINT \
MK_MAN=no MK_NLS=no MK_PROFILE=no \
MK_KERBEROS=no MK_RESCUE=no MK_TESTS=no MK_WARNS=no \
TARGET=${TARGET} TARGET_ARCH=${TARGET_ARCH} \

32
ObsoleteFiles.inc
View File

@ -38,6 +38,38 @@
# xargs -n1 | sort | uniq -d;
# done
# 20150103: removal of texinfo
OLD_FILES+=usr/bin/info
OLD_FILES+=usr/bin/infokey
OLD_FILES+=usr/bin/install-info
OLD_FILES+=usr/bin/makeinfo
OLD_FILES+=usr/bin/texindex
OLD_FILES+=usr/share/info/am-utils.info.gz
OLD_FILES+=usr/share/info/as-utils.info.gz
OLD_FILES+=usr/share/info/binutils.info.gz
OLD_FILES+=usr/share/info/com_err.info.gz
OLD_FILES+=usr/share/info/diff.info.gz
OLD_FILES+=usr/share/info/gdb.info.gz
OLD_FILES+=usr/share/info/gdbint.info.gz
OLD_FILES+=usr/share/info/gperf.info.gz
OLD_FILES+=usr/share/info/grep.info.gz
OLD_FILES+=usr/share/info/groff.info.gz
OLD_FILES+=usr/share/info/heimdal.info.gz
OLD_FILES+=usr/share/info/history.info.gz
OLD_FILES+=usr/share/info/info-stnd.info.gz
OLD_FILES+=usr/share/info/info.info.gz
OLD_FILES+=usr/share/info/ld.info.gz
OLD_FILES+=usr/share/info/regex.info.gz
OLD_FILES+=usr/share/info/rluserman.info.gz
OLD_FILES+=usr/share/info/stabs.info.gz
OLD_FILES+=usr/share/info/texinfo.info.gz
OLD_FILES+=usr/share/man/man1/info.1.gz
OLD_FILES+=usr/share/man/man1/infokey.1.gz
OLD_FILES+=usr/share/man/man1/install-info.1.gz
OLD_FILES+=usr/share/man/man1/makeinfo.1.gz
OLD_FILES+=usr/share/man/man1/texindex.1.gz
OLD_FILES+=usr/share/man/man5/info.5.gz
OLD_FILES+=usr/share/man/man5/texinfo.5.gz
# 20141231: new clang import which bumps version from 3.4.1 to 3.5.0.
OLD_FILES+=usr/include/clang/3.4.1/__wmmintrin_aes.h
OLD_FILES+=usr/include/clang/3.4.1/__wmmintrin_pclmul.h

5
UPDATING
View File

@ -31,6 +31,10 @@ NOTE TO PEOPLE WHO THINK THAT FreeBSD 11.x IS SLOW:
disable the most expensive debugging functionality run
"ln -s 'abort:false,junk:false' /etc/malloc.conf".)
20150102:
The GNU texinfo and GNU info pages have been removed.
To be able to view GNU info pages please install texinfo from ports.
20141231:
Clang, llvm and lldb have been upgraded to 3.5.0 release.
@ -176,6 +180,7 @@ NOTE TO PEOPLE WHO THINK THAT FreeBSD 11.x IS SLOW:
The GNU texinfo and GNU info pages are not built and installed
anymore, WITH_INFO knob has been added to allow to built and install
them again.
UPDATE: see 20150102 entry on texinfo's removal
20140708:
The GNU readline library is now an INTERNALLIB - that is, it is

31
contrib/texinfo/AUTHORS
View File

@ -1,31 +0,0 @@
$Id: AUTHORS,v 1.10 2004/04/11 17:56:45 karl Exp $
Texinfo authors.
Copyright (C) 2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Copying and distribution of this file, with or without modification,
are permitted in any medium without royalty provided the copyright
notice and this notice are preserved.
Akim Demaille texi2dvi.
Alper Ersoy makeinfo: enhancements in all files, especially
html-, xml-, and docbook-related.
Andreas Schwab texinfo.tex, configure.ac, most makeinfo files.
Bob Chassell texinfo.tex, original texinfo.txi.
Brian Fox all makeinfo/* and info/* files, info-stnd.texi.
Dave Love original makeinfo/html.[ch].
Eli Zaretskii all files.
Karl Berry all files.
Karl Heinz Marbaise original makeinfo language support, most files.
Noah Friedman original texi2dvi.
Paul Rubin original makeinfo/multi.c.
Philippe Martin original makeinfo xml/docbook output.
Richard Stallman original texinfo.tex, install-info.c,
texindex.c, texinfo.txi.
Zack Weinberg texinfo.tex: @macro implementation.
See http://www.iro.umontreal.ca/contrib/po/HTML/team-LL.html for the
translation teams for a given language LL.
Many files included in the Texinfo distribution are copied from other
locations, no author information is given for those. See util/srclist*.

340
contrib/texinfo/COPYING
View File

@ -1,340 +0,0 @@
GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
Version 2, June 1991
Copyright (C) 1989, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA
Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies
of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.
Preamble
The licenses for most software are designed to take away your
freedom to share and change it. By contrast, the GNU General Public
License is intended to guarantee your freedom to share and change free
software--to make sure the software is free for all its users. This
General Public License applies to most of the Free Software
Foundation's software and to any other program whose authors commit to
using it. (Some other Free Software Foundation software is covered by
the GNU Library General Public License instead.) You can apply it to
your programs, too.
When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not
price. Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you
have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for
this service if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it
if you want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it
in new free programs; and that you know you can do these things.
To protect your rights, we need to make restrictions that forbid
anyone to deny you these rights or to ask you to surrender the rights.
These restrictions translate to certain responsibilities for you if you
distribute copies of the software, or if you modify it.
For example, if you distribute copies of such a program, whether
gratis or for a fee, you must give the recipients all the rights that
you have. You must make sure that they, too, receive or can get the
source code. And you must show them these terms so they know their
rights.
We protect your rights with two steps: (1) copyright the software, and
(2) offer you this license which gives you legal permission to copy,
distribute and/or modify the software.
Also, for each author's protection and ours, we want to make certain
that everyone understands that there is no warranty for this free
software. If the software is modified by someone else and passed on, we
want its recipients to know that what they have is not the original, so
that any problems introduced by others will not reflect on the original
authors' reputations.
Finally, any free program is threatened constantly by software
patents. We wish to avoid the danger that redistributors of a free
program will individually obtain patent licenses, in effect making the
program proprietary. To prevent this, we have made it clear that any
patent must be licensed for everyone's free use or not licensed at all.
The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and
modification follow.
GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION
0. This License applies to any program or other work which contains
a notice placed by the copyright holder saying it may be distributed
under the terms of this General Public License. The "Program", below,
refers to any such program or work, and a "work based on the Program"
means either the Program or any derivative work under copyright law:
that is to say, a work containing the Program or a portion of it,
either verbatim or with modifications and/or translated into another
language. (Hereinafter, translation is included without limitation in
the term "modification".) Each licensee is addressed as "you".
Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not
covered by this License; they are outside its scope. The act of
running the Program is not restricted, and the output from the Program
is covered only if its contents constitute a work based on the
Program (independent of having been made by running the Program).
Whether that is true depends on what the Program does.
1. You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Program's
source code as you receive it, in any medium, provided that you
conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate
copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty; keep intact all the
notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any warranty;
and give any other recipients of the Program a copy of this License
along with the Program.
You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, and
you may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee.
2. You may modify your copy or copies of the Program or any portion
of it, thus forming a work based on the Program, and copy and
distribute such modifications or work under the terms of Section 1
above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions:
a) You must cause the modified files to carry prominent notices
stating that you changed the files and the date of any change.
b) You must cause any work that you distribute or publish, that in
whole or in part contains or is derived from the Program or any
part thereof, to be licensed as a whole at no charge to all third
parties under the terms of this License.
c) If the modified program normally reads commands interactively
when run, you must cause it, when started running for such
interactive use in the most ordinary way, to print or display an
announcement including an appropriate copyright notice and a
notice that there is no warranty (or else, saying that you provide
a warranty) and that users may redistribute the program under
these conditions, and telling the user how to view a copy of this
License. (Exception: if the Program itself is interactive but
does not normally print such an announcement, your work based on
the Program is not required to print an announcement.)
These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If
identifiable sections of that work are not derived from the Program,
and can be reasonably considered independent and separate works in
themselves, then this License, and its terms, do not apply to those
sections when you distribute them as separate works. But when you
distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based
on the Program, the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of
this License, whose permissions for other licensees extend to the
entire whole, and thus to each and every part regardless of who wrote it.
Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest
your rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to
exercise the right to control the distribution of derivative or
collective works based on the Program.
In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Program
with the Program (or with a work based on the Program) on a volume of
a storage or distribution medium does not bring the other work under
the scope of this License.
3. You may copy and distribute the Program (or a work based on it,
under Section 2) in object code or executable form under the terms of
Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you also do one of the following:
a) Accompany it with the complete corresponding machine-readable
source code, which must be distributed under the terms of Sections
1 and 2 above on a medium customarily used for software interchange; or,
b) Accompany it with a written offer, valid for at least three
years, to give any third party, for a charge no more than your
cost of physically performing source distribution, a complete
machine-readable copy of the corresponding source code, to be
distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium
customarily used for software interchange; or,
c) Accompany it with the information you received as to the offer
to distribute corresponding source code. (This alternative is
allowed only for noncommercial distribution and only if you
received the program in object code or executable form with such
an offer, in accord with Subsection b above.)
The source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for
making modifications to it. For an executable work, complete source
code means all the source code for all modules it contains, plus any
associated interface definition files, plus the scripts used to
control compilation and installation of the executable. However, as a
special exception, the source code distributed need not include
anything that is normally distributed (in either source or binary
form) with the major components (compiler, kernel, and so on) of the
operating system on which the executable runs, unless that component
itself accompanies the executable.
If distribution of executable or object code is made by offering
access to copy from a designated place, then offering equivalent
access to copy the source code from the same place counts as
distribution of the source code, even though third parties are not
compelled to copy the source along with the object code.
4. You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Program
except as expressly provided under this License. Any attempt
otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Program is
void, and will automatically terminate your rights under this License.
However, parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under
this License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such
parties remain in full compliance.
5. You are not required to accept this License, since you have not
signed it. However, nothing else grants you permission to modify or
distribute the Program or its derivative works. These actions are
prohibited by law if you do not accept this License. Therefore, by
modifying or distributing the Program (or any work based on the
Program), you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so, and
all its terms and conditions for copying, distributing or modifying
the Program or works based on it.
6. Each time you redistribute the Program (or any work based on the
Program), the recipient automatically receives a license from the
original licensor to copy, distribute or modify the Program subject to
these terms and conditions. You may not impose any further
restrictions on the recipients' exercise of the rights granted herein.
You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties to
this License.
7. If, as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent
infringement or for any other reason (not limited to patent issues),
conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or
otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not
excuse you from the conditions of this License. If you cannot
distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this
License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you
may not distribute the Program at all. For example, if a patent
license would not permit royalty-free redistribution of the Program by
all those who receive copies directly or indirectly through you, then
the only way you could satisfy both it and this License would be to
refrain entirely from distribution of the Program.
If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under
any particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to
apply and the section as a whole is intended to apply in other
circumstances.
It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any
patents or other property right claims or to contest validity of any
such claims; this section has the sole purpose of protecting the
integrity of the free software distribution system, which is
implemented by public license practices. Many people have made
generous contributions to the wide range of software distributed
through that system in reliance on consistent application of that
system; it is up to the author/donor to decide if he or she is willing
to distribute software through any other system and a licensee cannot
impose that choice.
This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to
be a consequence of the rest of this License.
8. If the distribution and/or use of the Program is restricted in
certain countries either by patents or by copyrighted interfaces, the
original copyright holder who places the Program under this License
may add an explicit geographical distribution limitation excluding
those countries, so that distribution is permitted only in or among
countries not thus excluded. In such case, this License incorporates
the limitation as if written in the body of this License.
9. The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions
of the General Public License from time to time. Such new versions will
be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to
address new problems or concerns.
Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Program
specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and "any
later version", you have the option of following the terms and conditions
either of that version or of any later version published by the Free
Software Foundation. If the Program does not specify a version number of
this License, you may choose any version ever published by the Free Software
Foundation.
10. If you wish to incorporate parts of the Program into other free
programs whose distribution conditions are different, write to the author
to ask for permission. For software which is copyrighted by the Free
Software Foundation, write to the Free Software Foundation; we sometimes
make exceptions for this. Our decision will be guided by the two goals
of preserving the free status of all derivatives of our free software and
of promoting the sharing and reuse of software generally.
NO WARRANTY
11. BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO WARRANTY
FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW. EXCEPT WHEN
OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES
PROVIDE THE PROGRAM "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED
OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS
TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE
PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING,
REPAIR OR CORRECTION.
12. IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING
WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY AND/OR
REDISTRIBUTE THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES,
INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING
OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED
TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY
YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER
PROGRAMS), EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE
POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES.
END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS
How to Apply These Terms to Your New Programs
If you develop a new program, and you want it to be of the greatest
possible use to the public, the best way to achieve this is to make it
free software which everyone can redistribute and change under these terms.
To do so, attach the following notices to the program. It is safest
to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively
convey the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least
the "copyright" line and a pointer to where the full notice is found.
<one line to give the program's name and a brief idea of what it does.>
Copyright (C) <year> <name of author>
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA
Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail.
If the program is interactive, make it output a short notice like this
when it starts in an interactive mode:
Gnomovision version 69, Copyright (C) year name of author
Gnomovision comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY; for details type `show w'.
This is free software, and you are welcome to redistribute it
under certain conditions; type `show c' for details.
The hypothetical commands `show w' and `show c' should show the appropriate
parts of the General Public License. Of course, the commands you use may
be called something other than `show w' and `show c'; they could even be
mouse-clicks or menu items--whatever suits your program.
You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or your
school, if any, to sign a "copyright disclaimer" for the program, if
necessary. Here is a sample; alter the names:
Yoyodyne, Inc., hereby disclaims all copyright interest in the program
`Gnomovision' (which makes passes at compilers) written by James Hacker.
<signature of Ty Coon>, 1 April 1989
Ty Coon, President of Vice
This General Public License does not permit incorporating your program into
proprietary programs. If your program is a subroutine library, you may
consider it more useful to permit linking proprietary applications with the
library. If this is what you want to do, use the GNU Library General
Public License instead of this License.

5008
contrib/texinfo/ChangeLog
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

12516
contrib/texinfo/ChangeLog.46
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

57
contrib/texinfo/FREEBSD-Xlist
View File

@ -1,57 +0,0 @@
$FreeBSD$
*/ABOUT-NLS
*/INSTALL.generic
*/Makefile.am
*/Makefile.in
*/acinclude.m4
*/aclocal.m4
*/config.guess
*/config.rpath
*/config.sub
*/configure
*/configure.ac
*/depcomp
*/dir-example
*/djgpp/*
*/doc/*.tex
*/doc/macro.texi
*/doc/mdate-sh
*/doc/stamp-*
*/doc/texi2dvi.1
*/doc/userdoc.texi
*/info/makedoc.c
*/info/pcterm.c
*/install-sh
*/intl/*
*/lib/alloca.c
*/lib/getopt*
*/lib/memcpy.c
*/lib/memmove.c
*/lib/mkstemp.c
*/lib/strcase.h
*/lib/strcasecmp.c
*/lib/strdup.*
*/lib/strerror.c
*/lib/strncasecmp.c
*/lib/tempname.c
*/m4/*
*/makeinfo/tests
*/missing
*/mkinstalldirs
*/po/*
*/util/*awk
*/util/deref.c
*/util/fix*
*/util/gdoc
*/util/gen-dir-node
*/util/gendocs*
*/util/infosrch
*/util/install-info-html
*/util/tex3patch
*/util/texi-docstring-magic.el
*/util/texi2dvi
*/util/texi2pdf
*/util/texinfo-cat.in
*/util/texinfo.dtd
*/util/texinfo.xsl
*/util/txitextest

42
contrib/texinfo/FREEBSD-upgrade
View File

@ -1,42 +0,0 @@
# ex:ts=8
$FreeBSD$
GNU Texinfo 4.8
originals can be found at: ftp://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/texinfo/
For the import of Texinfo many files and directories were pruned by:
tar -X FREEBSD-Xlist -xyf texinfo-4.8.tar.bz2
To reduce the size of import, and to make it so the changes from 3.12
to 4.8 are easy to determine, the 4.8 directory structure was munged
before import:
cd texinfo-4.8
mv config.in config.h.in
Then imported by:
cvs import -m 'Import of stripped down GNU texinfo 4.8' \
src/contrib/texinfo FSF v4_8
After the import, a separate extraction of texinfo was GNU configured
in the "normal" way. The resulting config.h file should be compared
with src/contrib/texinfo/config.h, and src/contrib/texinfo/config.h
updated as needed.
To make local changes to texinfo, simply patch and commit to the main
branch (aka HEAD). Never make local changes on the vendor (FSF) branch.
All local changes should be submitted to the FSF for inclusion in the
next vendor release.
ru@FreeBSD.org
23-May-2005
NOTE: The upstream fix to util/texindex.c which fixes CVE-2005-3011
(FreeBSD-SA-06:01.texindex) causes temporary files to not be removed
when handling very large inputs. FreeBSD's fix works.

45
contrib/texinfo/INSTALL
View File

@ -1,45 +0,0 @@
$Id: INSTALL,v 1.5 2004/11/19 13:08:47 karl Exp $
Copying and distribution of this file, with or without modification,
are permitted in any medium without royalty provided the copyright
notice and this notice are preserved.
For generic installation instructions on compiling and installing this
Automake-based distribution, please read the file `INSTALL.generic'.
Installation notes specific to Texinfo:
* texinfo.tex and the other *.tex files are not installed by `make
install'. This is because there is no reliable way to know where to
install them. Instead, you have to run an additional make command
after the normal make install:
make TEXMF=/your/texmf install-tex
texinfo.tex is installed in ${TEXMF}/tex/texinfo/texinfo.tex, etc.
* On the other hand, if you're maintaining a TeX distribution, you don't
want your users to see the installation warnings, because you already
have the files installed. (And you're keeping them up to date, right?)
In this case, run configure --disable-install-warnings, or set
enable_install_warnings=no in the environment.
* On MacOSX, if configure fails with the error:
ac_cv_build='config.sub: invalid option -apple-darwin7.2.0
this is probably because your uname -p is returning "unknown". Use
/usr/bin/uname instead.
* For instructions on compiling this distribution with DJGPP tools
for MS-DOS and MS-Windows, see the file djgpp/README.
* The Info tree uses a file `dir' as its root node; the `dir-example'
file in this distribution is included as a possible starting point.
Use it, modify it, or ignore it just as you like.
* You can create a file texinfo.cnf to be read by TeX when
processing Texinfo manuals. For example, you might like to use
@afourpaper by default. See the `Preparing for TeX' node in
texinfo.txi for more details. You don't have to create the file if
you have nothing to put in it.
* If your info files are not in $prefix/info, you may wish to add a line
#define DEFAULT_INFOPATH "/mydir1:/mydir2:..."
to config.h after running configure.

108
contrib/texinfo/INTRODUCTION
View File

@ -1,108 +0,0 @@
$Id: INTRODUCTION,v 1.3 2004/04/11 17:56:45 karl Exp $
Getting started with Texinfo.
Copyright (C) 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001
Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Copying and distribution of this file, with or without modification,
are permitted in any medium without royalty provided the copyright
notice and this notice are preserved.
Getting Started with Texinfo
============================
"Texinfo" is a documentation system that uses a single source file to
produce both on-line information and printed output. Using Texinfo,
you can create a printed document with the normal features of a book,
including chapters, sections, cross references, and indices. From the
same Texinfo source file, you can create a menu-driven, on-line Info
file with nodes, menus, cross references, and indices.
The name of the Texinfo source documentation file is `texinfo.txi'.
You can produce both on-line information and printed output from this
source file. The documentation describes Texinfo in detail, including
how to write Texinfo files, how to format them for both hard copy and
Info, and how to install Info files.
To get started, you need to create either a printed manual or an
on-line Info file from the `texinfo.txi' file. You do not need to
create both, although you will probably want both eventually.
To learn how to use Info, read the info documentation. You can do this in
one of two ways: using the standalone `info' program, or using Info mode in
GNU Emacs.
* If you want to use the `info' program, run
info -f info-stnd
* If you want to use Emacs, start up emacs and type `C-h i' [M-x info].
Follow the instructions to learn how to use Info.
After learning how to use Info, you can read the Texinfo documentation.
Using the standalone `info', type the following at the shell prompt:
info -f texinfo
To use read this manual in Emacs, you first need to edit the Info-directory
menu (the file `dir' in the system info directory) to contain the
appropriate node. To learn how to do this, see node: Add in the Info
documentation.
The Texinfo documentation describes Texinfo in detail; among other things,
it tells how to install Info files in the usual manner. (See node: Install
an Info File.)
The `info-stnd.info' file describes the standalone Info reader in detail. To
read this file, type
$ info -f info-stnd
To create a printed manual
==========================
You need:
* The `tex' program, which typesets the manual using TeX.
* The `texinfo.tex' definition file that tells TeX how to typeset
a Texinfo file.
* The `texindex' program, which sorts the unsorted index files
created by TeX.
* A printing program such as `lp' or `lpr',
* A printer.
This Texinfo distribution package contains `texinfo.tex', the C source
for `texindex', and the handy shell script `texi2dvi'. The `tex'
program is not part of this distribution, but is available separately.
(See `How to Obtain TeX' in the Texinfo documentation.)
* Install `tex'. (`texindex' is installed automagically by
`make install' in this distribution.)
* Move the `texinfo.tex' file to an appropriate directory; the current
directory will do. (`/usr/local/lib/tex/inputs' might be a good place.
See ``Preparing to Use TeX'' in the Texinfo manual, for more
information.)
After following those instructions, type the following to make the .dvi
files:
$ (cd doc; make dvi)
You can then print the resulting .dvi files with the `lpr' or `lp'
commands, or maybe `dvips'.
For example, the command to print the texinfo.dvi file might be:
$ lpr -d texinfo.dvi
The name of the printing command depends on the system; `lpr -d' is
common, and is illustrated here. You may use a different name for the
printing command.
Please report bugs to bug-texinfo@gnu.org.
Happy formatting.

728
contrib/texinfo/NEWS
View File

@ -1,728 +0,0 @@
$Id: NEWS,v 1.103 2004/12/24 16:43:58 karl Exp $
This file records noteworthy changes, very tersely.
See the manual for detailed information.
Copyright (C) 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000,
2001, 2002, 2003, 2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Copying and distribution of this file, with or without modification,
are permitted in any medium without royalty provided the copyright
notice and this notice are preserved.
*** IMPORTANT NEWS FOR ALL AUTHORS OF TEXINFO MANUALS ***
As of version 4.2, Texinfo has a new command @copying to define the
copyright and copying permissions for a manual. It's important to
switch to using it as soon as possible (as in your next release),
because the historical method of doing copyright permissions using
@ifinfo failed to output copyright information in the HTML (or XML)
formats. The manual has detailed explanations and examples. For
convenience, here's a url to one of the relevant sections:
http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/manual/texinfo/html_node/Document-Permissions.html
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4.8 (31 December 2004)
* Language:
. new command @euro for the Euro currency symbol, and
@documentencoding has some support for ISO-8859-15.
. new command @abbr for general abbreviations.
. new command @slanted to typeset text in a slanted font,
and @sansserif to typeset in a sans serif font.
* makeinfo:
. An empty first argument to cross-reference commands, such as @xref,
causes an error. This change was made in 4.1, but not mentioned in NEWS.
. HTML output:
- <a name="..."> constructs are added for the old-style
conversion of node names to HTML names, so that external references
to them can continue to work.
- "g_t" prefixed to targets for node names beginning with a
nonletter, for XHTML compatibility.
. Docbook output: recognize more image formats.
* texi2dvi:
. new option --recode, to call recode for input character translation.
* Distribution:
. new convenience script texi2pdf, equivalent to texi2dvi --pdf (from tetex).
. some cross-compiling support in configure && make.
. new configure option --disable-install-warnings, for TeX.
distributions which do have the files installed.
. automake 1.9.4.
4.7 (9 April 2004)
* Language:
. new commands @float, @caption, @shortcaption, @listoffloats for
initial implementation of floating material (figures, tables, etc).
Ironically, they do not yet actually float anywhere.
. new commands @docbook, @ifdocbook, @ifnotdocbook for conditional Docbook.
. new commands @ordf{} and @ordm{} for Spanish feminine/masculine ordinals.
. new commands @deftypecv[x] for class variables in typed OO languages.
. new command @registeredsymbol for the r-in-a-circle symbol.
. new command @headitem to make a heading row in @multitable.
. new command @LaTeX{} for the LaTeX logo.
. new command @comma{} to avoid comma-parsing problems.
. @url is now a synonym for @uref; new command @indicateurl has the
old meaning of just displaying a url as text.
. @quotation now accepts an optional argument for labelling the text
as a `Note', `Tip', etc.
. @defun (et al.) heading lines can now be continued with a lone @.
. @acronym accepts an optional argument for the meaning of the acronym.
* makeinfo:
. New environment variable TEXINFO_OUTPUT_FORMAT determines the output
format at runtime, if no options are specified.
. New option --plaintext, equivalent to --no-headers with Info output.
. All outputs:
- sections are numbered by default.
. Info output:
- punctuation is inserted after @pxref and @ref, if needed to make
cross-references valid.
- line numbers included in index menus, so Info readers can go to
the exact line of an entry, not just a node. Also in plaintext output.
- ^@^H[index^@^H] cookie included in index menus, so Info readers
can handle the ] etc. commands better.
. HTML output:
- new algorithm for cross-references to other manuals, for maximum
portability and stability.
- include node name in <title> with split output.
- @multicolumn fractions become percentages.
- entities used for bullets, quotes, dashes, and others.
- index entries are links to the exact locations.
- <h4> and <h5> used for @sub and @subsubsections again.
- accented dotless i supported.
. XML output: many new tags and structure to preserve more source features.
. Docbook output:
- upgraded DTD to Docbook XML 4.2, no longer using Docbook SGML.
- improved translation in general, for instance:
- line annotations and marked quotations.
* texi2dvi:
. if available, use etex (pdfetex if --pdf) by default.
. if the input file includes thumbpdf.sty (for LaTeX), then run thumbpdf.
. more output if --debug.
* texinfo.tex:
. @defun names are now printed in typewriter (instead of bold), and
within the arguments, @var text is printed in slanted typewriter.
. @tex code is executed inside a TeX group, so that any changes must
be prefixed with \global (or the equivalent) to be effective. (This
change was actually made years ago, but never made it into the NEWS.)
* info:
. new option --where (aka --location, -w) to report where an Info file
would be found, instead of reading it.
. by default, output ANSI terminal escape sequences as-is; new option
--no-raw-escapes overrides this.
. use the newly-generated index line numbers.
* Distribution:
. new script gendocs.sh (not installed), for use by GNU maintainers in
getting their manuals on the GNU web site. Documented in
maintain.texi (http://www.gnu.org/prep/maintain/).
. Most code uses ANSI C prototypes, to some extent.
. New translation: nb.
. automake 1.8.3, autoconf 2.59, gettext 0.14.1.
4.6 (10 June 2003)
* Language:
. new command @/ specifies an allowable breakpoint within a line.
. new command @dofirstparagraphindent to control whether the first
paragraph following a section heading is indented. Default is to
omit this indentation, unlike the output up to now.
. new command @indent for explicitly indenting a paragraph.
. makeinfo writes a new construct for @image in Info output, so that
graphical Info browsers (such as Emacs Info under X) can display an
actual image. (Standalone Info ignores this, since it runs in a tty.)
* makeinfo:
. Common:
- search for image files in the include file search path.
- warns if @value is used on an undefined variable.
. Info output:
- default --split-size now 300,000 bytes, up from 50,000.
- with --enable-encoding and a given @documentencoding,
output a Local Variables section specifying that encoding, for use
with Emacs.
. HTML output:
- uses <h3> at the smallest.
- a few css <style> definitions are included to better
implement @format, @display, @small..., etc.
- new option --css-include=FILE includes FILE in the <style>.
- @cartouche now outputs a <table> with a border.
* texinfo.tex:
. new Polish translation txi-pl.tex.
* texi2dvi:
. --command=CMD replaces --texinfo=CMD; it inserts CMD at the first
line of LaTeX files now, or after the @setfilename for Texinfo files.
* info:
. RET now goes to the nearest xref (rather like Emacs Info),
instead of the next xref starting on the current line.
* Distribution:
. new Romanian (ro) translation.
. variables now declared const where appropriate.
. gettext 0.12.1, automake 1.7.5.
4.5 (4 February 2003)
* info:
. a bug in 4.4 prevented compressed info files from being found.
* Distribution:
. detect sys/ptem.h on Solaris.
4.4 (31 January 2003)
* Language:
. The ' (ASCII apostrophe/right quote) character is finally allowed in
node and anchor names. Thus, after installing this texinfo.tex,
existing .aux files will cause errors! Remove them and rerun TeX to
generate good ones.
. @value constructs are now expanded in the filename arguments to
@include and @verbatiminclude.
* makeinfo:
. @macro names may no longer include ^ or _, for the sake of math mode.
. bug fix: @copying text is now reflected in tag table positions;
before, nodes may not have been found with a long-enough @copying.
. bug fix: html @verb arg is quoted properly, and does not imply
a paragraph break.
* texinfo.tex:
. @smallexample and the like now output in a smaller font (9pt) in all
paper formats, not just @smallbook and @afourpaper.
. new translation txi-tr.tex.
. bug fix: <>| and other characters do not disappear when they are
first on a line in @verbatim.
* install-info:
. bug fix: don't translate the `* Menu' info keyword.
* info:
. CTRL-H is treated like DEL in incremental search.
. arrow keys once again work in isearch contexts under Solaris.
* infokey:
. use .info key bindings before defaults.
. allow prefix keys to be disabled.
* Distribution:
. update to GNU FDL 1.2 (http://www.gnu.org/licenses/fdl.html).
. getopt and other common library files updated from gnulib
(http://savannah.gnu.org/projects/gnulib/).
. autoconf 2.57, automake 1.7.2.
4.3 (14 November 2002)
* Language:
. new command @tie{} to do a real tie (unbreakable interword space).
* makeinfo:
. html output for @defun and friends now has font changes.
. html output has some class attributes.
. xml and docbook output improved in many details.
* texinfo.tex:
. new Italian translations, txi-it.tex.
. pdf bookmarks for unnumbered sections work.
. type name for @defun and friends no longer extends into margin.
* info:
. automatic-footnotes now off by default, for emacs compatibility.
. crash when MALLOC_CHECK_=2 fixed.
* install-info:
. new option --infodir synonym for --info-dir, for compatibility with
the Debian install-info.
. support for bzip2-compressed files.
* texindex:
. omit initial if the entire index is under one character.
* Distribution:
. development sources now available under CVS, see
http://savannah.gnu.org/projects/texinfo/
. Turkish message translation.
. gettext 0.11.5, autoconf 2.54, automake 1.7.1.
4.2 (1 April 2002)
* Language:
. new command @copying to define copying permissions. See above.
. new conditionals @ifplaintext, @ifnotplaintext for the plain text
(--no-headers) output format.
. new command @\ to produce literal \ inside @math, since \ by itself
no longer works.
* makeinfo:
. emit accesskey attributes for keyboard shortcuts to menu items.
. @{even,every,odd}{footing,header} are ignored by makeinfo now, so
they no longer need to be enclosed in @iftex.
* texinfo.tex:
. bug fix for pdf-format table of contents.
* info:
. bug fixes for -R (--raw-escapes).
. --help shows short option names.
* Distribution:
. the doc.c, funs.h, and key.c files in info/ are no longer generated
at make time, to appease Automake's make distcheck.
. gettext 0.11.1, autoconf 2.53, automake 1.6 (with install-info kludge).
4.1 (4 March 2002)
* Language:
. new commands @verbatim and @verb for printing verbatim inserts.
. new command @verbatiminclude for verbatim include of files.
. new environment @documentdescription for defining the HTML description.
. new command @afivepaper for the A5 paper size.
* makeinfo:
. supports xml and docbook output.
. supports HTML splitting by node, which is now the default.
. new option --split-size to control maximum size of split info files.
. new option --enable-encoding to enable
* info:
. user-specified key bindings supported.
. ANSI escape sequences (as produced by groff) removed from man output
by default; use --raw-escapes to let them through if your terminal
supports them.
. RET terminates incremental search normally.
* texinfo.tex:
. @math implies @tex, so all the usual plain TeX math is supported.
. smaller fonts for @smallexample, in all page sizes.
. improvements in the PDF support.
* texi2dvi:
. new option -o to explicitly specify output filename.
* Distribution:
. switch to GNU Free Documentation License (http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/).
. update to GNU gettext 0.11, autoconf 2.52, and automake 1.5.
. Danish, Swedish, and Hebrew message translations.
4.0 (28 September 1999)
* Language:
. New command @anchor for cross references to arbitrary points.
. New commands @documentlanguage sets the main document language,
and @documentencoding sets the document input encoding (although not
much is done yet with either).
. New command @pagesizes allows limited control of text area for typesetting.
. New command @acronym for abbreviations in all caps, such as `NASA'.
. New command @alias for simple command aliases.
. New command @definfoenclose for better control of info output.
. New commands @deftypeivar for typed instance variables of a class
and @deftypeop for typed operations of a class.
. New command @novalidate suppresses cross-reference checking and (in
TeX) auxiliary file creation.
. New commands @setcontentsaftertitlepage and
@setshortcontentsaftertitlepage to force printing the table of
contents after @end titlepage. Also, @contents and @shortcontents
themselves can now appear at the beginning of the document as
well as the end.
. New markup commands: @env (for environment variables), @command (for
command names), @option (for command-line options).
. New commands @smallformat and @smalldisplay, a la @smallexample.
. New command @exampleindent to set indentation of example-like
environments a la @paragraphindent.
. @uref takes an optional third argument of text to show instead of
(rather than in addition to) the url for info and dvi output.
. @footnote works in an @item for a @table.
* texinfo.tex:
. latest version always at ftp://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/texinfo/texinfo.tex
(and mirrors).
. implements @macro.
. implements @paragraphindent (except asis).
. @emph and @i use true italic type (cmti) instead of slanted (cmsl).
. implements pdf output when run with pdftex.
. better support for internationalization via txi-??.tex files.
. footnotes now set in a smaller point size.
* makeinfo:
. supports HTML output with the --html option.
. implication of --html: @top nodes should be wrapped in @ifnottex
rather than @ifinfo. @ifinfo conditionals are not expanded with --html.
. new option --number-sections to output chapter/section numbers.
. dashes and quotes are not treated specially in node names.
. new option --commands-in-node-names to allow @-commands in node names.
(Not implemented in TeX, and most likely never will be.)
. @emph output uses _underscores_.
. @image looks for .png files before .jpg.
. only output `Making ... file' line when verbose.
. allow -v as synonym for --verbose.
. new command line options to specify which conditionals to process
(but --iftex is not fully implemented).
. warns if @var contains any of ,[]().
. @quote-arg implicitly done for all one-argument macros, so commas in
the argument text are allowed.
. \\ required in macro body to get single \, no other `escapes' defined.
* info:
. ISO Latin 1 characters are displayed and input as-is by default.
. new option --vi-keys to enable vi-like and less-like key bindings.
. new command S does case-sensitive searching.
. new commands C-x n and C-x N repeat last search, respectively, in the
same and in reverse direction, without prompting for the string. These
commands are bound to n and N under --vi-keys, like in Less.
. new command G menu1 menu2 ... searches for menu items from (dir),
as allowed on the command line.
. new command O (capital o, not zero) goes directly to the node that
describes command-line options.
. new command-line option --show-options causes the node which
describes command-line options to be the first node displayed.
. M-prior and M-DEL do new command info-scroll-other-window-backward.
. / searches like s does.
. If the search string includes upper-case letters, in both incremental
and non-incremental search, the search is case-sensitive.
. S searches case-sensitively even if the search string is all
lower-case.
. - makes the argument negative (so e.g. `- /' searches backward).
. l restores point in the window returned to.
. SPC/DEL do not move outside the current document.
. foo.info is found before foo.
. `info foo --index-search=bar' now searches for bar in foo's index.
. support for files compressed with bzip2.
* install-info:
. handles gzipped dir files.
. sort entries into alphabetical order.
. install direntries only in preceding dircategory, not in all.
. --delete does not require the info file to exist.
. --delete can handle XEmacs-style dir entries.
* texi2dvi:
. bug fixed: now uses only the @iftex and @tex parts of the source.
. process LaTeX source as well as Texinfo source.
. output PDF (using pdftex) with new option --pdf.
. handles --OPTION=ARG style of command line arguments.
. new option --batch for progress reports but no interaction.
. new option --clean to remove all auxiliary files.
. new option --quiet for silence (unless there are errors).
. new option -I for specifying directories for @include to search.
. handles LaTeX files (running BibTeX etc.).
* Fixes to util/gen-dir-node and util/fix-info-dir (formerly util/update-info).
* Distribution:
. Man pages included.
. Czech and Norwegian message translations.
. Various translations for texinfo.tex fixed words included.
. DJGPP support.
3.12 (3 March 1998)
* Elisp files removed, since they are only usefully distributed with Emacs.
* Restore inclusion of compile-time $(infodir) to INFOPATH.
* install-info creates a proper dir file.
* Various portability fixes.
3.11 (31 July 1997)
* New commands:
- @uref to make a reference to a url; @url now only indicates such.
- @image to include graphics (epsf for TeX).
- @deftypemethod and @deftypemethodx to document methods in strongly
typed object-oriented languages, such as C++.
- @html for raw HTML.
- @ifnothtml @ifnotinfo @ifnottex for more precise conditionals.
- @kbdinputstyle to control when @kbd uses the slanted typewriter font.
- @email takes second optional argument.
* texinfo.tex reads texinfo.cnf (if present) for site-wide TeX
configuration; for example, A4 paper sizes.
* info:
- arrow keys supported.
- trailing : in INFOPATH appends default path.
- new option --index-search for online help support.
* makeinfo:
- output files removed if errors unless (new option) --force.
- new option -P to prepend to search path.
- macro expansion file can be standard output.
* install-info creates a new dir file if necessary.
* update-info script to create a dir file from all info files.
* Elisp: texnfo-tex.el and detexinfo.el removed from the distribution;
- texnfo-tex features are now part of standard TeX & Texinfo packages;
- makeinfo --no-headers does a better job than detexinfo.el.
* Documentation:
- Updates, revisions, corrections in the manual.
- makeinfo.texi removed, as it was a copy of what was in texinfo.texi.
* gettext support in sources, French and German translations included.
* info man page removed; use the Texinfo manual.
* Automake used, other portability fixes.
3.10 (nonexistent)
3.9 (4 October 1996)
* makeinfo:
- Give a suppressible (with --no-validate) error for references
outside of any node.
- Keep track of multitable output correctly for split files; this
caused nodes after the first multitable to be ``undefined''.
* install-info:
- Rename --infodir option to --info-dir.
- More robust error checking to avoid various crashes.
* configure: Include replacements for memcpy and memmove functions in
the distribution, in case they are missing.
3.8 (30 September 1996)
* Define and/or document new and/or previously existing commands:
Accents: @" @' @, @" @= @^ @` @~ @H @d @dotaccent @dotless @ringaccent
@tieaccent @u @ubaraccent @v
Special characters: @AA @AE @L @O @OE @aa @ae @exclamdown @l @o @oe
@pounds @questiondown @ss
Special punctuation: @! @? @enddots
dir file maintenance: @dircategory @direntry; also new program, install-info
HTML support: @email @url @ifhtml...@end ifhtml
Macros: @macro @unmacro
Tables: @multitable @tab
Hyphenation: @- @hyphenation
Spacing: @ @<TAB> @<NEWLINE>
Sectioning:
@headings singleafter/doubleafter (change heading style after current page)
@centerchap
@setchapterstyle
Other:
@shorttitlepage (simple title pages)
@detailmenu...@end detailmenu (help makeinfo parse master menus)
* Makeinfo prefers an input file named `foo.texinfo' or `foo.texi' or
`foo.txinfo' to just `foo' (the latter most likely being an executable).
* Makeinfo implements @. @! @? correctly, as end-of-sentence punctuation.
* @key marks its argument with a lozenge in TeX and <...> in Info.
* TeX output has substantially decreased interline spacing and other
formatting changes.
* Remove these obsolete and never-documented commands:
@infotop
@infoappendix @infoappendixsec @infoappendixsubsec @infoappendixsubsubsec
@infochapter @infosection @infosubsection @infosubsubsection
@infounnumbered @infounnumberedsec @infounnumberedsubsec
@infounnumberedsubsubsec
@input
@smallbreak @medbreak
@overfullrule
@br
* Deprecate these obsolete commands, to be removed in the next release:
@ctrl
@infoinclude
@iappendix @iappendixsection @iappendixsec @iappendixsubsec
@iappendixsubsubsec
@ichapter @isection @isubsection @isubsubsection
@iunnumbered @iunnumberedsec @iunnumberedsubsec @iunnumberedsubsubsec
@setchapterstyle
@titlespec
3.7 (24 December 1995)
* Have --version print texinfo release number as well as the individual
program version.
* Better man page cleaning.
* Update Elisp files from current Emacs release.
3.6 (21 June 1995)
* Unmatched brace error reporting improved.
* Missing comment terminator prevented compilation.
3.5 (20 June 1995)
* Autoconf update.
* Support for parallel makes.
* make install does not install Elisp files.
3.4 (19 June 1995)
* Handle @ifhtml in Elisp.
* Update FSF address.
3.3 (15 June 1995)
* Portability changes.
* Compile Elisp files.
* Don't distribute .info* files.
3.2 (9 June 1995)
* Standalone Info can read Unix man pages.
* New commands: @! @? @^ @" @enddots.
* makeinfo -E does macro expansion (and nothing else).
3.1 (23 May 1993)
Just bug fixes, see ChangeLog for full details.
3.0: first release of Texinfo version 2, with many new commands.
Here is the separate NEWS for old releases of Info:
Version 2.11, Sat Apr 1 09:15:21 1995
Changes since 2.7 beta:
Although the basic code remains the same, there are numerous nits
fixed, including some display bugs, and a memory leak. Some changes
that have taken place with larger impact include the way in which the
(dir) node is built; I have added in support for "localdir"
directories among other things. Info files may be stored in
compressed formats, and in their own subdirectories; menu items which
do not explicitly name the node to which they are attached have the
menu item name looked up as an Info file if it is not found within the
current document. This means that the menu item:
* Info:: The Info documentation reader.
in (dir) refers to the info node "(info)Top".
Please see the ChangeLog and documentation for details on other
changes.
Version 2.7 beta, Wed Dec 30 02:02:38 1992
Version 2.6 beta, Tue Dec 22 03:58:07 1992
Version 2.5 beta, Tue Dec 8 14:50:35 1992
Version 2.4 beta, Sat Nov 28 14:34:02 1992
Version 2.3 beta, Fri Nov 27 01:04:13 1992
Version 2.2 beta, Tue Nov 24 09:36:08 1992
Version 2.1 beta, Tue Nov 17 23:29:36 1992
Changes since 2.5 beta:
Note that versions 2.6 and 2.7 Beta were only released to a select group.
* "info-" removed from the front of M-x commands.
* Automatic footnote display. When you enter a node which contains
footnotes, and the variable "automatic-footnotes" is "On", Info pops
up a window containing the footnotes. Likewise, when you leave that
node, the window containing the footnotes goes away.
* Cleaner built in documentation, and documentation functions.
Use:
o `M-x describe-variable' to read a variable's documenation
o `M-x describe-key' to find out what a particular keystroke does.
o `M-x describe-function' to read a function's documentation.
o `M-x where-is' to find out what keys invoke a particular function.
* Info can "tile" the displayed windows (via "M-x tile-windows"). If
the variable "automatic-tiling" is "On", then splitting a window or
deleting a window causes the remaining windows to be retiled.
* You can save every keystroke you type in a "dribble file" by using the
`--dribble FILENAME' option. You can initially read keystrokes from an
alternate input stream with `--restore FILENAME', or by redirecting
input on the command line `info < old-dribble'.
* New behaviour of menu items. If the label is the same as the
target node name, and the node couldn't be found in the current file,
treat the label as a file name. For example, a menu entry in "DIR"
might contain:
* Emacs:: Cool text-editor.
Info would not find the node "(dir)Emacs", so just plain "(emacs)"
would be tried.
* New variable "ISO-Latin" allows you to use European machines with
8-bit character sets.
* Cleanups in echo area reading, and redisplay. Cleanups in handling the
window which shows possible completions.
* Info can now read files that have been compressed. An array in filesys.c
maps extensions to programs that can decompress stdin, and write the results
to stdout. Currently, ".Z"/uncompress, ".z"/gunzip, and ".Y"/unyabba are
supported. The modeline for a compressed file shows "zz" in it.
* There is a new variable "gc-compressed-files" which, if non-zero, says
it is okay to reclaim the file buffer space allocated to a file which
was compressed, if, and only if, that file's contents do not appear in
any history node.
* New file `nodemenu.c' implements a few functions for manipulating
previously visited nodes. `C-x C-b' (list-visited-nodes) produces a
menu of the nodes that could be reached by info-history-node in some
window. `C-x b' (select-visited-node) is similar, but reads one of
the node names with completion.
* Keystroke `M-r' (move_to_screen_line) allows the user to place the cursor at
the start of a specific screen line. Without a numeric argument, place the
cursor on the center line; with an arg, place the cursor on that line.
* Interruptible display implemented. Basic display speedups and hacks.
* The message "*** Tags Out of Date ***" now means what it says.
* Index searching with `,' (info-index-next) has been improved.
* When scrolling with C-v, C-M-v, or M-v, only "Page Only" scrolling
will happen.
* Continous scrolling (along with `]' (info-global-next) and `['
(info-global-prev) works better. `]' and `[' accept numeric
arguments, moving that many nodes in that case.
* `C-x w' (info-toggle-wrap) controls how lines wider than the width
of the screen are displayed. If a line is too long, a `$' is
displayed in the rightmost column of the window.
* There are some new variables for controlling the behaviour of Info
interactively. The current list of variables is as follows:
Variable Name Default Value Description
------------- ------------- -----------
`automatic-footnotes' On When "On", footnotes appear and
disappear automatically.
`automatic-tiling' Off When "On", creating of deleting a
window resizes other windows.
`visible-bell' Off If non-zero, try to use a visible bell.
`errors-ring-bell' On If non-zero, errors cause a ring.
`show-index-match' On If non-zero, the portion of the string
matched is highlighted by changing its
case.
`scroll-behaviour' Continuous One of "Continuous", "Next Only", or
"Page Only". "Page Only" prevents you from
scrolling past the bottom or top of a node.
"Next Only" causes the Next or Prev node to
be selected when you scroll past the bottom
or top of a node. "Continous" moves
linearly through the files hierchichal
structure.
`scroll-step' 0 Controls how scrolling is done for you when
the cursor moves out of the current window.
Non-zero means it is the number of lines
you would like the screen to shift. A
value of 0 means to center the line
containing the cursor in the window.
`gc-compressed-files' Off If non-zero means it is okay to reclaim the
file buffer space allocated to a file which
was compressed, if, and only if, that
file's contents do not appear in the node
list of any window.
`ISO-Latin' Off Non-zero means that you are using an ISO
Latin character set. By default, standard
ASCII characters are assumed.
________________________________________
This release of Info is version 2.5 beta.
Changes since 2.4 beta:
* Index (i) and (,) commands fully implemented.
* "configure" script now shipped with Info.
* New function "set-variable" allows users to set various variables.
* User-settable behaviour on end or beginning of node scrolling. This
supercedes the SPC and DEL changes in 2.3 beta.
________________________________________
This release of Info is version 2.4 beta.
Changes since 2.3 beta:
* info-last-node now means move to the last node of this info file.
* info-history-node means move backwards through this window's node history.
* info-first-node moves to the first node in the Info file. This node is
not necessarily "Top"!
* SPC and DEL can select the Next or Prev node after printing an informative
message when pressed at the end/beg of a node.
----------------------------------------
This release of Info is version 2.3 beta.
Changes since 2.2 beta:
* M-x command lines if NAMED_COMMANDS is #defined. Variable in Makefile.
* Screen height changes made quite robust.
* Interactive function "set-screen-height" implements user height changes.
* Scrolling on some terminals is faster now.
* C-l with numeric arguement is fixed.
----------------------------------------
This release of Info is version 2.2 beta.
Changes since 2.0:
* C-g can now interrupt multi-file searches.
* Incremental search is fully implemented.
* Loading large tag tables is much faster now.
* makedoc.c replaces shell script, speeding incremental builds.
* Scrolling in redisplay is implemented.
* Recursive uses of the echo area made more robust.
* Garbage collection of unreferenced nodes.

112
contrib/texinfo/README
View File

@ -1,112 +0,0 @@
$Id: README,v 1.16 2004/12/13 13:36:32 karl Exp $
This is the README file for the GNU Texinfo distribution. Texinfo is
the preferred documentation format for GNU software.
Copyright (C) 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000,
2001, 2002, 2003, 2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Copying and distribution of this file, with or without modification,
are permitted in any medium without royalty provided the copyright
notice and this notice are preserved.
See ./INSTALL* for installation instructions.
Primary distribution point: ftp://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/texinfo/
(list of mirrors at: http://www.gnu.org/prep/ftp.html)
Home page: http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/
(list of mirrors at: http://www.gnu.org/server/list-mirrors.html)
This page includes links to other Texinfo-related programs.
Mailing lists and archives:
- bug-texinfo@gnu.org for bug reports or enhancement suggestions,
archive: http://mail.gnu.org/pipermail/bug-texinfo
- help-texinfo@gnu.org for authoring questions and general discussion,
archive: http://mail.gnu.org/pipermail/help-texinfo
- texinfo-pretest@texinfo.org for pretests of new releases,
archive: http://texinfo.org/ftp/texinfo-pretest-archive
There are no corresponding newsgroups.
Bug reports:
please include enough information for the maintainers to reproduce the
problem. Generally speaking, that means:
- the contents of any input files necessary to reproduce the bug (crucial!).
- a description of the problem and any samples of the erroneous output.
- the version number of Texinfo and the program(s) involved (use --version).
- hardware, operating system, and compiler versions (uname -a).
- unusual options you gave to configure, if any (see config.status).
- anything else that you think would be helpful.
Patches are most welcome; if possible, please make them with diff -c and
include ChangeLog entries.
When sending email, please do not encode or split the messages in any
way if at all possible; it's easier to deal with one large message than
many small ones. GNU shar (http://www.gnu.org/software/sharutils/) is a
convenient way of packaging multiple and/or binary files for email.
See README.dev for information on the Texinfo development environment --
any interested parties are welcome. If you're a programmer and wish to
contribute, this should get you started. And if you're not a
programmer, you can still make significant contributions by writing test
cases, checking the documentation against the implementation, etc.
This distribution includes the following files, among others:
README This file.
README.dev Texinfo developer information.
INSTALL Texinfo-specific installation notes.
NEWS Summary of new features by release.
INTRODUCTION Brief introduction to the system, and
how to create readable files from the
Texinfo source files in this distribution.
Texinfo documentation files (in ./doc):
texinfo.txi Describes the Texinfo language and many
of the associated tools. It tells how
to use Texinfo to write documentation,
how to use Texinfo mode in GNU Emacs,
TeX, makeinfo, and the Emacs Lisp
Texinfo formatting commands.
info.texi This manual tells you how to use
Info. This document also comes as part of
GNU Emacs. If you do not have Emacs,
you can format this Texinfo source
file with makeinfo or TeX and then
read the resulting Info file with the
standalone Info reader that is part of
this distribution.
info-stnd.texi This manual tells you how to use
the standalone GNU Info reader that is
included in this distribution as C
source (./info).
Printing related files:
doc/texinfo.tex This TeX definitions file tells
the TeX program how to typeset a
Texinfo file into a DVI file ready for
printing.
util/texindex.c This file contains the source for
the `texindex' program that generates
sorted indices used by TeX when
typesetting a file for printing.
util/texi2dvi This is a shell script for
producing an indexed DVI file using
TeX and texindex.
Source files for standalone C programs:
./lib
./makeinfo
./info
Installation files:
Makefile.am What Automake uses to make a Makefile.in.
Makefile.in What `configure' uses to make a Makefile,
created by Automake.
configure.ac What Autoconf uses to create `configure'.
configure Configuration script for local conditions,
created by Autoconf.

44
contrib/texinfo/README.dev
View File

@ -1,44 +0,0 @@
$Id: README.dev,v 1.7 2003/11/24 15:11:06 karl Exp $
README.dev - Texinfo developer information.
Copyright (C) 2002, 2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Copying and distribution of this file, with or without modification,
are permitted in any medium without royalty provided the copyright
notice and this notice are preserved.
The development sources for Texinfo is available through anonymous cvs
at Savannah, see
http://savannah.gnu.org/cvs/?group=texinfo
This distribution uses whatever versions of automake, autoconf, and
gettext are listed in NEWS; usually the latest ones released. If you
are getting the Texinfo sources from cvs, or change the Texinfo
configure.ac, you'll need to have these tools installed to (re)build.
You'll also need help2man. (All of these are available from
ftp://ftp.gnu.org/gnu.)
Here's the order in which to run the tools for a fresh build:
autoheader # creates config.in, not necessarily needed every time
aclocal -I m4 # for a new version of automake
automake
autoconf
configure CFLAGS=-g --enable-maintainer-mode
make
(with arguments to taste, of course.) Or you can run
./bootstrap
instead of the various auto* tools.
One final note: If you would like to contribute to the GNU project by
implementing additional documentation output formats for Texinfo, that
would be great. But please do not write a separate translator texi2foo
for your favorite format foo! That is the hard way to do the job, and
makes extra work in subsequent maintenance, since the Texinfo language
is continually being enhanced and updated. Instead, the best approach
is modify Makeinfo to generate the new format, as it does now for Info,
HTML, XML, and DocBook.

181
contrib/texinfo/TODO
View File

@ -1,181 +0,0 @@
$Id: TODO,v 1.26 2004/11/22 23:57:32 karl Exp $
This is the todo list for GNU Texinfo.
If you are interested in working on any of these, email bug-texinfo@gnu.org.
Copyright (C) 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2003,
2001, 2002, 2003, 2004 Free Software Foundation.
Copying and distribution of this file, with or without modification,
are permitted in any medium without royalty provided the copyright
notice and this notice are preserved.
* General:
- @euro{}.
- Support installation of manuals in different languages, along these lines:
. support a LINGUAS file or variable saying which subdirs LL in the
source to descend into (under doc/).
. within each subdir LL, install the info files into $infodir/LL,
and run install-info on $infodir/LL/dir.
. info (both emacs and standalone) should read $infodir/$LANG/dir
as the first dir file, and likewise read info files first from
$infodir/$LANG, before falling back to $infodir.
. consider ways to avoid installing images in both places.
In fact, images probably need to be installed in a subdir
$infodir/MANUAL/ in the first place, to avoid conflicts of having
the same image name in different manuals.
For a test case, see texinfo cvs, with its one translated manual
(info-fr.texi).
From Wojciech Polak.
- Monitor and improve the dir categories in existing manuals,
following the Free Software Directory categories. Much mail to
developers has already been sent, what's needed now is to check new
releases and make sure they are using the right categories.
See the util/dir-example in the Texinfo distribution for our current
recommended categories.
For background, see the thread (which discusses a lot of other
issues too) at
http://mail.gnu.org/pipermail/emacs-devel/2002-10/msg00011.html,
especially
http://mail.gnu.org/archive/html/emacs-devel/2002-10/msg00090.html
http://mail.gnu.org/archive/html/emacs-devel/2002-10/msg00137.html
- Get Info declared as a MIME Content-Type.
- Likewise the `info:' URI scheme; a library consortium has proposed a
completely different purpose for the URI scheme, but I don't know
how to send comments, despite it being a "request for comments". Sigh.
There is mail about this in the bug-texinfo archives:
http://mail.gnu.org/archive/html/bug-texinfo/2003-09/msg00086.html
- Support compressed image files.
- Support reference card creation, perhaps by only paying attention to
sectioning and @def... commands.
- Allow @end (and other?) commands to be indented in the source.
- Test for memory leaks, e.g., with valgrind:
http://developer.kde.org/~sewardj/
- Extend and improve the tests.
* Language:
- @else for the @if... conditionals.
- @xindexterm [def] primary [,secondary [,tertiary]] or some such?
- Allow subitems and `see' and `see also' in indices.
- multicolumn * width to take up `the rest'.
- another table command to take N succeeding items and split them
into M columns (see eplain).
- support bibliographies with BibTeX (see web2c/doc for kludge prototype).
- @flushboth to combine @flushleft and @flushright, for RFC's.
- @part sectioning command.
- @exercise/@answer command for, e.g., gawk.
- Allow @hsep/@vsep at @item, instead of just in template.
- Support automatic line numbering of examples.
- Better macro syntax.
- Better def... command syntax.
- Allow : in node names for info files, for names like
`class::method'. Likewise index entries. A quoting mechanism such
as surrounding node names with SPACE BACKSPACE is probably the best
solution, although this is an incompatible change to Info format, sigh.
- Glossary/general definition support (dumas msg 28 Nov 2003 17:09:57 +0100).
- Add support for other Latin 9 (and Latin 2 and Latin 1) characters.
* Makeinfo:
- Translation of "Appendix" etc. should depend on @doclang not $LANG.
- Try directory of main source file.
- Make makeinfo -E just do macro expansion, avoiding all error checks.
That way, texi2dvi could run makeinfo --iftex -E.
- A detexinfo program, like detex or delatex. This command would
strip all the texinfo commands out, and would be used as a filter on
the way to a speller. An option would be to NOT strip comments out.
makeinfo --no-headers comes close.
- If node name contains an @ command, complain explicitly.
- Use @documentlanguage instead of LANG for many translations.
- HTML: split output by chapter to improve context, per Akim.
Generate dummy files for all nodes for the sake of cross-references.
- HTML: support thumbnails.
- HTML: make images of math, maybe.
- HTML: allow settable background color, table colors and spacing,
<head> meta tags, etc. A la http://texi2html.cvshome.org. In fact:
- HTML: have a library of different CSS styles.
http://mail.gnu.org/archive/html/bug-texinfo/2004-01/msg00025.html
- XML: cannot be loaded directly in a browser; why not?
- Docbook: &euro; and other entities do not work; does anything work?
- Rewrite completely to simplify generation of different formats.
* TeX:
- Use @ as the escape character, and Texinfo syntax generally, in the
table of contents and index files. Eliminate all the crazy
multiple redefinitions of every Texinfo command in different contexts.
- Support input in any encoding and language, via ec or Latin Modern fonts.
- Reasonable way to change fonts from the default (some work has been
done), to allow for PostScript fonts, for example.
- @multitable: handle @hsep and @vsep.
- @multitable: repeat table headings if multiple pages long.
- @multitable: support a heading line concept (<thead> in HTML).
- Introduce new command to change \bindingoffset.
- How about using latex2html to produce HTML?
- Table of contents gets misaligned if there are 10 or more [sub]sections.
- Use url.sty (or something) to allow linebreak of url's.
- Include hyperlink \special's in the DVI output for xdvi, etc.
- PDF: make each letter of the index (A, B, ...) a section in the TOC.
From Carsten Dominik <dominik@astro.uva.nl>.
* Doc:
- Include a complete functional summary, as in a reference card, in
the manual.
- Improve the manuals, especially for makeinfo, standalone info, etc.
- new section on doing dedication pages. See gawk.texi
for an example of doing it in both the tex and info versions.
* Info:
- Regular expression search.
- Full-text search across all info files installed on the system.
- Support character sets other than ISO Latin 1.
- Perhaps comply with LANGUAGE setting on a per-node basis, to allow
incremental translation of Texinfo files.
- Search all nodes of dir file at startup, then can have
INFO-DIR-SEPARATE-GROUPS and other such.
- Better dir file merging.
- Global dir file (as in /etc/conf/dir) and texinfo config file
specifying which info directories to search. From Dale Mellor.
http://mail.gnu.org/mailman/private/gnu-prog-discuss/2003q4/000439.html
- Steal interface ideas from Lynx: number links, use color, etc.
Perhaps code from the pinfo viewer can be reused:
http://zeus.polsl.gliwice.pl/~pborys/.
- More sample .infokey files, so people can choose without writing their own.
- q within help should quit help like C-x 0.
- Incorporate an X-based viewer, perhaps saxinfo or tkinfo
http://www.math.ucsb.edu/~boldt/tkinfo/
- Make "info foo bar" search for bar in foo's index(es) if no menu match.
- Handle M-n, C-u m, and C-u g like Emacs Info (opening new windows).
- Write technical definition of Info format.
* install-info:
- be able to copy the info file to compile-time $infodir, to
simplify by-hand installation.
- also support installing HTML files, etc., along with subsidiary
@image (or other) files. In subdirs. Or something.
- support info dir entries for other than the current info file name;
see comments in menu_item_equal.
- merge features with Debian install-info, so we can have one program.
* texindex:
- read source file (specified by new option) for @documentlanguage
and/or @documentencoding, and change the sorting appropriately.
From: Wojciech Polak, 26 Apr 2003 11:30:59 +0200.
* Distribution:
- generate txi-??.tex from .po's to make translators' jobs easier.
From Akim and Karl E.
Ideas that will not be implemented:
- Process Texinfo files directly instead of converting to Info:
ftp://ftp.cs.berkeley.edu/ucb/people/phelps/tcltk/tkman.tar.Z, which
uses Tcl/Tk 8.0 from ftp.smli.com in the /pub/tcl directory.
From: phelps@ecstasy.CS.Berkeley.EDU (Tom Phelps)
[This has the disadvantage of needing to be updated when the
Texinfo language changes, so don't.]
- Call Ghostscript to get ASCII/jpg output for the @image command.
[makeinfo should not try to be make, or assume it knows how the user
wants to generate images. Too many different methods are possible.]
- Change bars. This is difficult or impossible in TeX,
unfortunately. To do it right requires device driver support.
wdiff or ediff may be all we can do. Merely specifying what should be
changed is not obvious.

422
contrib/texinfo/config.h
View File

@ -1,422 +0,0 @@
/* $FreeBSD$ */
/* config.h. Generated by configure. */
/* config.in. Generated from configure.ac by autoheader. */
/* Define to one of `_getb67', `GETB67', `getb67' for Cray-2 and Cray-YMP
systems. This function is required for `alloca.c' support on those systems.
*/
/* #undef CRAY_STACKSEG_END */
/* Define to 1 if using `alloca.c'. */
/* #undef C_ALLOCA */
/* Define to 1 if translation of program messages to the user's native
language is requested. */
/* #undef ENABLE_NLS */
/* Define to 1 if `TIOCGWINSZ' requires <sys/ioctl.h>. */
/* #undef GWINSZ_IN_SYS_IOCTL */
/* Define to 1 if you have `alloca', as a function or macro. */
#define HAVE_ALLOCA 1
/* Define to 1 if you have <alloca.h> and it should be used (not on Ultrix).
*/
/* #undef HAVE_ALLOCA_H */
/* Define to 1 if you have the <argz.h> header file. */
/* #undef HAVE_ARGZ_H */
/* Define to 1 if you have the `asprintf' function. */
#define HAVE_ASPRINTF 1
/* Define to 1 if you have the `bzero' function. */
#define HAVE_BZERO 1
/* Define if the GNU dcgettext() function is already present or preinstalled.
*/
/* #undef HAVE_DCGETTEXT */
/* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of `feof_unlocked', and to 0 if you
don't. */
#define HAVE_DECL_FEOF_UNLOCKED 1
/* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of `fgets_unlocked', and to 0 if
you don't. */
#define HAVE_DECL_FGETS_UNLOCKED 0
/* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of `getc_unlocked', and to 0 if you
don't. */
#define HAVE_DECL_GETC_UNLOCKED 1
/* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of `getenv', and to 0 if you don't.
*/
#define HAVE_DECL_GETENV 1
/* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of `memchr', and to 0 if you don't.
*/
#define HAVE_DECL_MEMCHR 1
/* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of `strcoll', and to 0 if you
don't. */
#define HAVE_DECL_STRCOLL 1
/* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of `strerror', and to 0 if you
don't. */
#define HAVE_DECL_STRERROR 1
/* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of `_snprintf', and to 0 if you
don't. */
#define HAVE_DECL__SNPRINTF 0
/* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of `_snwprintf', and to 0 if you
don't. */
#define HAVE_DECL__SNWPRINTF 0
/* Define to 1 if you don't have `vprintf' but do have `_doprnt.' */
/* #undef HAVE_DOPRNT */
/* Define to 1 if you have the <fcntl.h> header file. */
#define HAVE_FCNTL_H 1
/* Define to 1 if you have the `fwprintf' function. */
#define HAVE_FWPRINTF 1
/* Define to 1 if you have the `getcwd' function. */
#define HAVE_GETCWD 1
/* Define to 1 if you have the `getegid' function. */
#define HAVE_GETEGID 1
/* Define to 1 if you have the `geteuid' function. */
#define HAVE_GETEUID 1
/* Define to 1 if you have the `getgid' function. */
#define HAVE_GETGID 1
/* Define to 1 if you have the `getpagesize' function. */
#define HAVE_GETPAGESIZE 1
/* Define if the GNU gettext() function is already present or preinstalled. */
/* #undef HAVE_GETTEXT */
/* Define to 1 if you have the `gettimeofday' function. */
/* #undef HAVE_GETTIMEOFDAY */
/* Define to 1 if you have the `getuid' function. */
#define HAVE_GETUID 1
/* Define if you have the iconv() function. */
#define HAVE_ICONV 1
/* Define if you have the 'intmax_t' type in <stdint.h> or <inttypes.h>. */
#define HAVE_INTMAX_T 1
/* Define if <inttypes.h> exists and doesn't clash with <sys/types.h>. */
#define HAVE_INTTYPES_H 1
/* Define if <inttypes.h> exists, doesn't clash with <sys/types.h>, and
declares uintmax_t. */
#define HAVE_INTTYPES_H_WITH_UINTMAX 1
/* Define to 1 if you have the <io.h> header file. */
/* #undef HAVE_IO_H */
/* Define if you have <langinfo.h> and nl_langinfo(CODESET). */
#define HAVE_LANGINFO_CODESET 1
/* Define if your <locale.h> file defines LC_MESSAGES. */
#define HAVE_LC_MESSAGES 1
/* Define to 1 if you have the `bsd' library (-lbsd). */
/* #undef HAVE_LIBBSD */
/* Define to 1 if you have the <limits.h> header file. */
#define HAVE_LIMITS_H 1
/* Define to 1 if you have the <locale.h> header file. */
#define HAVE_LOCALE_H 1
/* Define if you have the 'long double' type. */
#define HAVE_LONG_DOUBLE 1
/* Define if you have the 'long long' type. */
#define HAVE_LONG_LONG 1
/* Define to 1 if you have the <malloc.h> header file. */
/* #undef HAVE_MALLOC_H */
/* Define to 1 if you have the `memcpy' function. */
#define HAVE_MEMCPY 1
/* Define to 1 if you have the `memmove' function. */
#define HAVE_MEMMOVE 1
/* Define to 1 if you have the <memory.h> header file. */
#define HAVE_MEMORY_H 1
/* Define to 1 if you have the `mempcpy' function. */
/* #undef HAVE_MEMPCPY */
/* Define to 1 if you have the `memset' function. */
#define HAVE_MEMSET 1
/* Define to 1 if you have the `mkstemp' function. */
#define HAVE_MKSTEMP 1
/* Define to 1 if you have a working `mmap' system call. */
#define HAVE_MMAP 1
/* Define to 1 if you have the `munmap' function. */
#define HAVE_MUNMAP 1
/* Define to 1 if you have the <ncurses/termcap.h> header file. */
/* #undef HAVE_NCURSES_TERMCAP_H */
/* Define to 1 if you have the <nl_types.h> header file. */
#define HAVE_NL_TYPES_H 1
/* Define if your printf() function supports format strings with positions. */
#define HAVE_POSIX_PRINTF 1
/* Define to 1 if you have the `putenv' function. */
#define HAVE_PUTENV 1
/* Define to 1 if you have the <pwd.h> header file. */
#define HAVE_PWD_H 1
/* Define to 1 if you have the `setenv' function. */
#define HAVE_SETENV 1
/* Define to 1 if you have the `setlocale' function. */
#define HAVE_SETLOCALE 1
/* Define to 1 if you have the `setvbuf' function. */
#define HAVE_SETVBUF 1
/* Define to 1 if you have the `sigaction' function. */
#define HAVE_SIGACTION 1
/* Define to 1 if you have the `sigprocmask' function. */
#define HAVE_SIGPROCMASK 1
/* Define to 1 if you have the `sigsetmask' function. */
#define HAVE_SIGSETMASK 1
/* Define to 1 if you have the `snprintf' function. */
#define HAVE_SNPRINTF 1
/* Define to 1 if you have the <stddef.h> header file. */
#define HAVE_STDDEF_H 1
/* Define to 1 if you have the <stdint.h> header file. */
#define HAVE_STDINT_H 1
/* Define if <stdint.h> exists, doesn't clash with <sys/types.h>, and declares
uintmax_t. */
#define HAVE_STDINT_H_WITH_UINTMAX 1
/* Define to 1 if you have the <stdlib.h> header file. */
#define HAVE_STDLIB_H 1
/* Define to 1 if you have the `stpcpy' function. */
#define HAVE_STPCPY 1
/* Define to 1 if you have the `strcasecmp' function. */
#define HAVE_STRCASECMP 1
/* Define to 1 if you have the `strchr' function. */
#define HAVE_STRCHR 1
/* Define to 1 if you have the `strcoll' function and it is properly defined.
*/
#define HAVE_STRCOLL 1
/* Define to 1 if you have the `strdup' function. */
#define HAVE_STRDUP 1
/* Define to 1 if you have the `strerror' function. */
#define HAVE_STRERROR 1
/* Define to 1 if you have the <strings.h> header file. */
#define HAVE_STRINGS_H 1
/* Define to 1 if you have the <string.h> header file. */
#define HAVE_STRING_H 1
/* Define to 1 if you have the `strncasecmp' function. */
#define HAVE_STRNCASECMP 1
/* Define to 1 if you have the `strtoul' function. */
#define HAVE_STRTOUL 1
/* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/fcntl.h> header file. */
#define HAVE_SYS_FCNTL_H 1
/* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/file.h> header file. */
#define HAVE_SYS_FILE_H 1
/* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/param.h> header file. */
#define HAVE_SYS_PARAM_H 1
/* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/ptem.h> header file. */
/* #undef HAVE_SYS_PTEM_H */
/* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/stat.h> header file. */
#define HAVE_SYS_STAT_H 1
/* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/stream.h> header file. */
/* #undef HAVE_SYS_STREAM_H */
/* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/time.h> header file. */
#define HAVE_SYS_TIME_H 1
/* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/ttold.h> header file. */
/* #undef HAVE_SYS_TTOLD_H */
/* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/types.h> header file. */
#define HAVE_SYS_TYPES_H 1
/* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/wait.h> header file. */
#define HAVE_SYS_WAIT_H 1
/* Define to 1 if you have the <termcap.h> header file. */
#define HAVE_TERMCAP_H 1
/* Define to 1 if you have the <termios.h> header file. */
#define HAVE_TERMIOS_H 1
/* Define to 1 if you have the <termio.h> header file. */
/* #undef HAVE_TERMIO_H */
/* Define to 1 if you have the `tsearch' function. */
#define HAVE_TSEARCH 1
/* Define if you have the 'uintmax_t' type in <stdint.h> or <inttypes.h>. */
#define HAVE_UINTMAX_T 1
/* Define to 1 if you have the <unistd.h> header file. */
#define HAVE_UNISTD_H 1
/* Define if you have the 'unsigned long long' type. */
#define HAVE_UNSIGNED_LONG_LONG 1
/* Define to 1 if you have the `vprintf' function. */
#define HAVE_VPRINTF 1
/* Define if you have the 'wchar_t' type. */
#define HAVE_WCHAR_T 1
/* Define to 1 if you have the `wcslen' function. */
#define HAVE_WCSLEN 1
/* Define if you have the 'wint_t' type. */
#define HAVE_WINT_T 1
/* Define to 1 if you have the `__argz_count' function. */
/* #undef HAVE___ARGZ_COUNT */
/* Define to 1 if you have the `__argz_next' function. */
/* #undef HAVE___ARGZ_NEXT */
/* Define to 1 if you have the `__argz_stringify' function. */
/* #undef HAVE___ARGZ_STRINGIFY */
/* Define to 1 if you have the `__fsetlocking' function. */
/* #undef HAVE___FSETLOCKING */
/* Define to 1 if you have the `__secure_getenv' function. */
/* #undef HAVE___SECURE_GETENV */
/* Define as const if the declaration of iconv() needs const. */
#define ICONV_CONST const
/* Define if integer division by zero raises signal SIGFPE. */
#define INTDIV0_RAISES_SIGFPE 1
/* Name of package */
#define PACKAGE "texinfo"
/* Define to the address where bug reports for this package should be sent. */
#define PACKAGE_BUGREPORT ""
/* Define to the full name of this package. */
#define PACKAGE_NAME "GNU Texinfo"
/* Define to the full name and version of this package. */
#define PACKAGE_STRING "GNU Texinfo 4.8"
/* Define to the one symbol short name of this package. */
#define PACKAGE_TARNAME "texinfo"
/* Define to the version of this package. */
#define PACKAGE_VERSION "4.8"
/* Define if <inttypes.h> exists and defines unusable PRI* macros. */
/* #undef PRI_MACROS_BROKEN */
/* Define as the return type of signal handlers (`int' or `void'). */
#define RETSIGTYPE void
/* Define as the maximum value of type 'size_t', if the system doesn't define
it. */
/* #undef SIZE_MAX */
/* If using the C implementation of alloca, define if you know the
direction of stack growth for your system; otherwise it will be
automatically deduced at run-time.
STACK_DIRECTION > 0 => grows toward higher addresses
STACK_DIRECTION < 0 => grows toward lower addresses
STACK_DIRECTION = 0 => direction of growth unknown */
/* #undef STACK_DIRECTION */
/* Define to 1 if the `S_IS*' macros in <sys/stat.h> do not work properly. */
/* #undef STAT_MACROS_BROKEN */
/* Define to 1 if you have the ANSI C header files. */
#define STDC_HEADERS 1
/* Define to 1 if your <sys/time.h> declares `struct tm'. */
/* #undef TM_IN_SYS_TIME */
/* Version number of package */
#define VERSION "4.8"
/* Define to 1 if on MINIX. */
/* #undef _MINIX */
/* Define to 2 if the system does not provide POSIX.1 features except with
this defined. */
/* #undef _POSIX_1_SOURCE */
/* Define to 1 if you need to in order for `stat' and other things to work. */
/* #undef _POSIX_SOURCE */
/* Define to empty if `const' does not conform to ANSI C. */
/* #undef const */
/* Define to `__inline__' or `__inline' if that's what the C compiler
calls it, or to nothing if 'inline' is not supported under any name. */
#ifndef __cplusplus
/* #undef inline */
#endif
/* Define to rpl_mkstemp if the replacement function should be used. */
/* #undef mkstemp */
/* Define to `long' if <sys/types.h> does not define. */
/* #undef off_t */
/* Define as the type of the result of subtracting two pointers, if the system
doesn't define it. */
/* #undef ptrdiff_t */
/* Define to empty if the C compiler doesn't support this keyword. */
/* #undef signed */
/* Define to `unsigned' if <sys/types.h> does not define. */
/* #undef size_t */
/* Define to unsigned long or unsigned long long if <stdint.h> and
<inttypes.h> don't define. */
/* #undef uintmax_t */

420
contrib/texinfo/config.h.in
View File

@ -1,420 +0,0 @@
/* config.in. Generated from configure.ac by autoheader. */
/* Define to one of `_getb67', `GETB67', `getb67' for Cray-2 and Cray-YMP
systems. This function is required for `alloca.c' support on those systems.
*/
#undef CRAY_STACKSEG_END
/* Define to 1 if using `alloca.c'. */
#undef C_ALLOCA
/* Define to 1 if translation of program messages to the user's native
language is requested. */
#undef ENABLE_NLS
/* Define to 1 if `TIOCGWINSZ' requires <sys/ioctl.h>. */
#undef GWINSZ_IN_SYS_IOCTL
/* Define to 1 if you have `alloca', as a function or macro. */
#undef HAVE_ALLOCA
/* Define to 1 if you have <alloca.h> and it should be used (not on Ultrix).
*/
#undef HAVE_ALLOCA_H
/* Define to 1 if you have the <argz.h> header file. */
#undef HAVE_ARGZ_H
/* Define to 1 if you have the `asprintf' function. */
#undef HAVE_ASPRINTF
/* Define to 1 if you have the `bzero' function. */
#undef HAVE_BZERO
/* Define if the GNU dcgettext() function is already present or preinstalled.
*/
#undef HAVE_DCGETTEXT
/* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of `feof_unlocked', and to 0 if you
don't. */
#undef HAVE_DECL_FEOF_UNLOCKED
/* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of `fgets_unlocked', and to 0 if
you don't. */
#undef HAVE_DECL_FGETS_UNLOCKED
/* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of `getc_unlocked', and to 0 if you
don't. */
#undef HAVE_DECL_GETC_UNLOCKED
/* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of `getenv', and to 0 if you don't.
*/
#undef HAVE_DECL_GETENV
/* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of `memchr', and to 0 if you don't.
*/
#undef HAVE_DECL_MEMCHR
/* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of `strcoll', and to 0 if you
don't. */
#undef HAVE_DECL_STRCOLL
/* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of `strerror', and to 0 if you
don't. */
#undef HAVE_DECL_STRERROR
/* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of `_snprintf', and to 0 if you
don't. */
#undef HAVE_DECL__SNPRINTF
/* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of `_snwprintf', and to 0 if you
don't. */
#undef HAVE_DECL__SNWPRINTF
/* Define to 1 if you don't have `vprintf' but do have `_doprnt.' */
#undef HAVE_DOPRNT
/* Define to 1 if you have the <fcntl.h> header file. */
#undef HAVE_FCNTL_H
/* Define to 1 if you have the `fwprintf' function. */
#undef HAVE_FWPRINTF
/* Define to 1 if you have the `getcwd' function. */
#undef HAVE_GETCWD
/* Define to 1 if you have the `getegid' function. */
#undef HAVE_GETEGID
/* Define to 1 if you have the `geteuid' function. */
#undef HAVE_GETEUID
/* Define to 1 if you have the `getgid' function. */
#undef HAVE_GETGID
/* Define to 1 if you have the `getpagesize' function. */
#undef HAVE_GETPAGESIZE
/* Define if the GNU gettext() function is already present or preinstalled. */
#undef HAVE_GETTEXT
/* Define to 1 if you have the `gettimeofday' function. */
#undef HAVE_GETTIMEOFDAY
/* Define to 1 if you have the `getuid' function. */
#undef HAVE_GETUID
/* Define if you have the iconv() function. */
#undef HAVE_ICONV
/* Define if you have the 'intmax_t' type in <stdint.h> or <inttypes.h>. */
#undef HAVE_INTMAX_T
/* Define if <inttypes.h> exists and doesn't clash with <sys/types.h>. */
#undef HAVE_INTTYPES_H
/* Define if <inttypes.h> exists, doesn't clash with <sys/types.h>, and
declares uintmax_t. */
#undef HAVE_INTTYPES_H_WITH_UINTMAX
/* Define to 1 if you have the <io.h> header file. */
#undef HAVE_IO_H
/* Define if you have <langinfo.h> and nl_langinfo(CODESET). */
#undef HAVE_LANGINFO_CODESET
/* Define if your <locale.h> file defines LC_MESSAGES. */
#undef HAVE_LC_MESSAGES
/* Define to 1 if you have the `bsd' library (-lbsd). */
#undef HAVE_LIBBSD
/* Define to 1 if you have the <limits.h> header file. */
#undef HAVE_LIMITS_H
/* Define to 1 if you have the <locale.h> header file. */
#undef HAVE_LOCALE_H
/* Define if you have the 'long double' type. */
#undef HAVE_LONG_DOUBLE
/* Define if you have the 'long long' type. */
#undef HAVE_LONG_LONG
/* Define to 1 if you have the <malloc.h> header file. */
#undef HAVE_MALLOC_H
/* Define to 1 if you have the `memcpy' function. */
#undef HAVE_MEMCPY
/* Define to 1 if you have the `memmove' function. */
#undef HAVE_MEMMOVE
/* Define to 1 if you have the <memory.h> header file. */
#undef HAVE_MEMORY_H
/* Define to 1 if you have the `mempcpy' function. */
#undef HAVE_MEMPCPY
/* Define to 1 if you have the `memset' function. */
#undef HAVE_MEMSET
/* Define to 1 if you have the `mkstemp' function. */
#undef HAVE_MKSTEMP
/* Define to 1 if you have a working `mmap' system call. */
#undef HAVE_MMAP
/* Define to 1 if you have the `munmap' function. */
#undef HAVE_MUNMAP
/* Define to 1 if you have the <ncurses/termcap.h> header file. */
#undef HAVE_NCURSES_TERMCAP_H
/* Define to 1 if you have the <nl_types.h> header file. */
#undef HAVE_NL_TYPES_H
/* Define if your printf() function supports format strings with positions. */
#undef HAVE_POSIX_PRINTF
/* Define to 1 if you have the `putenv' function. */
#undef HAVE_PUTENV
/* Define to 1 if you have the <pwd.h> header file. */
#undef HAVE_PWD_H
/* Define to 1 if you have the `setenv' function. */
#undef HAVE_SETENV
/* Define to 1 if you have the `setlocale' function. */
#undef HAVE_SETLOCALE
/* Define to 1 if you have the `setvbuf' function. */
#undef HAVE_SETVBUF
/* Define to 1 if you have the `sigaction' function. */
#undef HAVE_SIGACTION
/* Define to 1 if you have the `sigprocmask' function. */
#undef HAVE_SIGPROCMASK
/* Define to 1 if you have the `sigsetmask' function. */
#undef HAVE_SIGSETMASK
/* Define to 1 if you have the `snprintf' function. */
#undef HAVE_SNPRINTF
/* Define to 1 if you have the <stddef.h> header file. */
#undef HAVE_STDDEF_H
/* Define to 1 if you have the <stdint.h> header file. */
#undef HAVE_STDINT_H
/* Define if <stdint.h> exists, doesn't clash with <sys/types.h>, and declares
uintmax_t. */
#undef HAVE_STDINT_H_WITH_UINTMAX
/* Define to 1 if you have the <stdlib.h> header file. */
#undef HAVE_STDLIB_H
/* Define to 1 if you have the `stpcpy' function. */
#undef HAVE_STPCPY
/* Define to 1 if you have the `strcasecmp' function. */
#undef HAVE_STRCASECMP
/* Define to 1 if you have the `strchr' function. */
#undef HAVE_STRCHR
/* Define to 1 if you have the `strcoll' function and it is properly defined.
*/
#undef HAVE_STRCOLL
/* Define to 1 if you have the `strdup' function. */
#undef HAVE_STRDUP
/* Define to 1 if you have the `strerror' function. */
#undef HAVE_STRERROR
/* Define to 1 if you have the <strings.h> header file. */
#undef HAVE_STRINGS_H
/* Define to 1 if you have the <string.h> header file. */
#undef HAVE_STRING_H
/* Define to 1 if you have the `strncasecmp' function. */
#undef HAVE_STRNCASECMP
/* Define to 1 if you have the `strtoul' function. */
#undef HAVE_STRTOUL
/* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/fcntl.h> header file. */
#undef HAVE_SYS_FCNTL_H
/* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/file.h> header file. */
#undef HAVE_SYS_FILE_H
/* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/param.h> header file. */
#undef HAVE_SYS_PARAM_H
/* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/ptem.h> header file. */
#undef HAVE_SYS_PTEM_H
/* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/stat.h> header file. */
#undef HAVE_SYS_STAT_H
/* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/stream.h> header file. */
#undef HAVE_SYS_STREAM_H
/* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/time.h> header file. */
#undef HAVE_SYS_TIME_H
/* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/ttold.h> header file. */
#undef HAVE_SYS_TTOLD_H
/* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/types.h> header file. */
#undef HAVE_SYS_TYPES_H
/* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/wait.h> header file. */
#undef HAVE_SYS_WAIT_H
/* Define to 1 if you have the <termcap.h> header file. */
#undef HAVE_TERMCAP_H
/* Define to 1 if you have the <termios.h> header file. */
#undef HAVE_TERMIOS_H
/* Define to 1 if you have the <termio.h> header file. */
#undef HAVE_TERMIO_H
/* Define to 1 if you have the `tsearch' function. */
#undef HAVE_TSEARCH
/* Define if you have the 'uintmax_t' type in <stdint.h> or <inttypes.h>. */
#undef HAVE_UINTMAX_T
/* Define to 1 if you have the <unistd.h> header file. */
#undef HAVE_UNISTD_H
/* Define if you have the 'unsigned long long' type. */
#undef HAVE_UNSIGNED_LONG_LONG
/* Define to 1 if you have the `vprintf' function. */
#undef HAVE_VPRINTF
/* Define if you have the 'wchar_t' type. */
#undef HAVE_WCHAR_T
/* Define to 1 if you have the `wcslen' function. */
#undef HAVE_WCSLEN
/* Define if you have the 'wint_t' type. */
#undef HAVE_WINT_T
/* Define to 1 if you have the `__argz_count' function. */
#undef HAVE___ARGZ_COUNT
/* Define to 1 if you have the `__argz_next' function. */
#undef HAVE___ARGZ_NEXT
/* Define to 1 if you have the `__argz_stringify' function. */
#undef HAVE___ARGZ_STRINGIFY
/* Define to 1 if you have the `__fsetlocking' function. */
#undef HAVE___FSETLOCKING
/* Define to 1 if you have the `__secure_getenv' function. */
#undef HAVE___SECURE_GETENV
/* Define as const if the declaration of iconv() needs const. */
#undef ICONV_CONST
/* Define if integer division by zero raises signal SIGFPE. */
#undef INTDIV0_RAISES_SIGFPE
/* Name of package */
#undef PACKAGE
/* Define to the address where bug reports for this package should be sent. */
#undef PACKAGE_BUGREPORT
/* Define to the full name of this package. */
#undef PACKAGE_NAME
/* Define to the full name and version of this package. */
#undef PACKAGE_STRING
/* Define to the one symbol short name of this package. */
#undef PACKAGE_TARNAME
/* Define to the version of this package. */
#undef PACKAGE_VERSION
/* Define if <inttypes.h> exists and defines unusable PRI* macros. */
#undef PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
/* Define as the return type of signal handlers (`int' or `void'). */
#undef RETSIGTYPE
/* Define as the maximum value of type 'size_t', if the system doesn't define
it. */
#undef SIZE_MAX
/* If using the C implementation of alloca, define if you know the
direction of stack growth for your system; otherwise it will be
automatically deduced at run-time.
STACK_DIRECTION > 0 => grows toward higher addresses
STACK_DIRECTION < 0 => grows toward lower addresses
STACK_DIRECTION = 0 => direction of growth unknown */
#undef STACK_DIRECTION
/* Define to 1 if the `S_IS*' macros in <sys/stat.h> do not work properly. */
#undef STAT_MACROS_BROKEN
/* Define to 1 if you have the ANSI C header files. */
#undef STDC_HEADERS
/* Define to 1 if your <sys/time.h> declares `struct tm'. */
#undef TM_IN_SYS_TIME
/* Version number of package */
#undef VERSION
/* Define to 1 if on MINIX. */
#undef _MINIX
/* Define to 2 if the system does not provide POSIX.1 features except with
this defined. */
#undef _POSIX_1_SOURCE
/* Define to 1 if you need to in order for `stat' and other things to work. */
#undef _POSIX_SOURCE
/* Define to empty if `const' does not conform to ANSI C. */
#undef const
/* Define to `__inline__' or `__inline' if that's what the C compiler
calls it, or to nothing if 'inline' is not supported under any name. */
#ifndef __cplusplus
#undef inline
#endif
/* Define to rpl_mkstemp if the replacement function should be used. */
#undef mkstemp
/* Define to `long' if <sys/types.h> does not define. */
#undef off_t
/* Define as the type of the result of subtracting two pointers, if the system
doesn't define it. */
#undef ptrdiff_t
/* Define to empty if the C compiler doesn't support this keyword. */
#undef signed
/* Define to `unsigned' if <sys/types.h> does not define. */
#undef size_t
/* Define to unsigned long or unsigned long long if <stdint.h> and
<inttypes.h> don't define. */
#undef uintmax_t

44
contrib/texinfo/doc/README
View File

@ -1,44 +0,0 @@
$Id: README,v 1.4 2004/04/11 17:56:45 karl Exp $
texinfo/doc/README
Copyright (C) 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Copying and distribution of this file, with or without modification,
are permitted in any medium without royalty provided the copyright
notice and this notice are preserved.
This directory contains documentation on the Texinfo system and the TeX
sources needed to process Texinfo sources. We recommend using the
texi2dvi included in this distribution to run a Texinfo manual through
TeX to produce a DVI file.
The .tex files are not installed automatically because TeX installations
vary so widely. Installing them in the wrong place would give a false
sense of security. So, you should simply cp *.tex to the appropriate
place. If your installation follows the TeX Directory Structure
standard (http://tug.org/tds/), this will be the directory
TEXMF/tex/texinfo/ for texinfo.tex, TEXMF/tex/generic/dvips/ for epsf.tex,
and TEXMF/pdftex/plain/misc for pdfcolor.tex. If you use the default
installation paths, TEXMF will be /usr/local/share/texmf. On systems
with TeX preinstalled, as most GNU/Linux distributions offer, TEXMF
will often be something like /usr/share/texmf.
It is also possible to put these .tex files in a `local' place instead
of overwriting existing ones, but this is more complicated. See your TeX
documentation in general and the texmf.cnf file in particular for information.
If you add files to your TeX installations, not just replace existing
ones, you very likely have to update your ls-R file; do this with the
mktexlsr command. In older versions, this was named MakeTeXls-R.
You can get the latest texinfo.tex from
ftp://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/texinfo/texinfo.tex (and all GNU mirrors)
ftp://tug.org/tex/texinfo.tex (and all CTAN mirrors)
or on the FSF machines in /home/gd/gnu/doc/texinfo.tex.
If you have problems with the version in this distribution, please check
for a newer version.
epsf.tex comes with dvips distributions, and you may already have it
installed. The version here is functionally identical but slightly
nicer than the one in dvips574. The changes have been sent to the
epsf.tex maintainer.

452
contrib/texinfo/doc/fdl.texi
View File

@ -1,452 +0,0 @@
@node GNU Free Documentation License
@appendixsec GNU Free Documentation License
@cindex FDL, GNU Free Documentation License
@center Version 1.2, November 2002
@display
Copyright @copyright{} 2000,2001,2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA
Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies
of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.
@end display
@enumerate 0
@item
PREAMBLE
The purpose of this License is to make a manual, textbook, or other
functional and useful document @dfn{free} in the sense of freedom: to
assure everyone the effective freedom to copy and redistribute it,
with or without modifying it, either commercially or noncommercially.
Secondarily, this License preserves for the author and publisher a way
to get credit for their work, while not being considered responsible
for modifications made by others.
This License is a kind of ``copyleft'', which means that derivative
works of the document must themselves be free in the same sense. It
complements the GNU General Public License, which is a copyleft
license designed for free software.
We have designed this License in order to use it for manuals for free
software, because free software needs free documentation: a free
program should come with manuals providing the same freedoms that the
software does. But this License is not limited to software manuals;
it can be used for any textual work, regardless of subject matter or
whether it is published as a printed book. We recommend this License
principally for works whose purpose is instruction or reference.
@item
APPLICABILITY AND DEFINITIONS
This License applies to any manual or other work, in any medium, that
contains a notice placed by the copyright holder saying it can be
distributed under the terms of this License. Such a notice grants a
world-wide, royalty-free license, unlimited in duration, to use that
work under the conditions stated herein. The ``Document'', below,
refers to any such manual or work. Any member of the public is a
licensee, and is addressed as ``you''. You accept the license if you
copy, modify or distribute the work in a way requiring permission
under copyright law.
A ``Modified Version'' of the Document means any work containing the
Document or a portion of it, either copied verbatim, or with
modifications and/or translated into another language.
A ``Secondary Section'' is a named appendix or a front-matter section
of the Document that deals exclusively with the relationship of the
publishers or authors of the Document to the Document's overall
subject (or to related matters) and contains nothing that could fall
directly within that overall subject. (Thus, if the Document is in
part a textbook of mathematics, a Secondary Section may not explain
any mathematics.) The relationship could be a matter of historical
connection with the subject or with related matters, or of legal,
commercial, philosophical, ethical or political position regarding
them.
The ``Invariant Sections'' are certain Secondary Sections whose titles
are designated, as being those of Invariant Sections, in the notice
that says that the Document is released under this License. If a
section does not fit the above definition of Secondary then it is not
allowed to be designated as Invariant. The Document may contain zero
Invariant Sections. If the Document does not identify any Invariant
Sections then there are none.
The ``Cover Texts'' are certain short passages of text that are listed,
as Front-Cover Texts or Back-Cover Texts, in the notice that says that
the Document is released under this License. A Front-Cover Text may
be at most 5 words, and a Back-Cover Text may be at most 25 words.
A ``Transparent'' copy of the Document means a machine-readable copy,
represented in a format whose specification is available to the
general public, that is suitable for revising the document
straightforwardly with generic text editors or (for images composed of
pixels) generic paint programs or (for drawings) some widely available
drawing editor, and that is suitable for input to text formatters or
for automatic translation to a variety of formats suitable for input
to text formatters. A copy made in an otherwise Transparent file
format whose markup, or absence of markup, has been arranged to thwart
or discourage subsequent modification by readers is not Transparent.
An image format is not Transparent if used for any substantial amount
of text. A copy that is not ``Transparent'' is called ``Opaque''.
Examples of suitable formats for Transparent copies include plain
@sc{ascii} without markup, Texinfo input format, La@TeX{} input
format, @acronym{SGML} or @acronym{XML} using a publicly available
@acronym{DTD}, and standard-conforming simple @acronym{HTML},
PostScript or @acronym{PDF} designed for human modification. Examples
of transparent image formats include @acronym{PNG}, @acronym{XCF} and
@acronym{JPG}. Opaque formats include proprietary formats that can be
read and edited only by proprietary word processors, @acronym{SGML} or
@acronym{XML} for which the @acronym{DTD} and/or processing tools are
not generally available, and the machine-generated @acronym{HTML},
PostScript or @acronym{PDF} produced by some word processors for
output purposes only.
The ``Title Page'' means, for a printed book, the title page itself,
plus such following pages as are needed to hold, legibly, the material
this License requires to appear in the title page. For works in
formats which do not have any title page as such, ``Title Page'' means
the text near the most prominent appearance of the work's title,
preceding the beginning of the body of the text.
A section ``Entitled XYZ'' means a named subunit of the Document whose
title either is precisely XYZ or contains XYZ in parentheses following
text that translates XYZ in another language. (Here XYZ stands for a
specific section name mentioned below, such as ``Acknowledgements'',
``Dedications'', ``Endorsements'', or ``History''.) To ``Preserve the Title''
of such a section when you modify the Document means that it remains a
section ``Entitled XYZ'' according to this definition.
The Document may include Warranty Disclaimers next to the notice which
states that this License applies to the Document. These Warranty
Disclaimers are considered to be included by reference in this
License, but only as regards disclaiming warranties: any other
implication that these Warranty Disclaimers may have is void and has
no effect on the meaning of this License.
@item
VERBATIM COPYING
You may copy and distribute the Document in any medium, either
commercially or noncommercially, provided that this License, the
copyright notices, and the license notice saying this License applies
to the Document are reproduced in all copies, and that you add no other
conditions whatsoever to those of this License. You may not use
technical measures to obstruct or control the reading or further
copying of the copies you make or distribute. However, you may accept
compensation in exchange for copies. If you distribute a large enough
number of copies you must also follow the conditions in section 3.
You may also lend copies, under the same conditions stated above, and
you may publicly display copies.
@item
COPYING IN QUANTITY
If you publish printed copies (or copies in media that commonly have
printed covers) of the Document, numbering more than 100, and the
Document's license notice requires Cover Texts, you must enclose the
copies in covers that carry, clearly and legibly, all these Cover
Texts: Front-Cover Texts on the front cover, and Back-Cover Texts on
the back cover. Both covers must also clearly and legibly identify
you as the publisher of these copies. The front cover must present
the full title with all words of the title equally prominent and
visible. You may add other material on the covers in addition.
Copying with changes limited to the covers, as long as they preserve
the title of the Document and satisfy these conditions, can be treated
as verbatim copying in other respects.
If the required texts for either cover are too voluminous to fit
legibly, you should put the first ones listed (as many as fit
reasonably) on the actual cover, and continue the rest onto adjacent
pages.
If you publish or distribute Opaque copies of the Document numbering
more than 100, you must either include a machine-readable Transparent
copy along with each Opaque copy, or state in or with each Opaque copy
a computer-network location from which the general network-using
public has access to download using public-standard network protocols
a complete Transparent copy of the Document, free of added material.
If you use the latter option, you must take reasonably prudent steps,
when you begin distribution of Opaque copies in quantity, to ensure
that this Transparent copy will remain thus accessible at the stated
location until at least one year after the last time you distribute an
Opaque copy (directly or through your agents or retailers) of that
edition to the public.
It is requested, but not required, that you contact the authors of the
Document well before redistributing any large number of copies, to give
them a chance to provide you with an updated version of the Document.
@item
MODIFICATIONS
You may copy and distribute a Modified Version of the Document under
the conditions of sections 2 and 3 above, provided that you release
the Modified Version under precisely this License, with the Modified
Version filling the role of the Document, thus licensing distribution
and modification of the Modified Version to whoever possesses a copy
of it. In addition, you must do these things in the Modified Version:
@enumerate A
@item
Use in the Title Page (and on the covers, if any) a title distinct
from that of the Document, and from those of previous versions
(which should, if there were any, be listed in the History section
of the Document). You may use the same title as a previous version
if the original publisher of that version gives permission.
@item
List on the Title Page, as authors, one or more persons or entities
responsible for authorship of the modifications in the Modified
Version, together with at least five of the principal authors of the
Document (all of its principal authors, if it has fewer than five),
unless they release you from this requirement.
@item
State on the Title page the name of the publisher of the
Modified Version, as the publisher.
@item
Preserve all the copyright notices of the Document.
@item
Add an appropriate copyright notice for your modifications
adjacent to the other copyright notices.
@item
Include, immediately after the copyright notices, a license notice
giving the public permission to use the Modified Version under the
terms of this License, in the form shown in the Addendum below.
@item
Preserve in that license notice the full lists of Invariant Sections
and required Cover Texts given in the Document's license notice.
@item
Include an unaltered copy of this License.
@item
Preserve the section Entitled ``History'', Preserve its Title, and add
to it an item stating at least the title, year, new authors, and
publisher of the Modified Version as given on the Title Page. If
there is no section Entitled ``History'' in the Document, create one
stating the title, year, authors, and publisher of the Document as
given on its Title Page, then add an item describing the Modified
Version as stated in the previous sentence.
@item
Preserve the network location, if any, given in the Document for
public access to a Transparent copy of the Document, and likewise
the network locations given in the Document for previous versions
it was based on. These may be placed in the ``History'' section.
You may omit a network location for a work that was published at
least four years before the Document itself, or if the original
publisher of the version it refers to gives permission.
@item
For any section Entitled ``Acknowledgements'' or ``Dedications'', Preserve
the Title of the section, and preserve in the section all the
substance and tone of each of the contributor acknowledgements and/or
dedications given therein.
@item
Preserve all the Invariant Sections of the Document,
unaltered in their text and in their titles. Section numbers
or the equivalent are not considered part of the section titles.
@item
Delete any section Entitled ``Endorsements''. Such a section
may not be included in the Modified Version.
@item
Do not retitle any existing section to be Entitled ``Endorsements'' or
to conflict in title with any Invariant Section.
@item
Preserve any Warranty Disclaimers.
@end enumerate
If the Modified Version includes new front-matter sections or
appendices that qualify as Secondary Sections and contain no material
copied from the Document, you may at your option designate some or all
of these sections as invariant. To do this, add their titles to the
list of Invariant Sections in the Modified Version's license notice.
These titles must be distinct from any other section titles.
You may add a section Entitled ``Endorsements'', provided it contains
nothing but endorsements of your Modified Version by various
parties---for example, statements of peer review or that the text has
been approved by an organization as the authoritative definition of a
standard.
You may add a passage of up to five words as a Front-Cover Text, and a
passage of up to 25 words as a Back-Cover Text, to the end of the list
of Cover Texts in the Modified Version. Only one passage of
Front-Cover Text and one of Back-Cover Text may be added by (or
through arrangements made by) any one entity. If the Document already
includes a cover text for the same cover, previously added by you or
by arrangement made by the same entity you are acting on behalf of,
you may not add another; but you may replace the old one, on explicit
permission from the previous publisher that added the old one.
The author(s) and publisher(s) of the Document do not by this License
give permission to use their names for publicity for or to assert or
imply endorsement of any Modified Version.
@item
COMBINING DOCUMENTS
You may combine the Document with other documents released under this
License, under the terms defined in section 4 above for modified
versions, provided that you include in the combination all of the
Invariant Sections of all of the original documents, unmodified, and
list them all as Invariant Sections of your combined work in its
license notice, and that you preserve all their Warranty Disclaimers.
The combined work need only contain one copy of this License, and
multiple identical Invariant Sections may be replaced with a single
copy. If there are multiple Invariant Sections with the same name but
different contents, make the title of each such section unique by
adding at the end of it, in parentheses, the name of the original
author or publisher of that section if known, or else a unique number.
Make the same adjustment to the section titles in the list of
Invariant Sections in the license notice of the combined work.
In the combination, you must combine any sections Entitled ``History''
in the various original documents, forming one section Entitled
``History''; likewise combine any sections Entitled ``Acknowledgements'',
and any sections Entitled ``Dedications''. You must delete all
sections Entitled ``Endorsements.''
@item
COLLECTIONS OF DOCUMENTS
You may make a collection consisting of the Document and other documents
released under this License, and replace the individual copies of this
License in the various documents with a single copy that is included in
the collection, provided that you follow the rules of this License for
verbatim copying of each of the documents in all other respects.
You may extract a single document from such a collection, and distribute
it individually under this License, provided you insert a copy of this
License into the extracted document, and follow this License in all
other respects regarding verbatim copying of that document.
@item
AGGREGATION WITH INDEPENDENT WORKS
A compilation of the Document or its derivatives with other separate
and independent documents or works, in or on a volume of a storage or
distribution medium, is called an ``aggregate'' if the copyright
resulting from the compilation is not used to limit the legal rights
of the compilation's users beyond what the individual works permit.
When the Document is included in an aggregate, this License does not
apply to the other works in the aggregate which are not themselves
derivative works of the Document.
If the Cover Text requirement of section 3 is applicable to these
copies of the Document, then if the Document is less than one half of
the entire aggregate, the Document's Cover Texts may be placed on
covers that bracket the Document within the aggregate, or the
electronic equivalent of covers if the Document is in electronic form.
Otherwise they must appear on printed covers that bracket the whole
aggregate.
@item
TRANSLATION
Translation is considered a kind of modification, so you may
distribute translations of the Document under the terms of section 4.
Replacing Invariant Sections with translations requires special
permission from their copyright holders, but you may include
translations of some or all Invariant Sections in addition to the
original versions of these Invariant Sections. You may include a
translation of this License, and all the license notices in the
Document, and any Warranty Disclaimers, provided that you also include
the original English version of this License and the original versions
of those notices and disclaimers. In case of a disagreement between
the translation and the original version of this License or a notice
or disclaimer, the original version will prevail.
If a section in the Document is Entitled ``Acknowledgements'',
``Dedications'', or ``History'', the requirement (section 4) to Preserve
its Title (section 1) will typically require changing the actual
title.
@item
TERMINATION
You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Document except
as expressly provided for under this License. Any other attempt to
copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Document is void, and will
automatically terminate your rights under this License. However,
parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under this
License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such
parties remain in full compliance.
@item
FUTURE REVISIONS OF THIS LICENSE
The Free Software Foundation may publish new, revised versions
of the GNU Free Documentation License from time to time. Such new
versions will be similar in spirit to the present version, but may
differ in detail to address new problems or concerns. See
@uref{http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/}.
Each version of the License is given a distinguishing version number.
If the Document specifies that a particular numbered version of this
License ``or any later version'' applies to it, you have the option of
following the terms and conditions either of that specified version or
of any later version that has been published (not as a draft) by the
Free Software Foundation. If the Document does not specify a version
number of this License, you may choose any version ever published (not
as a draft) by the Free Software Foundation.
@end enumerate
@page
@appendixsubsec ADDENDUM: How to use this License for your documents
To use this License in a document you have written, include a copy of
the License in the document and put the following copyright and
license notices just after the title page:
@smallexample
@group
Copyright (C) @var{year} @var{your name}.
Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.2
or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
with no Invariant Sections, no Front-Cover Texts, and no Back-Cover
Texts. A copy of the license is included in the section entitled ``GNU
Free Documentation License''.
@end group
@end smallexample
If you have Invariant Sections, Front-Cover Texts and Back-Cover Texts,
replace the ``with...Texts.'' line with this:
@smallexample
@group
with the Invariant Sections being @var{list their titles}, with
the Front-Cover Texts being @var{list}, and with the Back-Cover Texts
being @var{list}.
@end group
@end smallexample
If you have Invariant Sections without Cover Texts, or some other
combination of the three, merge those two alternatives to suit the
situation.
If your document contains nontrivial examples of program code, we
recommend releasing these examples in parallel under your choice of
free software license, such as the GNU General Public License,
to permit their use in free software.
@c Local Variables:
@c ispell-local-pdict: "ispell-dict"
@c End:

2203
contrib/texinfo/doc/info-stnd.texi
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

89
contrib/texinfo/doc/info.1
View File

@ -1,89 +0,0 @@
.\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.34.
.TH INFO "1" "December 2004" "info 4.8" "User Commands"
.SH NAME
info \- read Info documents
.SH SYNOPSIS
.B info
[\fIOPTION\fR]... [\fIMENU-ITEM\fR...]
.SH DESCRIPTION
Read documentation in Info format.
.SH OPTIONS
.TP
\fB\-\-apropos\fR=\fISTRING\fR
look up STRING in all indices of all manuals.
.TP
\fB\-d\fR, \fB\-\-directory\fR=\fIDIR\fR
add DIR to INFOPATH.
.TP
\fB\-\-dribble\fR=\fIFILENAME\fR
remember user keystrokes in FILENAME.
.TP
\fB\-f\fR, \fB\-\-file\fR=\fIFILENAME\fR
specify Info file to visit.
.TP
\fB\-h\fR, \fB\-\-help\fR
display this help and exit.
.TP
\fB\-\-index\-search\fR=\fISTRING\fR
go to node pointed by index entry STRING.
.TP
\fB\-n\fR, \fB\-\-node\fR=\fINODENAME\fR
specify nodes in first visited Info file.
.TP
\fB\-o\fR, \fB\-\-output\fR=\fIFILENAME\fR
output selected nodes to FILENAME.
.TP
\fB\-R\fR, \fB\-\-raw\-escapes\fR
output "raw" ANSI escapes (default).
.TP
\fB\-\-no\-raw\-escapes\fR
output escapes as literal text.
.TP
\fB\-\-restore\fR=\fIFILENAME\fR
read initial keystrokes from FILENAME.
.TP
\fB\-O\fR, \fB\-\-show\-options\fR, \fB\-\-usage\fR
go to command\-line options node.
.TP
\fB\-\-subnodes\fR
recursively output menu items.
.TP
\fB\-w\fR, \fB\-\-where\fR, \fB\-\-location\fR
print physical location of Info file.
.TP
\fB\-\-vi\-keys\fR
use vi\-like and less\-like key bindings.
.TP
\fB\-\-version\fR
display version information and exit.
.PP
The first non\-option argument, if present, is the menu entry to start from;
it is searched for in all `dir' files along INFOPATH.
If it is not present, info merges all `dir' files and shows the result.
Any remaining arguments are treated as the names of menu
items relative to the initial node visited.
.SH EXAMPLES
.TP
info
show top\-level dir menu
.TP
info emacs
start at emacs node from top\-level dir
.TP
info emacs buffers
start at buffers node within emacs manual
.TP
info \fB\-\-show\-options\fR emacs
start at node with emacs' command line options
.TP
info \fB\-f\fR ./foo.info
show file ./foo.info, not searching dir
.SH "REPORTING BUGS"
Email bug reports to bug\-texinfo@gnu.org,
general questions and discussion to help\-texinfo@gnu.org.
Texinfo home page: http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/
.SH COPYRIGHT
Copyright \(co 2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
There is NO warranty. You may redistribute this software
under the terms of the GNU General Public License.
For more information about these matters, see the files named COPYING.

62
contrib/texinfo/doc/info.5
View File

@ -1,62 +0,0 @@
.\" info(5)
.\" $Id: info.5,v 1.2 2004/04/11 17:56:45 karl Exp $
.\"
.\" Copyright (C) 1998 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
.\"
.\" Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim copies of this
.\" manual provided the copyright notice and this permission notice are
.\" preserved on all copies.
.\"
.\" Permission is granted to copy and distribute modified versions of
.\" this manual under the conditions for verbatim copying, provided that
.\" the entire resulting derived work is distributed under the terms of a
.\" permission notice identical to this one.
.\"
.\" Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this
.\" manual into another language, under the above conditions for modified
.\" versions, except that this permission notice may be stated in a
.\" translation approved by the Foundation.
.\"
.TH INFO 5 "GNU Info" "FSF"
.SH NAME
info \- readable online documentation
.SH DESCRIPTION
The Info file format is an easily-parsable representation for online
documents. It can be read by
.I emacs(1)
and
.I info(1)
among other programs.
.PP
Info files are usually created from
.I texinfo(5)
sources by
.IR makeinfo(1) ,
but can be created from scratch if so desired.
.PP
For a full description of the Texinfo language and associated tools,
please see the Texinfo manual (written in Texinfo itself). Most likely,
running this command from your shell:
.RS
.I info texinfo
.RE
or this key sequence from inside Emacs:
.RS
.I M-x info RET m texinfo RET
.RE
will get you there.
.SH AVAILABILITY
ftp://ftp.gnu.org/pub/gnu/texinfo-<version>.tar.gz
.br
or any GNU mirror site.
.SH "REPORTING BUGS"
Please send bug reports to bug-texinfo@gnu.org,
general questions and discussion to help-texinfo@gnu.org.
.SH "SEE ALSO"
info(1), install-info(1), makeinfo(1), texi2dvi(1),
.br
texindex(1).
.br
emacs(1), tex(1).
.br
texinfo(5).

1498
contrib/texinfo/doc/info.texi
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

41
contrib/texinfo/doc/infokey.1
View File

@ -1,41 +0,0 @@
.\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.34.
.TH INFOKEY "1" "December 2004" "infokey 4.8" "User Commands"
.SH NAME
infokey \- compile customizations for Info
.SH SYNOPSIS
.B infokey
[\fIOPTION\fR]... [\fIINPUT-FILE\fR]
.SH DESCRIPTION
Compile infokey source file to infokey file. Reads INPUT\-FILE (default
$HOME/.infokey) and writes compiled key file to (by default) $HOME/.info.
.SH OPTIONS
.TP
\fB\-\-output\fR FILE
output to FILE instead of $HOME/.info
.TP
\fB\-\-help\fR
display this help and exit.
.TP
\fB\-\-version\fR
display version information and exit.
.SH "REPORTING BUGS"
Email bug reports to bug\-texinfo@gnu.org,
general questions and discussion to help\-texinfo@gnu.org.
Texinfo home page: http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/
.SH COPYRIGHT
Copyright \(co 2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
There is NO warranty. You may redistribute this software
under the terms of the GNU General Public License.
For more information about these matters, see the files named COPYING.
.SH "SEE ALSO"
The full documentation for
.B infokey
is maintained as a Texinfo manual. If the
.B info
and
.B infokey
programs are properly installed at your site, the command
.IP
.B info infokey
.PP
should give you access to the complete manual.

78
contrib/texinfo/doc/install-info.1
View File

@ -1,78 +0,0 @@
.\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.34.
.TH INSTALL-INFO "1" "December 2004" "install-info 4.8" "User Commands"
.SH NAME
install-info \- update info/dir entries
.SH SYNOPSIS
.B install-info
[\fIOPTION\fR]... [\fIINFO-FILE \fR[\fIDIR-FILE\fR]]
.SH DESCRIPTION
Install or delete dir entries from INFO\-FILE in the Info directory file
DIR\-FILE.
.SH OPTIONS
.TP
\fB\-\-delete\fR
delete existing entries for INFO\-FILE from DIR\-FILE;
don't insert any new entries.
.TP
\fB\-\-dir\-file\fR=\fINAME\fR
specify file name of Info directory file.
This is equivalent to using the DIR\-FILE argument.
.TP
\fB\-\-entry\fR=\fITEXT\fR
insert TEXT as an Info directory entry.
TEXT should have the form of an Info menu item line
plus zero or more extra lines starting with whitespace.
If you specify more than one entry, they are all added.
If you don't specify any entries, they are determined
from information in the Info file itself.
.TP
\fB\-\-help\fR
display this help and exit.
.TP
\fB\-\-info\-file\fR=\fIFILE\fR
specify Info file to install in the directory.
This is equivalent to using the INFO\-FILE argument.
.TP
\fB\-\-info\-dir\fR=\fIDIR\fR
same as \fB\-\-dir\-file\fR=\fIDIR\fR/dir.
.TP
\fB\-\-item\fR=\fITEXT\fR
same as \fB\-\-entry\fR TEXT.
An Info directory entry is actually a menu item.
.TP
\fB\-\-quiet\fR
suppress warnings.
.TP
\fB\-\-remove\fR
same as \fB\-\-delete\fR.
.TP
\fB\-\-section\fR=\fISEC\fR
put this file's entries in section SEC of the directory.
If you specify more than one section, all the entries
are added in each of the sections.
If you don't specify any sections, they are determined
from information in the Info file itself.
.TP
\fB\-\-version\fR
display version information and exit.
.SH "REPORTING BUGS"
Email bug reports to bug\-texinfo@gnu.org,
general questions and discussion to help\-texinfo@gnu.org.
Texinfo home page: http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/
.SH COPYRIGHT
Copyright \(co 2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
There is NO warranty. You may redistribute this software
under the terms of the GNU General Public License.
For more information about these matters, see the files named COPYING.
.SH "SEE ALSO"
The full documentation for
.B install-info
is maintained as a Texinfo manual. If the
.B info
and
.B install-info
programs are properly installed at your site, the command
.IP
.B info install-info
.PP
should give you access to the complete manual.

205
contrib/texinfo/doc/makeinfo.1
View File

@ -1,205 +0,0 @@
.\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.34.
.TH MAKEINFO "1" "December 2004" "makeinfo 4.8" "User Commands"
.SH NAME
makeinfo \- translate Texinfo documents
.SH SYNOPSIS
.B makeinfo
[\fIOPTION\fR]... \fITEXINFO-FILE\fR...
.SH DESCRIPTION
Translate Texinfo source documentation to various other formats, by default
Info files suitable for reading online with Emacs or standalone GNU Info.
.SS "General options:"
.TP
\fB\-\-error\-limit\fR=\fINUM\fR
quit after NUM errors (default 100).
.TP
\fB\-\-force\fR
preserve output even if errors.
.TP
\fB\-\-help\fR
display this help and exit.
.TP
\fB\-\-no\-validate\fR
suppress node cross\-reference validation.
.TP
\fB\-\-no\-warn\fR
suppress warnings (but not errors).
.TP
\fB\-\-reference\-limit\fR=\fINUM\fR
warn about at most NUM references (default 1000).
.TP
\fB\-v\fR, \fB\-\-verbose\fR
explain what is being done.
.TP
\fB\-\-version\fR
display version information and exit.
.SS "Output format selection (default is to produce Info):"
.TP
\fB\-\-docbook\fR
output Docbook XML rather than Info.
.TP
\fB\-\-html\fR
output HTML rather than Info.
.TP
\fB\-\-xml\fR
output Texinfo XML rather than Info.
.TP
\fB\-\-plaintext\fR
output plain text rather than Info.
.SS "General output options:"
.TP
\fB\-E\fR, \fB\-\-macro\-expand\fR FILE
output macro\-expanded source to FILE.
ignoring any @setfilename.
.TP
\fB\-\-no\-headers\fR
suppress node separators, Node: lines, and menus
from Info output (thus producing plain text)
or from HTML (thus producing shorter output);
also, write to standard output by default.
.TP
\fB\-\-no\-split\fR
suppress splitting of Info or HTML output,
generate only one output file.
.TP
\fB\-\-number\-sections\fR
output chapter and sectioning numbers.
.TP
\fB\-o\fR, \fB\-\-output\fR=\fIFILE\fR
output to FILE (directory if split HTML),
.SS "Options for Info and plain text:"
.TP
\fB\-\-enable\-encoding\fR
output accented and special characters in
Info output based on @documentencoding.
.TP
\fB\-\-fill\-column\fR=\fINUM\fR
break Info lines at NUM characters (default 72).
.TP
\fB\-\-footnote\-style\fR=\fISTYLE\fR
output footnotes in Info according to STYLE:
`separate' to put them in their own node;
`end' to put them at the end of the node
.IP
in which they are defined (default).
.TP
\fB\-\-paragraph\-indent\fR=\fIVAL\fR
indent Info paragraphs by VAL spaces (default 3).
If VAL is `none', do not indent; if VAL is
`asis', preserve existing indentation.
.TP
\fB\-\-split\-size\fR=\fINUM\fR
split Info files at size NUM (default 300000).
.SS "Options for HTML:"
.TP
\fB\-\-css\-include\fR=\fIFILE\fR
include FILE in HTML <style> output;
read stdin if FILE is \-.
.SS "Options for XML and Docbook:"
.TP
\fB\-\-output\-indent\fR=\fIVAL\fR
indent XML elements by VAL spaces (default 2).
If VAL is 0, ignorable whitespace is dropped.
.SS "Input file options:"
.TP
\fB\-\-commands\-in\-node\-names\fR
allow @ commands in node names.
.TP
\fB\-D\fR VAR
define the variable VAR, as with @set.
.TP
\fB\-I\fR DIR
append DIR to the @include search path.
.TP
\fB\-P\fR DIR
prepend DIR to the @include search path.
.TP
\fB\-U\fR VAR
undefine the variable VAR, as with @clear.
.SS "Conditional processing in input:"
.TP
\fB\-\-ifdocbook\fR
process @ifdocbook and @docbook even if
not generating Docbook.
.TP
\fB\-\-ifhtml\fR
process @ifhtml and @html even if not generating HTML.
.TP
\fB\-\-ifinfo\fR
process @ifinfo even if not generating Info.
.TP
\fB\-\-ifplaintext\fR
process @ifplaintext even if not generating plain text.
.TP
\fB\-\-iftex\fR
process @iftex and @tex; implies \fB\-\-no\-split\fR.
.TP
\fB\-\-ifxml\fR
process @ifxml and @xml.
.TP
\fB\-\-no\-ifdocbook\fR
do not process @ifdocbook and @docbook text.
.TP
\fB\-\-no\-ifhtml\fR
do not process @ifhtml and @html text.
.TP
\fB\-\-no\-ifinfo\fR
do not process @ifinfo text.
.TP
\fB\-\-no\-ifplaintext\fR
do not process @ifplaintext text.
.TP
\fB\-\-no\-iftex\fR
do not process @iftex and @tex text.
.TP
\fB\-\-no\-ifxml\fR
do not process @ifxml and @xml text.
.IP
Also, for the \fB\-\-no\-ifFORMAT\fR options, do process @ifnotFORMAT text.
.IP
The defaults for the @if... conditionals depend on the output format:
if generating HTML, \fB\-\-ifhtml\fR is on and the others are off;
if generating Info, \fB\-\-ifinfo\fR is on and the others are off;
if generating plain text, \fB\-\-ifplaintext\fR is on and the others are off;
if generating XML, \fB\-\-ifxml\fR is on and the others are off.
.SH EXAMPLES
.TP
makeinfo foo.texi
write Info to foo's @setfilename
.TP
makeinfo \fB\-\-html\fR foo.texi
write HTML to @setfilename
.TP
makeinfo \fB\-\-xml\fR foo.texi
write Texinfo XML to @setfilename
.TP
makeinfo \fB\-\-docbook\fR foo.texi
write DocBook XML to @setfilename
.TP
makeinfo \fB\-\-no\-headers\fR foo.texi
write plain text to standard output
.IP
makeinfo \fB\-\-html\fR \fB\-\-no\-headers\fR foo.texi write html without node lines, menus
makeinfo \fB\-\-number\-sections\fR foo.texi write Info with numbered sections
makeinfo \fB\-\-no\-split\fR foo.texi write one Info file however big
.SH "REPORTING BUGS"
Email bug reports to bug\-texinfo@gnu.org,
general questions and discussion to help\-texinfo@gnu.org.
Texinfo home page: http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/
.SH COPYRIGHT
Copyright \(co 2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
There is NO warranty. You may redistribute this software
under the terms of the GNU General Public License.
For more information about these matters, see the files named COPYING.
.SH "SEE ALSO"
The full documentation for
.B makeinfo
is maintained as a Texinfo manual. If the
.B info
and
.B makeinfo
programs are properly installed at your site, the command
.IP
.B info makeinfo
.PP
should give you access to the complete manual.

47
contrib/texinfo/doc/texindex.1
View File

@ -1,47 +0,0 @@
.\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.34.
.TH TEXINDEX "1" "December 2004" "texindex 4.8" "User Commands"
.SH NAME
texindex \- sort Texinfo index files
.SH SYNOPSIS
.B texindex
[\fIOPTION\fR]... \fIFILE\fR...
.SH DESCRIPTION
Generate a sorted index for each TeX output FILE.
Usually FILE... is specified as `foo.??' for a document `foo.texi'.
.SH OPTIONS
.TP
\fB\-h\fR, \fB\-\-help\fR
display this help and exit
.TP
\fB\-k\fR, \fB\-\-keep\fR
keep temporary files around after processing
.TP
\fB\-\-no\-keep\fR
do not keep temporary files around after processing (default)
.TP
\fB\-o\fR, \fB\-\-output\fR FILE
send output to FILE
.TP
\fB\-\-version\fR
display version information and exit
.SH "REPORTING BUGS"
Email bug reports to bug\-texinfo@gnu.org,
general questions and discussion to help\-texinfo@gnu.org.
Texinfo home page: http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/
.SH COPYRIGHT
Copyright \(co 2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
There is NO warranty. You may redistribute this software
under the terms of the GNU General Public License.
For more information about these matters, see the files named COPYING.
.SH "SEE ALSO"
The full documentation for
.B texindex
is maintained as a Texinfo manual. If the
.B info
and
.B texindex
programs are properly installed at your site, the command
.IP
.B info texindex
.PP
should give you access to the complete manual.

51
contrib/texinfo/doc/texinfo.5
View File

@ -1,51 +0,0 @@
.\" texinfo(5)
.\" $Id: texinfo.5,v 1.2 2004/04/11 17:56:45 karl Exp $
.\"
.\" Copyright (C) 1998, 1999, 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
.\"
.\" Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim copies of this
.\" manual provided the copyright notice and this permission notice are
.\" preserved on all copies.
.\"
.\" Permission is granted to copy and distribute modified versions of
.\" this manual under the conditions for verbatim copying, provided that
.\" the entire resulting derived work is distributed under the terms of a
.\" permission notice identical to this one.
.\"
.\" Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this
.\" manual into another language, under the above conditions for modified
.\" versions, except that this permission notice may be stated in a
.\" translation approved by the Foundation.
.\"
.TH TEXINFO 5 "GNU Texinfo" "FSF"
.SH NAME
texinfo \- software documentation system
.SH DESCRIPTION
Texinfo is a documentation system that uses a single source file to
produce both online information and printed output. It is primarily
designed for writing software manuals.
.PP
For a full description of the Texinfo language and associated tools,
please see the Texinfo manual (written in Texinfo itself). Most likely,
running this command from your shell:
.RS
.I info texinfo
.RE
or this key sequence from inside Emacs:
.RS
.I M-x info RET m texinfo RET
.RE
will get you there.
.SH AVAILABILITY
ftp://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/texinfo/
.br
or any GNU mirror site.
.SH "REPORTING BUGS"
Please send bug reports to bug-texinfo@gnu.org,
general questions and discussion to help-texinfo@gnu.org.
.SH "SEE ALSO"
info(1), install-info(1), makeinfo(1), texi2dvi(1), texindex(1).
.br
emacs(1), tex(1).
.br
info(5).

20513
contrib/texinfo/doc/texinfo.txi
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

4
contrib/texinfo/doc/version-stnd.texi
View File

@ -1,4 +0,0 @@
@set UPDATED 14 December 2004
@set UPDATED-MONTH December 2004
@set EDITION 4.8
@set VERSION 4.8

4
contrib/texinfo/doc/version.texi
View File

@ -1,4 +0,0 @@
@set UPDATED 29 December 2004
@set UPDATED-MONTH December 2004
@set EDITION 4.8
@set VERSION 4.8

30
contrib/texinfo/info/README
View File

@ -1,30 +0,0 @@
$Id: README,v 1.3 2004/04/11 17:56:45 karl Exp $
texinfo/info/README
Copyright (C) 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Copying and distribution of this file, with or without modification,
are permitted in any medium without royalty provided the copyright
notice and this notice are preserved.
Info 2.0 is a complete rewrite of the original standalone Info I wrote in
1987, the first program I wrote for rms. That program was something like
my second Unix program ever, and my die-hard machine language coding habits
tended to show through. I found the original Info hard to read and
maintain, and thus decided to write this one.
The rewrite consists of about 12,000 lines of code written in about 12
days. I believe this version of Info to be in much better shape than the
original Info.
Info 2.0 is substantially different from its original standalone
predecessor. It appears almost identical to the GNU Emacs version, but has
the advantages of smaller size, ease of portability, and a built in library
which can be used in other programs (to get or display documentation from
Info files, for example).
A full listing of the commands available in Info can be gotten by typing
`?' while within an Info window. This produces a node in a window which
can be viewed just like any Info node.
--Brian Fox <bfox@gnu.org>

290
contrib/texinfo/info/dir.c
View File

@ -1,290 +0,0 @@
/* dir.c -- how to build a special "dir" node from "localdir" files.
$Id: dir.c,v 1.3 2004/04/11 17:56:45 karl Exp $
Copyright (C) 1993, 1997, 1998, 2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
Written by Brian Fox (bfox@ai.mit.edu). */
#include "info.h"
#include "info-utils.h"
#include "filesys.h"
#include "tilde.h"
/* The "dir" node can be built from the contents of a file called "dir",
with the addition of the menus of every file named in the array
dirs_to_add which are found in INFOPATH. */
static void add_menu_to_file_buffer (char *contents, long int size,
FILE_BUFFER *fb);
static void insert_text_into_fb_at_binding (FILE_BUFFER *fb,
SEARCH_BINDING *binding, char *text, int textlen);
void maybe_build_dir_node (char *dirname);
static char *dirs_to_add[] = {
"dir", "localdir", (char *)NULL
};
/* Return zero if the file represented in the stat structure TEST has
already been seen, nonzero else. */
typedef struct
{
unsigned long device;
unsigned long inode;
} dir_file_list_entry_type;
static int
new_dir_file_p (struct stat *test)
{
static unsigned dir_file_list_len = 0;
static dir_file_list_entry_type *dir_file_list = NULL;
unsigned i;
for (i = 0; i < dir_file_list_len; i++)
{
dir_file_list_entry_type entry;
entry = dir_file_list[i];
if (entry.device == test->st_dev && entry.inode == test->st_ino)
return 0;
}
dir_file_list_len++;
dir_file_list = xrealloc (dir_file_list,
dir_file_list_len * sizeof (dir_file_list_entry_type));
dir_file_list[dir_file_list_len - 1].device = test->st_dev;
dir_file_list[dir_file_list_len - 1].inode = test->st_ino;
return 1;
}
void
maybe_build_dir_node (char *dirname)
{
int path_index, update_tags;
char *this_dir;
FILE_BUFFER *dir_buffer = info_find_file (dirname);
/* If there is no "dir" in the current info path, we cannot build one
from nothing. */
if (!dir_buffer)
return;
/* If this directory has already been built, return now. */
if (dir_buffer->flags & N_CannotGC)
return;
/* Initialize the list we use to avoid reading the same dir file twice
with the dir file just found. */
new_dir_file_p (&dir_buffer->finfo);
path_index = update_tags = 0;
/* Using each element of the path, check for one of the files in
DIRS_TO_ADD. Do not check for "localdir.info.Z" or anything else.
Only files explictly named are eligible. This is a design decision.
There can be an info file name "localdir.info" which contains
information on the setting up of "localdir" files. */
while ((this_dir = extract_colon_unit (infopath, &path_index)))
{
register int da_index;
char *from_file;
/* Expand a leading tilde if one is present. */
if (*this_dir == '~')
{
char *tilde_expanded_dirname;
tilde_expanded_dirname = tilde_expand_word (this_dir);
if (tilde_expanded_dirname != this_dir)
{
free (this_dir);
this_dir = tilde_expanded_dirname;
}
}
/* For every different file named in DIRS_TO_ADD found in the
search path, add that file's menu to our "dir" node. */
for (da_index = 0; (from_file = dirs_to_add[da_index]); da_index++)
{
struct stat finfo;
int statable;
int namelen = strlen (from_file);
char *fullpath = xmalloc (3 + strlen (this_dir) + namelen);
strcpy (fullpath, this_dir);
if (!IS_SLASH (fullpath[strlen (fullpath) - 1]))
strcat (fullpath, "/");
strcat (fullpath, from_file);
statable = (stat (fullpath, &finfo) == 0);
/* Only add this file if we have not seen it before. */
if (statable && S_ISREG (finfo.st_mode) && new_dir_file_p (&finfo))
{
long filesize;
int compressed;
char *contents = filesys_read_info_file (fullpath, &filesize,
&finfo, &compressed);
if (contents)
{
update_tags++;
add_menu_to_file_buffer (contents, filesize, dir_buffer);
free (contents);
}
}
free (fullpath);
}
free (this_dir);
}
if (update_tags)
build_tags_and_nodes (dir_buffer);
/* Flag that the dir buffer has been built. */
dir_buffer->flags |= N_CannotGC;
}
/* Given CONTENTS and FB (a file buffer), add the menu found in CONTENTS
to the menu found in FB->contents. Second argument SIZE is the total
size of CONTENTS. */
static void
add_menu_to_file_buffer (char *contents, long int size, FILE_BUFFER *fb)
{
SEARCH_BINDING contents_binding, fb_binding;
long contents_offset, fb_offset;
contents_binding.buffer = contents;
contents_binding.start = 0;
contents_binding.end = size;
contents_binding.flags = S_FoldCase | S_SkipDest;
fb_binding.buffer = fb->contents;
fb_binding.start = 0;
fb_binding.end = fb->filesize;
fb_binding.flags = S_FoldCase | S_SkipDest;
/* Move to the start of the menus in CONTENTS and FB. */
contents_offset = search_forward (INFO_MENU_LABEL, &contents_binding);
fb_offset = search_forward (INFO_MENU_LABEL, &fb_binding);
/* If there is no menu in CONTENTS, quit now. */
if (contents_offset == -1)
return;
/* There is a menu in CONTENTS, and contents_offset points to the first
character following the menu starter string. Skip all whitespace
and newline characters. */
contents_offset += skip_whitespace_and_newlines (contents + contents_offset);
/* If there is no menu in FB, make one. */
if (fb_offset == -1)
{
/* Find the start of the second node in this file buffer. If there
is only one node, we will be adding the contents to the end of
this node. */
fb_offset = find_node_separator (&fb_binding);
/* If not even a single node separator, give up. */
if (fb_offset == -1)
return;
fb_binding.start = fb_offset;
fb_binding.start +=
skip_node_separator (fb_binding.buffer + fb_binding.start);
/* Try to find the next node separator. */
fb_offset = find_node_separator (&fb_binding);
/* If found one, consider that the start of the menu. Otherwise, the
start of this menu is the end of the file buffer (i.e., fb->size). */
if (fb_offset != -1)
fb_binding.start = fb_offset;
else
fb_binding.start = fb_binding.end;
insert_text_into_fb_at_binding
(fb, &fb_binding, INFO_MENU_LABEL, strlen (INFO_MENU_LABEL));
fb_binding.buffer = fb->contents;
fb_binding.start = 0;
fb_binding.end = fb->filesize;
fb_offset = search_forward (INFO_MENU_LABEL, &fb_binding);
if (fb_offset == -1)
abort ();
}
/* CONTENTS_OFFSET and FB_OFFSET point to the starts of the menus that
appear in their respective buffers. Add the remainder of CONTENTS
to the end of FB's menu. */
fb_binding.start = fb_offset;
fb_offset = find_node_separator (&fb_binding);
if (fb_offset != -1)
fb_binding.start = fb_offset;
else
fb_binding.start = fb_binding.end;
/* Leave exactly one blank line between directory entries. */
{
int num_found = 0;
while ((fb_binding.start > 0) &&
(whitespace_or_newline (fb_binding.buffer[fb_binding.start - 1])))
{
num_found++;
fb_binding.start--;
}
/* Optimize if possible. */
if (num_found >= 2)
{
fb_binding.buffer[fb_binding.start++] = '\n';
fb_binding.buffer[fb_binding.start++] = '\n';
}
else
{
/* Do it the hard way. */
insert_text_into_fb_at_binding (fb, &fb_binding, "\n\n", 2);
fb_binding.start += 2;
}
}
/* Insert the new menu. */
insert_text_into_fb_at_binding
(fb, &fb_binding, contents + contents_offset, size - contents_offset);
}
static void
insert_text_into_fb_at_binding (FILE_BUFFER *fb,
SEARCH_BINDING *binding, char *text, int textlen)
{
char *contents;
long start, end;
start = binding->start;
end = fb->filesize;
contents = (char *)xmalloc (fb->filesize + textlen + 1);
memcpy (contents, fb->contents, start);
memcpy (contents + start, text, textlen);
memcpy (contents + start + textlen, fb->contents + start, end - start);
free (fb->contents);
fb->contents = contents;
fb->filesize += textlen;
fb->finfo.st_size = fb->filesize;
}

646
contrib/texinfo/info/display.c
View File

@ -1,646 +0,0 @@
/* display.c -- How to display Info windows.
$Id: display.c,v 1.7 2004/04/11 17:56:45 karl Exp $
Copyright (C) 1993, 1997, 2003, 2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
Originally written by Brian Fox (bfox@ai.mit.edu). */
#include "info.h"
#include "display.h"
extern int info_any_buffered_input_p (void); /* Found in session.c. */
static void free_display (DISPLAY_LINE **display);
static DISPLAY_LINE **make_display (int width, int height);
void handle_tag (char *tag);
void handle_tag_start (char *tag);
void handle_tag_end (char *tag);
/* An array of display lines which tell us what is currently visible on
the display. */
DISPLAY_LINE **the_display = (DISPLAY_LINE **)NULL;
/* Non-zero means do no output. */
int display_inhibited = 0;
/* Initialize THE_DISPLAY to WIDTH and HEIGHT, with nothing in it. */
void
display_initialize_display (int width, int height)
{
free_display (the_display);
the_display = make_display (width, height);
display_clear_display (the_display);
}
/* Clear all of the lines in DISPLAY making the screen blank. */
void
display_clear_display (DISPLAY_LINE **display)
{
register int i;
for (i = 0; display[i]; i++)
{
display[i]->text[0] = '\0';
display[i]->textlen = 0;
display[i]->inverse = 0;
}
}
/* Non-zero if we didn't completely redisplay a window. */
int display_was_interrupted_p = 0;
/* Update the windows pointed to by WINDOW in the_display. This actually
writes the text on the screen. */
void
display_update_display (WINDOW *window)
{
register WINDOW *win;
display_was_interrupted_p = 0;
/* For every window in the list, check contents against the display. */
for (win = window; win; win = win->next)
{
/* Only re-display visible windows which need updating. */
if (((win->flags & W_WindowVisible) == 0) ||
((win->flags & W_UpdateWindow) == 0) ||
(win->height == 0))
continue;
display_update_one_window (win);
if (display_was_interrupted_p)
break;
}
/* Always update the echo area. */
display_update_one_window (the_echo_area);
}
void
handle_tag_start (char *tag)
{
/* TODO really handle this tag. */
return;
}
void
handle_tag_end (char *tag)
{
/* TODO really handle this tag. */
return;
}
void
handle_tag (char *tag)
{
if (tag[0] == '/')
{
tag++;
handle_tag_end (tag);
}
else
handle_tag_start (tag);
}
/* Display WIN on the_display. Unlike display_update_display (), this
function only does one window. */
void
display_update_one_window (WINDOW *win)
{
register char *nodetext; /* Current character to display. */
register char *last_node_char; /* Position of the last character in node. */
register int i; /* General use index. */
char *printed_line; /* Buffer for a printed line. */
int pl_index = 0; /* Index into PRINTED_LINE. */
int line_index = 0; /* Number of lines done so far. */
int pl_ignore = 0; /* How many chars use zero width on screen. */
int allocated_win_width;
DISPLAY_LINE **display = the_display;
/* If display is inhibited, that counts as an interrupted display. */
if (display_inhibited)
display_was_interrupted_p = 1;
/* If the window has no height, or display is inhibited, quit now. */
if (!win->height || display_inhibited)
return;
/* If the window's first row doesn't appear in the_screen, then it
cannot be displayed. This can happen when the_echo_area is the
window to be displayed, and the screen has shrunk to less than one
line. */
if ((win->first_row < 0) || (win->first_row > the_screen->height))
return;
/* Print each line in the window into our local buffer, and then
check the contents of that buffer against the display. If they
differ, update the display. */
allocated_win_width = win->width + 1;
printed_line = (char *)xmalloc (allocated_win_width);
if (!win->node || !win->line_starts)
goto done_with_node_display;
nodetext = win->line_starts[win->pagetop];
last_node_char = win->node->contents + win->node->nodelen;
for (; nodetext < last_node_char; nodetext++)
{
char *rep = NULL, *rep_carried_over, rep_temp[2];
int replen;
if (isprint (*nodetext))
{
rep_temp[0] = *nodetext;
replen = 1;
rep_temp[1] = '\0';
rep = rep_temp;
}
else
{
if (*nodetext == '\r' || *nodetext == '\n')
{
replen = win->width - pl_index + pl_ignore;
}
else if (*nodetext == '\0'
&& (nodetext + 2) < last_node_char
&& *(nodetext + 1) == '\b'
&& *(nodetext + 2) == '[')
{
/* Found new style tag/cookie \0\b[
Read until the closing tag \0\b] */
int element_len = 0;
char *element;
/* Skip the escapes. */
nodetext += 3;
while (!(*nodetext == '\0'
&& *(nodetext + 1) == '\b'
&& *(nodetext + 2) == ']'))
{
nodetext++;
element_len++;
}
element = (char *) malloc (element_len + 1);
strncpy (element, nodetext - element_len, element_len);
/* Skip the escapes. */
nodetext += 2;
pl_ignore += element_len + 5;
/* Append string terminator. */
element[element_len] = '\0';
handle_tag (element);
/* Over and out */
free (element);
continue;
}
else
{
rep = printed_representation (*nodetext, pl_index);
replen = strlen (rep);
}
}
/* Support ANSI escape sequences under -R. */
if (raw_escapes_p
&& *nodetext == '\033'
&& nodetext[1] == '['
&& isdigit (nodetext[2]))
{
if (nodetext[3] == 'm')
pl_ignore += 4;
else if (isdigit (nodetext[3]) && nodetext[4] == 'm')
pl_ignore += 5;
}
while (pl_index + 2 >= allocated_win_width - 1)
{
allocated_win_width *= 2;
printed_line = (char *)xrealloc (printed_line, allocated_win_width);
}
/* If this character can be printed without passing the width of
the line, then stuff it into the line. */
if (replen + pl_index < win->width + pl_ignore)
{
/* Optimize if possible. */
if (replen == 1)
{
printed_line[pl_index++] = *rep;
}
else
{
for (i = 0; i < replen; i++)
printed_line[pl_index++] = rep[i];
}
}
else
{
DISPLAY_LINE *entry;
/* If this character cannot be printed in this line, we have
found the end of this line as it would appear on the screen.
Carefully print the end of the line, and then compare. */
if (*nodetext == '\n' || *nodetext == '\r' || *nodetext == '\t')
{
printed_line[pl_index] = '\0';
rep_carried_over = (char *)NULL;
}
else
{
/* The printed representation of this character extends into
the next line. Remember the offset of the last character
printed out of REP so that we can carry the character over
to the next line. */
for (i = 0; pl_index < (win->width + pl_ignore - 1);)
printed_line[pl_index++] = rep[i++];
rep_carried_over = rep + i;
/* If printing the last character in this window couldn't
possibly cause the screen to scroll, place a backslash
in the rightmost column. */
if (1 + line_index + win->first_row < the_screen->height)
{
if (win->flags & W_NoWrap)
printed_line[pl_index++] = '$';
else
printed_line[pl_index++] = '\\';
}
printed_line[pl_index] = '\0';
}
/* We have the exact line as it should appear on the screen.
Check to see if this line matches the one already appearing
on the screen. */
entry = display[line_index + win->first_row];
/* If the screen line is inversed, then we have to clear
the line from the screen first. Why, I don't know.
(But don't do this if we have no visible entries, as can
happen if the window is shrunk very small.) */
if ((entry && entry->inverse)
/* Need to erase the line if it has escape sequences. */
|| (raw_escapes_p && strchr (entry->text, '\033') != 0))
{
terminal_goto_xy (0, line_index + win->first_row);
terminal_clear_to_eol ();
entry->inverse = 0;
entry->text[0] = '\0';
entry->textlen = 0;
}
/* Find the offset where these lines differ. */
for (i = 0; i < pl_index; i++)
if (printed_line[i] != entry->text[i])
break;
/* If the lines are not the same length, or if they differed
at all, we must do some redrawing. */
if ((i != pl_index) || (pl_index != entry->textlen))
{
/* Move to the proper point on the terminal. */
terminal_goto_xy (i, line_index + win->first_row);
/* If there is any text to print, print it. */
if (i != pl_index)
terminal_put_text (printed_line + i);
/* If the printed text didn't extend all the way to the edge
of the window, and text was appearing between here and the
edge of the window, clear from here to the end of the line. */
if ((pl_index < win->width + pl_ignore
&& pl_index < entry->textlen)
|| (entry->inverse))
terminal_clear_to_eol ();
fflush (stdout);
/* Update the display text buffer. */
if (strlen (printed_line) > (unsigned int) screenwidth)
/* printed_line[] can include more than screenwidth
characters if we are under -R and there are escape
sequences in it. However, entry->text was
allocated (in display_initialize_display) for
screenwidth characters only. */
entry->text = xrealloc (entry->text, strlen (printed_line)+1);
strcpy (entry->text + i, printed_line + i);
entry->textlen = pl_index;
/* Lines showing node text are not in inverse. Only modelines
have that distinction. */
entry->inverse = 0;
}
/* We have done at least one line. Increment our screen line
index, and check against the bottom of the window. */
if (++line_index == win->height)
break;
/* A line has been displayed, and the screen reflects that state.
If there is typeahead pending, then let that typeahead be read
now, instead of continuing with the display. */
if (info_any_buffered_input_p ())
{
free (printed_line);
display_was_interrupted_p = 1;
return;
}
/* Reset PL_INDEX to the start of the line. */
pl_index = 0;
pl_ignore = 0; /* this is computed per line */
/* If there are characters from REP left to print, stuff them
into the buffer now. */
if (rep_carried_over)
for (; rep[pl_index]; pl_index++)
printed_line[pl_index] = rep[pl_index];
/* If this window has chosen not to wrap lines, skip to the end
of the physical line in the buffer, and start a new line here. */
if (pl_index && (win->flags & W_NoWrap))
{
char *begin;
pl_index = 0;
printed_line[0] = '\0';
begin = nodetext;
while ((nodetext < last_node_char) && (*nodetext != '\n'))
nodetext++;
}
}
}
done_with_node_display:
/* We have reached the end of the node or the end of the window. If it
is the end of the node, then clear the lines of the window from here
to the end of the window. */
for (; line_index < win->height; line_index++)
{
DISPLAY_LINE *entry = display[line_index + win->first_row];
/* If this line has text on it then make it go away. */
if (entry && entry->textlen)
{
entry->textlen = 0;
entry->text[0] = '\0';
terminal_goto_xy (0, line_index + win->first_row);
terminal_clear_to_eol ();
}
}
/* Finally, if this window has a modeline it might need to be redisplayed.
Check the window's modeline against the one in the display, and update
if necessary. */
if ((win->flags & W_InhibitMode) == 0)
{
window_make_modeline (win);
line_index = win->first_row + win->height;
/* This display line must both be in inverse, and have the same
contents. */
if ((!display[line_index]->inverse) ||
(strcmp (display[line_index]->text, win->modeline) != 0))
{
terminal_goto_xy (0, line_index);
terminal_begin_inverse ();
terminal_put_text (win->modeline);
terminal_end_inverse ();
strcpy (display[line_index]->text, win->modeline);
display[line_index]->inverse = 1;
display[line_index]->textlen = strlen (win->modeline);
fflush (stdout);
}
}
/* Okay, this window doesn't need updating anymore. */
win->flags &= ~W_UpdateWindow;
free (printed_line);
fflush (stdout);
}
/* Scroll the region of the_display starting at START, ending at END, and
moving the lines AMOUNT lines. If AMOUNT is less than zero, the lines
are moved up in the screen, otherwise down. Actually, it is possible
for no scrolling to take place in the case that the terminal doesn't
support it. This doesn't matter to us. */
void
display_scroll_display (int start, int end, int amount)
{
register int i, last;
DISPLAY_LINE *temp;
/* If this terminal cannot do scrolling, give up now. */
if (!terminal_can_scroll)
return;
/* If there isn't anything displayed on the screen because it is too
small, quit now. */
if (!the_display[0])
return;
/* If there is typeahead pending, then don't actually do any scrolling. */
if (info_any_buffered_input_p ())
return;
/* Do it on the screen. */
terminal_scroll_terminal (start, end, amount);
/* Now do it in the display buffer so our contents match the screen. */
if (amount > 0)
{
last = end + amount;
/* Shift the lines to scroll right into place. */
for (i = 0; i < (end - start); i++)
{
temp = the_display[last - i];
the_display[last - i] = the_display[end - i];
the_display[end - i] = temp;
}
/* The lines have been shifted down in the buffer. Clear all of the
lines that were vacated. */
for (i = start; i != (start + amount); i++)
{
the_display[i]->text[0] = '\0';
the_display[i]->textlen = 0;
the_display[i]->inverse = 0;
}
}
if (amount < 0)
{
last = start + amount;
for (i = 0; i < (end - start); i++)
{
temp = the_display[last + i];
the_display[last + i] = the_display[start + i];
the_display[start + i] = temp;
}
/* The lines have been shifted up in the buffer. Clear all of the
lines that are left over. */
for (i = end + amount; i != end; i++)
{
the_display[i]->text[0] = '\0';
the_display[i]->textlen = 0;
the_display[i]->inverse = 0;
}
}
}
/* Try to scroll lines in WINDOW. OLD_PAGETOP is the pagetop of WINDOW before
having had its line starts recalculated. OLD_STARTS is the list of line
starts that used to appear in this window. OLD_COUNT is the number of lines
that appear in the OLD_STARTS array. */
void
display_scroll_line_starts (WINDOW *window, int old_pagetop,
char **old_starts, int old_count)
{
register int i, old, new; /* Indices into the line starts arrays. */
int last_new, last_old; /* Index of the last visible line. */
int old_first, new_first; /* Index of the first changed line. */
int unchanged_at_top = 0;
int already_scrolled = 0;
/* Locate the first line which was displayed on the old window. */
old_first = old_pagetop;
new_first = window->pagetop;
/* Find the last line currently visible in this window. */
last_new = window->pagetop + (window->height - 1);
if (last_new > window->line_count)
last_new = window->line_count - 1;
/* Find the last line which used to be currently visible in this window. */
last_old = old_pagetop + (window->height - 1);
if (last_old > old_count)
last_old = old_count - 1;
for (old = old_first, new = new_first;
old < last_old && new < last_new;
old++, new++)
if (old_starts[old] != window->line_starts[new])
break;
else
unchanged_at_top++;
/* Loop through the old lines looking for a match in the new lines. */
for (old = old_first + unchanged_at_top; old < last_old; old++)
{
for (new = new_first; new < last_new; new++)
if (old_starts[old] == window->line_starts[new])
{
/* Find the extent of the matching lines. */
for (i = 0; (old + i) < last_old; i++)
if (old_starts[old + i] != window->line_starts[new + i])
break;
/* Scroll these lines if there are enough of them. */
{
int start, end, amount;
start = (window->first_row
+ ((old + already_scrolled) - old_pagetop));
amount = new - (old + already_scrolled);
end = window->first_row + window->height;
/* If we are shifting the block of lines down, then the last
AMOUNT lines will become invisible. Thus, don't bother
scrolling them. */
if (amount > 0)
end -= amount;
if ((end - start) > 0)
{
display_scroll_display (start, end, amount);
/* Some lines have been scrolled. Simulate the scrolling
by offsetting the value of the old index. */
old += i;
already_scrolled += amount;
}
}
}
}
}
/* Move the screen cursor to directly over the current character in WINDOW. */
void
display_cursor_at_point (WINDOW *window)
{
int vpos, hpos;
vpos = window_line_of_point (window) - window->pagetop + window->first_row;
hpos = window_get_cursor_column (window);
terminal_goto_xy (hpos, vpos);
fflush (stdout);
}
/* **************************************************************** */
/* */
/* Functions Static to this File */
/* */
/* **************************************************************** */
/* Make a DISPLAY_LINE ** with width and height. */
static DISPLAY_LINE **
make_display (int width, int height)
{
register int i;
DISPLAY_LINE **display;
display = (DISPLAY_LINE **)xmalloc ((1 + height) * sizeof (DISPLAY_LINE *));
for (i = 0; i < height; i++)
{
display[i] = (DISPLAY_LINE *)xmalloc (sizeof (DISPLAY_LINE));
display[i]->text = (char *)xmalloc (1 + width);
display[i]->textlen = 0;
display[i]->inverse = 0;
}
display[i] = (DISPLAY_LINE *)NULL;
return (display);
}
/* Free the storage allocated to DISPLAY. */
static void
free_display (DISPLAY_LINE **display)
{
register int i;
register DISPLAY_LINE *display_line;
if (!display)
return;
for (i = 0; (display_line = display[i]); i++)
{
free (display_line->text);
free (display_line);
}
free (display);
}

78
contrib/texinfo/info/display.h
View File

@ -1,78 +0,0 @@
/* display.h -- How the display in Info is done.
$Id: display.h,v 1.3 2004/04/11 17:56:45 karl Exp $
This file is part of GNU Info, a program for reading online documentation
stored in Info format.
Copyright (C) 1993, 1997, 2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
Written by Brian Fox (bfox@ai.mit.edu). */
#ifndef INFO_DISPLAY_H
#define INFO_DISPLAY_H
#include "info-utils.h"
#include "terminal.h"
typedef struct {
char *text; /* Text of the line as it appears. */
int textlen; /* Printable Length of TEXT. */
int inverse; /* Non-zero means this line is inverse. */
} DISPLAY_LINE;
/* An array of display lines which tell us what is currently visible on
the display. */
extern DISPLAY_LINE **the_display;
/* Non-zero means do no output. */
extern int display_inhibited;
/* Non-zero if we didn't completely redisplay a window. */
extern int display_was_interrupted_p;
/* Initialize THE_DISPLAY to WIDTH and HEIGHT, with nothing in it. */
extern void display_initialize_display (int width, int height);
/* Clear all of the lines in DISPLAY making the screen blank. */
extern void display_clear_display (DISPLAY_LINE **display);
/* Update the windows pointed to by WINDOWS in THE_DISPLAY. This actually
writes the text on the screen. */
extern void display_update_display (WINDOW *window);
/* Display WIN on THE_DISPLAY. Unlike display_update_display (), this
function only does one window. */
extern void display_update_one_window (WINDOW *win);
/* Move the screen cursor to directly over the current character in WINDOW. */
extern void display_cursor_at_point (WINDOW *window);
/* Scroll the region of the_display starting at START, ending at END, and
moving the lines AMOUNT lines. If AMOUNT is less than zero, the lines
are moved up in the screen, otherwise down. Actually, it is possible
for no scrolling to take place in the case that the terminal doesn't
support it. This doesn't matter to us. */
extern void display_scroll_display (int start, int end, int amount);
/* Try to scroll lines in WINDOW. OLD_PAGETOP is the pagetop of WINDOW before
having had its line starts recalculated. OLD_STARTS is the list of line
starts that used to appear in this window. OLD_COUNT is the number of lines
that appear in the OLD_STARTS array. */
extern void display_scroll_line_starts (WINDOW *window, int old_pagetop,
char **old_starts, int old_count);
#endif /* not INFO_DISPLAY_H */

146
contrib/texinfo/info/doc.c
View File

@ -1,146 +0,0 @@
/* doc.c -- Generated structure containing function names and doc strings.
This file was automatically made from various source files with the
command `..//info/makedoc'. DO NOT EDIT THIS FILE, only `..//info/makedoc.c'.
Source files groveled to make this file include:
./session.c
./echo-area.c
./infodoc.c
./m-x.c
./indices.c
./nodemenu.c
./footnotes.c
./variables.c
An entry in the array FUNCTION_DOC_ARRAY is made for each command
found in the above files; each entry consists of a function pointer,
a string which is the user-visible name of the function,
and a string which documents its purpose. */
#include "info.h"
#include "funs.h"
FUNCTION_DOC function_doc_array[] = {
/* Commands found in "./session.c". */
{ (VFunction *)info_next_line, "next-line", (FUNCTION_KEYSEQ *)0, "Move down to the next line" },
{ (VFunction *)info_prev_line, "prev-line", (FUNCTION_KEYSEQ *)0, "Move up to the previous line" },
{ (VFunction *)info_end_of_line, "end-of-line", (FUNCTION_KEYSEQ *)0, "Move to the end of the line" },
{ (VFunction *)info_beginning_of_line, "beginning-of-line", (FUNCTION_KEYSEQ *)0, "Move to the start of the line" },
{ (VFunction *)info_forward_char, "forward-char", (FUNCTION_KEYSEQ *)0, "Move forward a character" },
{ (VFunction *)info_backward_char, "backward-char", (FUNCTION_KEYSEQ *)0, "Move backward a character" },
{ (VFunction *)info_forward_word, "forward-word", (FUNCTION_KEYSEQ *)0, "Move forward a word" },
{ (VFunction *)info_backward_word, "backward-word", (FUNCTION_KEYSEQ *)0, "Move backward a word" },
{ (VFunction *)info_global_next_node, "global-next-node", (FUNCTION_KEYSEQ *)0, "Move forwards or down through node structure" },
{ (VFunction *)info_global_prev_node, "global-prev-node", (FUNCTION_KEYSEQ *)0, "Move backwards or up through node structure" },
{ (VFunction *)info_scroll_forward, "scroll-forward", (FUNCTION_KEYSEQ *)0, "Scroll forward in this window" },
{ (VFunction *)info_scroll_forward_set_window, "scroll-forward-set-window", (FUNCTION_KEYSEQ *)0, "Scroll forward in this window and set default window size" },
{ (VFunction *)info_scroll_forward_page_only, "scroll-forward-page-only", (FUNCTION_KEYSEQ *)0, "Scroll forward in this window staying within node" },
{ (VFunction *)info_scroll_forward_page_only_set_window, "scroll-forward-page-only-set-window", (FUNCTION_KEYSEQ *)0, "Scroll forward in this window staying within node and set default window size" },
{ (VFunction *)info_scroll_backward, "scroll-backward", (FUNCTION_KEYSEQ *)0, "Scroll backward in this window" },
{ (VFunction *)info_scroll_backward_set_window, "scroll-backward-set-window", (FUNCTION_KEYSEQ *)0, "Scroll backward in this window and set default window size" },
{ (VFunction *)info_scroll_backward_page_only, "scroll-backward-page-only", (FUNCTION_KEYSEQ *)0, "Scroll backward in this window staying within node" },
{ (VFunction *)info_scroll_backward_page_only_set_window, "scroll-backward-page-only-set-window", (FUNCTION_KEYSEQ *)0, "Scroll backward in this window staying within node and set default window size" },
{ (VFunction *)info_beginning_of_node, "beginning-of-node", (FUNCTION_KEYSEQ *)0, "Move to the start of this node" },
{ (VFunction *)info_end_of_node, "end-of-node", (FUNCTION_KEYSEQ *)0, "Move to the end of this node" },
{ (VFunction *)info_down_line, "down-line", (FUNCTION_KEYSEQ *)0, "Scroll down by lines" },
{ (VFunction *)info_up_line, "up-line", (FUNCTION_KEYSEQ *)0, "Scroll up by lines" },
{ (VFunction *)info_scroll_half_screen_down, "scroll-half-screen-down", (FUNCTION_KEYSEQ *)0, "Scroll down by half screen size" },
{ (VFunction *)info_scroll_half_screen_up, "scroll-half-screen-up", (FUNCTION_KEYSEQ *)0, "Scroll up by half screen size" },
{ (VFunction *)info_next_window, "next-window", (FUNCTION_KEYSEQ *)0, "Select the next window" },
{ (VFunction *)info_prev_window, "prev-window", (FUNCTION_KEYSEQ *)0, "Select the previous window" },
{ (VFunction *)info_split_window, "split-window", (FUNCTION_KEYSEQ *)0, "Split the current window" },
{ (VFunction *)info_delete_window, "delete-window", (FUNCTION_KEYSEQ *)0, "Delete the current window" },
{ (VFunction *)info_keep_one_window, "keep-one-window", (FUNCTION_KEYSEQ *)0, "Delete all other windows" },
{ (VFunction *)info_scroll_other_window, "scroll-other-window", (FUNCTION_KEYSEQ *)0, "Scroll the other window" },
{ (VFunction *)info_scroll_other_window_backward, "scroll-other-window-backward", (FUNCTION_KEYSEQ *)0, "Scroll the other window backward" },
{ (VFunction *)info_grow_window, "grow-window", (FUNCTION_KEYSEQ *)0, "Grow (or shrink) this window" },
{ (VFunction *)info_tile_windows, "tile-windows", (FUNCTION_KEYSEQ *)0, "Divide the available screen space among the visible windows" },
{ (VFunction *)info_toggle_wrap, "toggle-wrap", (FUNCTION_KEYSEQ *)0, "Toggle the state of line wrapping in the current window" },
{ (VFunction *)info_next_node, "next-node", (FUNCTION_KEYSEQ *)0, "Select the Next node" },
{ (VFunction *)info_prev_node, "prev-node", (FUNCTION_KEYSEQ *)0, "Select the Prev node" },
{ (VFunction *)info_up_node, "up-node", (FUNCTION_KEYSEQ *)0, "Select the Up node" },
{ (VFunction *)info_last_node, "last-node", (FUNCTION_KEYSEQ *)0, "Select the last node in this file" },
{ (VFunction *)info_first_node, "first-node", (FUNCTION_KEYSEQ *)0, "Select the first node in this file" },
{ (VFunction *)info_last_menu_item, "last-menu-item", (FUNCTION_KEYSEQ *)0, "Select the last item in this node's menu" },
{ (VFunction *)info_menu_digit, "menu-digit", (FUNCTION_KEYSEQ *)0, "Select this menu item" },
{ (VFunction *)info_menu_item, "menu-item", (FUNCTION_KEYSEQ *)0, "Read a menu item and select its node" },
{ (VFunction *)info_xref_item, "xref-item", (FUNCTION_KEYSEQ *)0, "Read a footnote or cross reference and select its node" },
{ (VFunction *)info_find_menu, "find-menu", (FUNCTION_KEYSEQ *)0, "Move to the start of this node's menu" },
{ (VFunction *)info_visit_menu, "visit-menu", (FUNCTION_KEYSEQ *)0, "Visit as many menu items at once as possible" },
{ (VFunction *)info_goto_node, "goto-node", (FUNCTION_KEYSEQ *)0, "Read a node name and select it" },
{ (VFunction *)info_menu_sequence, "menu-sequence", (FUNCTION_KEYSEQ *)0, "Read a list of menus starting from dir and follow them" },
{ (VFunction *)info_goto_invocation_node, "goto-invocation-node", (FUNCTION_KEYSEQ *)0, "Find the node describing program invocation" },
{ (VFunction *)info_man, "man", (FUNCTION_KEYSEQ *)0, "Read a manpage reference and select it" },
{ (VFunction *)info_top_node, "top-node", (FUNCTION_KEYSEQ *)0, "Select the node `Top' in this file" },
{ (VFunction *)info_dir_node, "dir-node", (FUNCTION_KEYSEQ *)0, "Select the node `(dir)'" },
{ (VFunction *)info_history_node, "history-node", (FUNCTION_KEYSEQ *)0, "Select the most recently selected node" },
{ (VFunction *)info_kill_node, "kill-node", (FUNCTION_KEYSEQ *)0, "Kill this node" },
{ (VFunction *)info_view_file, "view-file", (FUNCTION_KEYSEQ *)0, "Read the name of a file and select it" },
{ (VFunction *)info_print_node, "print-node", (FUNCTION_KEYSEQ *)0, "Pipe the contents of this node through INFO_PRINT_COMMAND" },
{ (VFunction *)info_search_case_sensitively, "search-case-sensitively", (FUNCTION_KEYSEQ *)0, "Read a string and search for it case-sensitively" },
{ (VFunction *)info_search, "search", (FUNCTION_KEYSEQ *)0, "Read a string and search for it" },
{ (VFunction *)info_search_backward, "search-backward", (FUNCTION_KEYSEQ *)0, "Read a string and search backward for it" },
{ (VFunction *)info_search_next, "search-next", (FUNCTION_KEYSEQ *)0, "Repeat last search in the same direction" },
{ (VFunction *)info_search_previous, "search-previous", (FUNCTION_KEYSEQ *)0, "Repeat last search in the reverse direction" },
{ (VFunction *)isearch_forward, "isearch-forward", (FUNCTION_KEYSEQ *)0, "Search interactively for a string as you type it" },
{ (VFunction *)isearch_backward, "isearch-backward", (FUNCTION_KEYSEQ *)0, "Search interactively for a string as you type it" },
{ (VFunction *)info_move_to_prev_xref, "move-to-prev-xref", (FUNCTION_KEYSEQ *)0, "Move to the previous cross reference" },
{ (VFunction *)info_move_to_next_xref, "move-to-next-xref", (FUNCTION_KEYSEQ *)0, "Move to the next cross reference" },
{ (VFunction *)info_select_reference_this_line, "select-reference-this-line", (FUNCTION_KEYSEQ *)0, "Select reference or menu item appearing on this line" },
{ (VFunction *)info_abort_key, "abort-key", (FUNCTION_KEYSEQ *)0, "Cancel current operation" },
{ (VFunction *)info_move_to_window_line, "move-to-window-line", (FUNCTION_KEYSEQ *)0, "Move the cursor to a specific line of the window" },
{ (VFunction *)info_redraw_display, "redraw-display", (FUNCTION_KEYSEQ *)0, "Redraw the display" },
{ (VFunction *)info_quit, "quit", (FUNCTION_KEYSEQ *)0, "Quit using Info" },
{ (VFunction *)info_do_lowercase_version, "do-lowercase-version", (FUNCTION_KEYSEQ *)0, "Run command bound to this key's lowercase variant" },
{ (VFunction *)info_add_digit_to_numeric_arg, "add-digit-to-numeric-arg", (FUNCTION_KEYSEQ *)0, "Add this digit to the current numeric argument" },
{ (VFunction *)info_universal_argument, "universal-argument", (FUNCTION_KEYSEQ *)0, "Start (or multiply by 4) the current numeric argument" },
{ (VFunction *)info_numeric_arg_digit_loop, "numeric-arg-digit-loop", (FUNCTION_KEYSEQ *)0, "Internally used by \\[universal-argument]" },
/* Commands found in "./echo-area.c". */
{ (VFunction *)ea_forward, "echo-area-forward", (FUNCTION_KEYSEQ *)0, "Move forward a character" },
{ (VFunction *)ea_backward, "echo-area-backward", (FUNCTION_KEYSEQ *)0, "Move backward a character" },
{ (VFunction *)ea_beg_of_line, "echo-area-beg-of-line", (FUNCTION_KEYSEQ *)0, "Move to the start of this line" },
{ (VFunction *)ea_end_of_line, "echo-area-end-of-line", (FUNCTION_KEYSEQ *)0, "Move to the end of this line" },
{ (VFunction *)ea_forward_word, "echo-area-forward-word", (FUNCTION_KEYSEQ *)0, "Move forward a word" },
{ (VFunction *)ea_backward_word, "echo-area-backward-word", (FUNCTION_KEYSEQ *)0, "Move backward a word" },
{ (VFunction *)ea_delete, "echo-area-delete", (FUNCTION_KEYSEQ *)0, "Delete the character under the cursor" },
{ (VFunction *)ea_rubout, "echo-area-rubout", (FUNCTION_KEYSEQ *)0, "Delete the character behind the cursor" },
{ (VFunction *)ea_abort, "echo-area-abort", (FUNCTION_KEYSEQ *)0, "Cancel or quit operation" },
{ (VFunction *)ea_newline, "echo-area-newline", (FUNCTION_KEYSEQ *)0, "Accept (or force completion of) this line" },
{ (VFunction *)ea_quoted_insert, "echo-area-quoted-insert", (FUNCTION_KEYSEQ *)0, "Insert next character verbatim" },
{ (VFunction *)ea_insert, "echo-area-insert", (FUNCTION_KEYSEQ *)0, "Insert this character" },
{ (VFunction *)ea_tab_insert, "echo-area-tab-insert", (FUNCTION_KEYSEQ *)0, "Insert a TAB character" },
{ (VFunction *)ea_transpose_chars, "echo-area-transpose-chars", (FUNCTION_KEYSEQ *)0, "Transpose characters at point" },
{ (VFunction *)ea_yank, "echo-area-yank", (FUNCTION_KEYSEQ *)0, "Yank back the contents of the last kill" },
{ (VFunction *)ea_yank_pop, "echo-area-yank-pop", (FUNCTION_KEYSEQ *)0, "Yank back a previous kill" },
{ (VFunction *)ea_kill_line, "echo-area-kill-line", (FUNCTION_KEYSEQ *)0, "Kill to the end of the line" },
{ (VFunction *)ea_backward_kill_line, "echo-area-backward-kill-line", (FUNCTION_KEYSEQ *)0, "Kill to the beginning of the line" },
{ (VFunction *)ea_kill_word, "echo-area-kill-word", (FUNCTION_KEYSEQ *)0, "Kill the word following the cursor" },
{ (VFunction *)ea_backward_kill_word, "echo-area-backward-kill-word", (FUNCTION_KEYSEQ *)0, "Kill the word preceding the cursor" },
{ (VFunction *)ea_possible_completions, "echo-area-possible-completions", (FUNCTION_KEYSEQ *)0, "List possible completions" },
{ (VFunction *)ea_complete, "echo-area-complete", (FUNCTION_KEYSEQ *)0, "Insert completion" },
{ (VFunction *)ea_scroll_completions_window, "echo-area-scroll-completions-window", (FUNCTION_KEYSEQ *)0, "Scroll the completions window" },
/* Commands found in "./infodoc.c". */
{ (VFunction *)info_get_help_window, "get-help-window", (FUNCTION_KEYSEQ *)0, "Display help message" },
{ (VFunction *)info_get_info_help_node, "get-info-help-node", (FUNCTION_KEYSEQ *)0, "Visit Info node `(info)Help'" },
{ (VFunction *)describe_key, "describe-key", (FUNCTION_KEYSEQ *)0, "Print documentation for KEY" },
{ (VFunction *)info_where_is, "where-is", (FUNCTION_KEYSEQ *)0, "Show what to type to execute a given command" },
/* Commands found in "./m-x.c". */
{ (VFunction *)describe_command, "describe-command", (FUNCTION_KEYSEQ *)0, "Read the name of an Info command and describe it" },
{ (VFunction *)info_execute_command, "execute-command", (FUNCTION_KEYSEQ *)0, "Read a command name in the echo area and execute it" },
{ (VFunction *)set_screen_height, "set-screen-height", (FUNCTION_KEYSEQ *)0, "Set the height of the displayed window" },
/* Commands found in "./indices.c". */
{ (VFunction *)info_index_search, "index-search", (FUNCTION_KEYSEQ *)0, "Look up a string in the index for this file" },
{ (VFunction *)info_next_index_match, "next-index-match", (FUNCTION_KEYSEQ *)0, "Go to the next matching index item from the last `\\[index-search]' command" },
{ (VFunction *)info_index_apropos, "index-apropos", (FUNCTION_KEYSEQ *)0, "Grovel all known info file's indices for a string and build a menu" },
/* Commands found in "./nodemenu.c". */
{ (VFunction *)list_visited_nodes, "list-visited-nodes", (FUNCTION_KEYSEQ *)0, "Make a window containing a menu of all of the currently visited nodes" },
{ (VFunction *)select_visited_node, "select-visited-node", (FUNCTION_KEYSEQ *)0, "Select a node which has been previously visited in a visible window" },
/* Commands found in "./footnotes.c". */
{ (VFunction *)info_show_footnotes, "show-footnotes", (FUNCTION_KEYSEQ *)0, "Show the footnotes associated with this node in another window" },
/* Commands found in "./variables.c". */
{ (VFunction *)describe_variable, "describe-variable", (FUNCTION_KEYSEQ *)0, "Explain the use of a variable" },
{ (VFunction *)set_variable, "set-variable", (FUNCTION_KEYSEQ *)0, "Set the value of an Info variable" },
{ (VFunction *)NULL, (char *)NULL, (FUNCTION_KEYSEQ *)NULL, (char *)NULL }
};

103
contrib/texinfo/info/doc.h
View File

@ -1,103 +0,0 @@
/* doc.h -- Structures associating function pointers with documentation.
$Id: doc.h,v 1.3 2004/04/11 17:56:45 karl Exp $
Copyright (C) 1993, 2001, 2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
Written by Brian Fox (bfox@ai.mit.edu). */
#if !defined (DOC_H)
#define DOC_H
#include "info.h" /* for NAMED_FUNCTIONS, VFunction, etc. */
#if defined (INFOKEY)
/* For each function, we keep track of the first defined key sequence
which invokes that function, for each different map. This is so that
the dynamic documentation generation in infodoc.c (a) doesn't have to
search through copious KEYMAP_ENTRYs, and, more importantly, (b) the
user and programmer can choose the preferred key sequence that is
printed for any given function -- it's just the first one that
appears in the user's infokey file or the default keymaps in
infomap.c.
Each FUNCTION_DOC has a linked list of FUNCTION_KEYSEQ structs
hanging off it, which are created on startup when the user and/or
default keymaps are being parsed. */
typedef struct function_keyseq
{
struct function_keyseq *next;
struct keymap_entry *map;
char *keyseq;
} FUNCTION_KEYSEQ;
#endif /* INFOKEY */
/* An array of FUNCTION_DOC structures is defined in doc.c, which is
automagically generated by the makedoc utility, whose job is to scan
through the source files for command function declarations and
compile a list of all the ones it finds. This saves tedious
housekeeping and avoids errors of omission. */
typedef struct
{
VFunction *func;
#if defined (NAMED_FUNCTIONS)
char *func_name;
#endif /* NAMED_FUNCTIONS */
#if defined (INFOKEY)
FUNCTION_KEYSEQ *keys;
#endif /* INFOKEY */
char *doc;
} FUNCTION_DOC;
extern FUNCTION_DOC function_doc_array[];
/* Under the old key-binding system, an info command is specified by
the pointer to its function. Under the new INFOKEY binding system,
it is specified by a pointer to the command's FUNCTION_DOC structure,
defined in doc.c, from which the pointer to the function can be
easily divined using the InfoFunction() extractor. */
#if defined(INFOKEY)
typedef FUNCTION_DOC InfoCommand;
/* The cast to VFunction * prevents pgcc from complaining about
dereferencing a void *. */
#define InfoFunction(ic) ((ic) ? (ic)->func : (VFunction *) NULL)
#define InfoCmd(fn) (&function_doc_array[A_##fn])
#define DocInfoCmd(fd) ((fd) && (fd)->func ? (fd) : NULL)
#else /* !INFOKEY */
typedef VFunction InfoCommand;
#define InfoFunction(vf) ((vf))
#define InfoCmd(fn) fn
#define DocInfoCmd(fd) ((fd)->func)
#endif /* !INFOKEY */
#include "infomap.h" /* for Keymap. */
#if defined (NAMED_FUNCTIONS)
extern char *function_name (InfoCommand *cmd);
extern InfoCommand *named_function (char *name);
#endif /* NAMED_FUNCTIONS */
extern char *function_documentation (InfoCommand *cmd);
extern char *key_documentation (char key, Keymap map);
extern char *pretty_keyname (unsigned char key);
extern char *pretty_keyseq (char *keyseq);
extern char *where_is (Keymap map, InfoCommand *cmd);
extern char *replace_in_documentation (char *string, int help_is_only_window_p);
extern void dump_map_to_message_buffer (char *prefix, Keymap map);
#endif /* !DOC_H */

68
contrib/texinfo/info/dribble.c
View File

@ -1,68 +0,0 @@
/* dribble.c -- dribble files for Info.
$Id: dribble.c,v 1.3 2004/04/11 17:56:45 karl Exp $
Copyright (C) 1993, 1998, 2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
Written by Brian Fox (bfox@ai.mit.edu). */
#include "info.h"
#include "dribble.h"
/* When non-zero, it is a stream to write all input characters to for the
duration of this info session. */
FILE *info_dribble_file = (FILE *)NULL;
/* Open a dribble file named NAME, perhaps closing an already open one.
This sets the global variable INFO_DRIBBLE_FILE to the open stream. */
void
open_dribble_file (char *name)
{
/* Perhaps close existing dribble file. */
close_dribble_file ();
/* Keystrokes can be non-printable characters, so we need binary I/O. */
info_dribble_file = fopen (name, FOPEN_WBIN);
#if defined (HAVE_SETVBUF)
if (info_dribble_file)
# if defined (SETVBUF_REVERSED)
setvbuf (info_dribble_file, _IONBF, (char *)NULL, 1);
# else
setvbuf (info_dribble_file, (char *)NULL, _IONBF, 1);
# endif /* !SETVBUF_REVERSED */
#endif /* HAVE_SETVBUF */
}
/* If there is a dribble file already open, close it. */
void
close_dribble_file (void)
{
if (info_dribble_file)
{
fflush (info_dribble_file);
fclose (info_dribble_file);
info_dribble_file = (FILE *)NULL;
}
}
/* Write some output to our existing dribble file. */
void
dribble (unsigned char byte)
{
if (info_dribble_file)
fwrite (&byte, sizeof (unsigned char), 1, info_dribble_file);
}

41
contrib/texinfo/info/dribble.h
View File

@ -1,41 +0,0 @@
/* dribble.h -- Functions and vars declared in dribble.c. */
/* This file is part of GNU Info, a program for reading online documentation
stored in Info format.
Copyright (C) 1993, 2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
Written by Brian Fox (bfox@ai.mit.edu). */
#if !defined (_DRIBBLE_H_)
#define _DRIBBLE_H_
/* When non-zero, it is a stream to write all input characters to for the
duration of this info session. */
extern FILE *info_dribble_file;
/* Open a dribble file named NAME, perhaps closing an already open one.
This sets the global variable INFO_DRIBBLE_FILE to the open stream. */
extern void open_dribble_file (char *name);
/* If there is a dribble file already open, close it. */
extern void close_dribble_file (void);
/* Write some output to our existing dribble file. */
extern void dribble (unsigned char byte);
#endif /* !_DRIBBLE_H_ */

1524
contrib/texinfo/info/echo-area.c
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

85
contrib/texinfo/info/echo-area.h
View File

@ -1,85 +0,0 @@
/* echo-area.h -- Functions used in reading information from the echo area.
$Id: echo-area.h,v 1.4 2004/08/07 22:03:08 karl Exp $
This file is part of GNU Info, a program for reading online documentation
stored in Info format.
Copyright (C) 1993, 1997, 2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
Written by Brian Fox (bfox@ai.mit.edu). */
#ifndef INFO_ECHO_AREA_H
#define INFO_ECHO_AREA_H
#define EA_MAX_INPUT 256
extern int echo_area_is_active, info_aborted_echo_area;
/* Non-zero means that the last command executed while reading input
killed some text. */
extern int echo_area_last_command_was_kill;
extern void inform_in_echo_area (const char *message);
extern void echo_area_inform_of_deleted_window (WINDOW *window);
extern void echo_area_prep_read (void);
extern VFunction *ea_last_executed_command;
extern char * info_read_completing_internal (WINDOW *window, char *prompt,
REFERENCE **completions, int force);
/* Read a line of text in the echo area. Return a malloc ()'ed string,
or NULL if the user aborted out of this read. WINDOW is the currently
active window, so that we can restore it when we need to. PROMPT, if
non-null, is a prompt to print before reading the line. */
extern char *info_read_in_echo_area (WINDOW *window, char *prompt);
/* Read a line in the echo area with completion over COMPLETIONS.
Takes arguments of WINDOW, PROMPT, and COMPLETIONS, a REFERENCE **. */
char *info_read_completing_in_echo_area (WINDOW *window,
char *prompt, REFERENCE **completions);
/* Read a line in the echo area allowing completion over COMPLETIONS, but
not requiring it. Takes arguments of WINDOW, PROMPT, and COMPLETIONS,
a REFERENCE **. */
extern char *info_read_maybe_completing (WINDOW *window,
char *prompt, REFERENCE **completions);
extern void ea_insert (WINDOW *window, int count, unsigned char key);
extern void ea_quoted_insert (WINDOW *window, int count, unsigned char key);
extern void ea_beg_of_line (WINDOW *window, int count, unsigned char key);
extern void ea_backward (WINDOW *window, int count, unsigned char key);
extern void ea_delete (WINDOW *window, int count, unsigned char key);
extern void ea_end_of_line (WINDOW *window, int count, unsigned char key);
extern void ea_forward (WINDOW *window, int count, unsigned char key);
extern void ea_abort (WINDOW *window, int count, unsigned char key);
extern void ea_rubout (WINDOW *window, int count, unsigned char key);
extern void ea_complete (WINDOW *window, int count, unsigned char key);
extern void ea_newline (WINDOW *window, int count, unsigned char key);
extern void ea_kill_line (WINDOW *window, int count, unsigned char key);
extern void ea_backward_kill_line (WINDOW *window, int count, unsigned char key);
extern void ea_transpose_chars (WINDOW *window, int count, unsigned char key);
extern void ea_yank (WINDOW *window, int count, unsigned char key);
extern void ea_tab_insert (WINDOW *window, int count, unsigned char key);
extern void ea_possible_completions (WINDOW *window, int count, unsigned char key);
extern void ea_backward_word (WINDOW *window, int count, unsigned char key);
extern void ea_kill_word (WINDOW *window, int count, unsigned char key);
extern void ea_forward_word (WINDOW *window, int count, unsigned char key);
extern void ea_yank_pop (WINDOW *window, int count, unsigned char key);
extern void ea_backward_kill_word (WINDOW *window, int count, unsigned char key);
extern void ea_scroll_completions_window (WINDOW *window, int count,
unsigned char key);
#endif /* not INFO_ECHO_AREA_H */

711
contrib/texinfo/info/filesys.c
View File

@ -1,711 +0,0 @@
/* filesys.c -- filesystem specific functions.
$Id: filesys.c,v 1.6 2004/07/30 17:17:40 karl Exp $
Copyright (C) 1993, 1997, 1998, 2000, 2002, 2003, 2004 Free Software
Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
Written by Brian Fox (bfox@ai.mit.edu). */
#include "info.h"
#include "tilde.h"
#include "filesys.h"
/* Local to this file. */
static char *info_file_in_path (char *filename, char *path);
static char *lookup_info_filename (char *filename);
static char *info_absolute_file (char *fname);
static void remember_info_filename (char *filename, char *expansion);
static void maybe_initialize_infopath (void);
typedef struct
{
char *suffix;
char *decompressor;
} COMPRESSION_ALIST;
static char *info_suffixes[] = {
".info",
"-info",
"/index",
".inf", /* 8+3 file on filesystem which supports long file names */
#ifdef __MSDOS__
/* 8+3 file names strike again... */
".in", /* for .inz, .igz etc. */
".i",
#endif
"",
NULL
};
static COMPRESSION_ALIST compress_suffixes[] = {
{ ".gz", "gunzip" },
{ ".bz2", "bunzip2" },
{ ".z", "gunzip" },
{ ".Z", "uncompress" },
{ ".Y", "unyabba" },
#ifdef __MSDOS__
{ "gz", "gunzip" },
{ "z", "gunzip" },
#endif
{ (char *)NULL, (char *)NULL }
};
/* The path on which we look for info files. You can initialize this
from the environment variable INFOPATH if there is one, or you can
call info_add_path () to add paths to the beginning or end of it.
You can call zap_infopath () to make the path go away. */
char *infopath = (char *)NULL;
static int infopath_size = 0;
/* Expand the filename in PARTIAL to make a real name for this operating
system. This looks in INFO_PATHS in order to find the correct file.
If it can't find the file, it returns NULL. */
static char *local_temp_filename = (char *)NULL;
static int local_temp_filename_size = 0;
char *
info_find_fullpath (char *partial)
{
int initial_character;
char *temp;
filesys_error_number = 0;
maybe_initialize_infopath ();
if (partial && (initial_character = *partial))
{
char *expansion;
expansion = lookup_info_filename (partial);
if (expansion)
return (expansion);
/* If we have the full path to this file, we still may have to add
various extensions to it. I guess we have to stat this file
after all. */
if (IS_ABSOLUTE (partial))
temp = info_absolute_file (partial);
else if (initial_character == '~')
{
expansion = tilde_expand_word (partial);
if (IS_ABSOLUTE (expansion))
{
temp = info_absolute_file (expansion);
free (expansion);
}
else
temp = expansion;
}
else if (initial_character == '.' &&
(IS_SLASH (partial[1]) ||
(partial[1] == '.' && IS_SLASH (partial[2]))))
{
if (local_temp_filename_size < 1024)
local_temp_filename = (char *)xrealloc
(local_temp_filename, (local_temp_filename_size = 1024));
#if defined (HAVE_GETCWD)
if (!getcwd (local_temp_filename, local_temp_filename_size))
#else /* !HAVE_GETCWD */
if (!getwd (local_temp_filename))
#endif /* !HAVE_GETCWD */
{
filesys_error_number = errno;
return (partial);
}
strcat (local_temp_filename, "/");
strcat (local_temp_filename, partial);
temp = info_absolute_file (local_temp_filename); /* try extensions */
if (!temp)
partial = local_temp_filename;
}
else
temp = info_file_in_path (partial, infopath);
if (temp)
{
remember_info_filename (partial, temp);
if (strlen (temp) > (unsigned int) local_temp_filename_size)
local_temp_filename = (char *) xrealloc
(local_temp_filename,
(local_temp_filename_size = (50 + strlen (temp))));
strcpy (local_temp_filename, temp);
free (temp);
return (local_temp_filename);
}
}
return (partial);
}
/* Scan the list of directories in PATH looking for FILENAME. If we find
one that is a regular file, return it as a new string. Otherwise, return
a NULL pointer. */
static char *
info_file_in_path (char *filename, char *path)
{
struct stat finfo;
char *temp_dirname;
int statable, dirname_index;
/* Reject ridiculous cases up front, to prevent infinite recursion
later on. E.g., someone might say "info '(.)foo'"... */
if (!*filename || STREQ (filename, ".") || STREQ (filename, ".."))
return NULL;
dirname_index = 0;
while ((temp_dirname = extract_colon_unit (path, &dirname_index)))
{
register int i, pre_suffix_length;
char *temp;
/* Expand a leading tilde if one is present. */
if (*temp_dirname == '~')
{
char *expanded_dirname;
expanded_dirname = tilde_expand_word (temp_dirname);
free (temp_dirname);
temp_dirname = expanded_dirname;
}
temp = (char *)xmalloc (30 + strlen (temp_dirname) + strlen (filename));
strcpy (temp, temp_dirname);
if (!IS_SLASH (temp[(strlen (temp)) - 1]))
strcat (temp, "/");
strcat (temp, filename);
pre_suffix_length = strlen (temp);
free (temp_dirname);
for (i = 0; info_suffixes[i]; i++)
{
strcpy (temp + pre_suffix_length, info_suffixes[i]);
statable = (stat (temp, &finfo) == 0);
/* If we have found a regular file, then use that. Else, if we
have found a directory, look in that directory for this file. */
if (statable)
{
if (S_ISREG (finfo.st_mode))
{
return (temp);
}
else if (S_ISDIR (finfo.st_mode))
{
char *newpath, *filename_only, *newtemp;
newpath = xstrdup (temp);
filename_only = filename_non_directory (filename);
newtemp = info_file_in_path (filename_only, newpath);
free (newpath);
if (newtemp)
{
free (temp);
return (newtemp);
}
}
}
else
{
/* Add various compression suffixes to the name to see if
the file is present in compressed format. */
register int j, pre_compress_suffix_length;
pre_compress_suffix_length = strlen (temp);
for (j = 0; compress_suffixes[j].suffix; j++)
{
strcpy (temp + pre_compress_suffix_length,
compress_suffixes[j].suffix);
statable = (stat (temp, &finfo) == 0);
if (statable && (S_ISREG (finfo.st_mode)))
return (temp);
}
}
}
free (temp);
}
return ((char *)NULL);
}
/* Assume FNAME is an absolute file name, and check whether it is
a regular file. If it is, return it as a new string; otherwise
return a NULL pointer. We do it by taking the file name apart
into its directory and basename parts, and calling info_file_in_path.*/
static char *
info_absolute_file (char *fname)
{
char *containing_dir = xstrdup (fname);
char *base = filename_non_directory (containing_dir);
if (base > containing_dir)
base[-1] = '\0';
return info_file_in_path (filename_non_directory (fname), containing_dir);
}
/* Given a string containing units of information separated by the
PATH_SEP character, return the next one after IDX, or NULL if there
are no more. Advance IDX to the character after the colon. */
char *
extract_colon_unit (char *string, int *idx)
{
unsigned int i = (unsigned int) *idx;
unsigned int start = i;
if (!string || i >= strlen (string))
return NULL;
if (!string[i]) /* end of string */
return NULL;
/* Advance to next PATH_SEP. */
while (string[i] && string[i] != PATH_SEP[0])
i++;
{
char *value = xmalloc ((i - start) + 1);
strncpy (value, &string[start], (i - start));
value[i - start] = 0;
i++; /* move past PATH_SEP */
*idx = i;
return value;
}
}
/* A structure which associates a filename with its expansion. */
typedef struct
{
char *filename;
char *expansion;
} FILENAME_LIST;
/* An array of remembered arguments and results. */
static FILENAME_LIST **names_and_files = (FILENAME_LIST **)NULL;
static int names_and_files_index = 0;
static int names_and_files_slots = 0;
/* Find the result for having already called info_find_fullpath () with
FILENAME. */
static char *
lookup_info_filename (char *filename)
{
if (filename && names_and_files)
{
register int i;
for (i = 0; names_and_files[i]; i++)
{
if (FILENAME_CMP (names_and_files[i]->filename, filename) == 0)
return (names_and_files[i]->expansion);
}
}
return (char *)NULL;;
}
/* Add a filename and its expansion to our list. */
static void
remember_info_filename (char *filename, char *expansion)
{
FILENAME_LIST *new;
if (names_and_files_index + 2 > names_and_files_slots)
{
int alloc_size;
names_and_files_slots += 10;
alloc_size = names_and_files_slots * sizeof (FILENAME_LIST *);
names_and_files =
(FILENAME_LIST **) xrealloc (names_and_files, alloc_size);
}
new = (FILENAME_LIST *)xmalloc (sizeof (FILENAME_LIST));
new->filename = xstrdup (filename);
new->expansion = expansion ? xstrdup (expansion) : (char *)NULL;
names_and_files[names_and_files_index++] = new;
names_and_files[names_and_files_index] = (FILENAME_LIST *)NULL;
}
static void
maybe_initialize_infopath (void)
{
if (!infopath_size)
{
infopath = (char *)
xmalloc (infopath_size = (1 + strlen (DEFAULT_INFOPATH)));
strcpy (infopath, DEFAULT_INFOPATH);
}
}
/* Add PATH to the list of paths found in INFOPATH. 2nd argument says
whether to put PATH at the front or end of INFOPATH. */
void
info_add_path (char *path, int where)
{
int len;
if (!infopath)
{
infopath = (char *)xmalloc (infopath_size = 200 + strlen (path));
infopath[0] = '\0';
}
len = strlen (path) + strlen (infopath);
if (len + 2 >= infopath_size)
infopath = (char *)xrealloc (infopath, (infopath_size += (2 * len) + 2));
if (!*infopath)
strcpy (infopath, path);
else if (where == INFOPATH_APPEND)
{
strcat (infopath, PATH_SEP);
strcat (infopath, path);
}
else if (where == INFOPATH_PREPEND)
{
char *temp = xstrdup (infopath);
strcpy (infopath, path);
strcat (infopath, PATH_SEP);
strcat (infopath, temp);
free (temp);
}
}
/* Make INFOPATH have absolutely nothing in it. */
void
zap_infopath (void)
{
if (infopath)
free (infopath);
infopath = (char *)NULL;
infopath_size = 0;
}
/* Given a chunk of text and its length, convert all CRLF pairs at every
end-of-line into a single Newline character. Return the length of
produced text.
This is required because the rest of code is too entrenched in having
a single newline at each EOL; in particular, searching for various
Info headers and cookies can become extremely tricky if that assumption
breaks.
FIXME: this could also support Mac-style text files with a single CR
at the EOL, but what about random CR characters in non-Mac files? Can
we afford converting them into newlines as well? Maybe implement some
heuristics here, like in Emacs 20.
FIXME: is it a good idea to show the EOL type on the modeline? */
long
convert_eols (char *text, long int textlen)
{
register char *s = text;
register char *d = text;
while (textlen--)
{
if (*s == '\r' && textlen && s[1] == '\n')
{
s++;
textlen--;
}
*d++ = *s++;
}
return (long)(d - text);
}
/* Read the contents of PATHNAME, returning a buffer with the contents of
that file in it, and returning the size of that buffer in FILESIZE.
FINFO is a stat struct which has already been filled in by the caller.
If the file turns out to be compressed, set IS_COMPRESSED to non-zero.
If the file cannot be read, return a NULL pointer. */
char *
filesys_read_info_file (char *pathname, long int *filesize,
struct stat *finfo, int *is_compressed)
{
long st_size;
*filesize = filesys_error_number = 0;
if (compressed_filename_p (pathname))
{
*is_compressed = 1;
return (filesys_read_compressed (pathname, filesize));
}
else
{
int descriptor;
char *contents;
*is_compressed = 0;
descriptor = open (pathname, O_RDONLY | O_BINARY, 0666);
/* If the file couldn't be opened, give up. */
if (descriptor < 0)
{
filesys_error_number = errno;
return ((char *)NULL);
}
/* Try to read the contents of this file. */
st_size = (long) finfo->st_size;
contents = (char *)xmalloc (1 + st_size);
if ((read (descriptor, contents, st_size)) != st_size)
{
filesys_error_number = errno;
close (descriptor);
free (contents);
return ((char *)NULL);
}
close (descriptor);
/* Convert any DOS-style CRLF EOLs into Unix-style NL.
Seems like a good idea to have even on Unix, in case the Info
files are coming from some Windows system across a network. */
*filesize = convert_eols (contents, st_size);
/* EOL conversion can shrink the text quite a bit. We don't
want to waste storage. */
if (*filesize < st_size)
contents = (char *)xrealloc (contents, 1 + *filesize);
contents[*filesize] = '\0';
return (contents);
}
}
/* Typically, pipe buffers are 4k. */
#define BASIC_PIPE_BUFFER (4 * 1024)
/* We use some large multiple of that. */
#define FILESYS_PIPE_BUFFER_SIZE (16 * BASIC_PIPE_BUFFER)
char *
filesys_read_compressed (char *pathname, long int *filesize)
{
FILE *stream;
char *command, *decompressor;
char *contents = (char *)NULL;
*filesize = filesys_error_number = 0;
decompressor = filesys_decompressor_for_file (pathname);
if (!decompressor)
return ((char *)NULL);
command = (char *)xmalloc (15 + strlen (pathname) + strlen (decompressor));
/* Explicit .exe suffix makes the diagnostics of `popen'
better on systems where COMMAND.COM is the stock shell. */
sprintf (command, "%s%s < %s",
decompressor, STRIP_DOT_EXE ? ".exe" : "", pathname);
#if !defined (BUILDING_LIBRARY)
if (info_windows_initialized_p)
{
char *temp;
temp = (char *)xmalloc (5 + strlen (command));
sprintf (temp, "%s...", command);
message_in_echo_area ("%s", temp, NULL);
free (temp);
}
#endif /* !BUILDING_LIBRARY */
stream = popen (command, FOPEN_RBIN);
free (command);
/* Read chunks from this file until there are none left to read. */
if (stream)
{
long offset, size;
char *chunk;
offset = size = 0;
chunk = (char *)xmalloc (FILESYS_PIPE_BUFFER_SIZE);
while (1)
{
int bytes_read;
bytes_read = fread (chunk, 1, FILESYS_PIPE_BUFFER_SIZE, stream);
if (bytes_read + offset >= size)
contents = (char *)xrealloc
(contents, size += (2 * FILESYS_PIPE_BUFFER_SIZE));
memcpy (contents + offset, chunk, bytes_read);
offset += bytes_read;
if (bytes_read != FILESYS_PIPE_BUFFER_SIZE)
break;
}
free (chunk);
if (pclose (stream) == -1)
{
if (contents)
free (contents);
contents = (char *)NULL;
filesys_error_number = errno;
}
else
{
*filesize = convert_eols (contents, offset);
contents = (char *)xrealloc (contents, 1 + *filesize);
contents[*filesize] = '\0';
}
}
else
{
filesys_error_number = errno;
}
#if !defined (BUILDING_LIBARARY)
if (info_windows_initialized_p)
unmessage_in_echo_area ();
#endif /* !BUILDING_LIBRARY */
return (contents);
}
/* Return non-zero if FILENAME belongs to a compressed file. */
int
compressed_filename_p (char *filename)
{
char *decompressor;
/* Find the final extension of this filename, and see if it matches one
of our known ones. */
decompressor = filesys_decompressor_for_file (filename);
if (decompressor)
return (1);
else
return (0);
}
/* Return the command string that would be used to decompress FILENAME. */
char *
filesys_decompressor_for_file (char *filename)
{
register int i;
char *extension = (char *)NULL;
/* Find the final extension of FILENAME, and see if it appears in our
list of known compression extensions. */
for (i = strlen (filename) - 1; i > 0; i--)
if (filename[i] == '.')
{
extension = filename + i;
break;
}
if (!extension)
return ((char *)NULL);
for (i = 0; compress_suffixes[i].suffix; i++)
if (FILENAME_CMP (extension, compress_suffixes[i].suffix) == 0)
return (compress_suffixes[i].decompressor);
#if defined (__MSDOS__)
/* If no other suffix matched, allow any extension which ends
with `z' to be decompressed by gunzip. Due to limited 8+3 DOS
file namespace, we can expect many such cases, and supporting
every weird suffix thus produced would be a pain. */
if (extension[strlen (extension) - 1] == 'z' ||
extension[strlen (extension) - 1] == 'Z')
return "gunzip";
#endif
return ((char *)NULL);
}
/* The number of the most recent file system error. */
int filesys_error_number = 0;
/* A function which returns a pointer to a static buffer containing
an error message for FILENAME and ERROR_NUM. */
static char *errmsg_buf = (char *)NULL;
static int errmsg_buf_size = 0;
char *
filesys_error_string (char *filename, int error_num)
{
int len;
char *result;
if (error_num == 0)
return ((char *)NULL);
result = strerror (error_num);
len = 4 + strlen (filename) + strlen (result);
if (len >= errmsg_buf_size)
errmsg_buf = (char *)xrealloc (errmsg_buf, (errmsg_buf_size = 2 + len));
sprintf (errmsg_buf, "%s: %s", filename, result);
return (errmsg_buf);
}
/* Check for "dir" with all the possible info and compression suffixes,
in combination. */
int
is_dir_name (char *filename)
{
unsigned i;
for (i = 0; info_suffixes[i]; i++)
{
unsigned c;
char trydir[50];
strcpy (trydir, "dir");
strcat (trydir, info_suffixes[i]);
if (strcasecmp (filename, trydir) == 0)
return 1;
for (c = 0; compress_suffixes[c].suffix; c++)
{
char dir_compressed[50]; /* can be short */
strcpy (dir_compressed, trydir);
strcat (dir_compressed, compress_suffixes[c].suffix);
if (strcasecmp (filename, dir_compressed) == 0)
return 1;
}
}
return 0;
}

92
contrib/texinfo/info/filesys.h
View File

@ -1,92 +0,0 @@
/* filesys.h -- external declarations for filesys.c.
$Id: filesys.h,v 1.3 2004/04/11 17:56:45 karl Exp $
Copyright (C) 1993, 1997, 1998, 2002, 2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
Written by Brian Fox (bfox@ai.mit.edu). */
#ifndef INFO_FILESYS_H
#define INFO_FILESYS_H
/* The path on which we look for info files. You can initialize this
from the environment variable INFOPATH if there is one, or you can
call info_add_path () to add paths to the beginning or end of it. */
extern char *infopath;
/* Make INFOPATH have absolutely nothing in it. */
extern void zap_infopath (void);
/* Add PATH to the list of paths found in INFOPATH. 2nd argument says
whether to put PATH at the front or end of INFOPATH. */
extern void info_add_path (char *path, int where);
/* Defines that are passed along with the pathname to info_add_path (). */
#define INFOPATH_PREPEND 0
#define INFOPATH_APPEND 1
/* Expand the filename in PARTIAL to make a real name for this operating
system. This looks in INFO_PATHS in order to find the correct file.
If it can't find the file, it returns NULL. */
extern char *info_find_fullpath (char *partial);
/* Given a chunk of text and its length, convert all CRLF pairs at the
EOLs into a single Newline character. Return the length of produced
text. */
long convert_eols (char *text, long textlen);
/* Read the contents of PATHNAME, returning a buffer with the contents of
that file in it, and returning the size of that buffer in FILESIZE.
FINFO is a stat struct which has already been filled in by the caller.
If the file cannot be read, return a NULL pointer. */
extern char *filesys_read_info_file (char *pathname, long int *filesize,
struct stat *finfo, int *is_compressed);
extern char *filesys_read_compressed (char *pathname, long int *filesize);
/* Return the command string that would be used to decompress FILENAME. */
extern char *filesys_decompressor_for_file (char *filename);
extern int compressed_filename_p (char *filename);
/* A function which returns a pointer to a static buffer containing
an error message for FILENAME and ERROR_NUM. */
extern char *filesys_error_string (char *filename, int error_num);
/* The number of the most recent file system error. */
extern int filesys_error_number;
/* Given a string containing units of information separated by colons,
return the next one pointed to by IDX, or NULL if there are no more.
Advance IDX to the character after the colon. */
extern char *extract_colon_unit (char *string, int *idx);
/* Return true if FILENAME is `dir', with a possible compression suffix. */
extern int is_dir_name (char *filename);
/* The default value of INFOPATH. */
#if !defined (DEFAULT_INFOPATH)
# define DEFAULT_INFOPATH "/usr/local/info:/usr/info:/usr/local/lib/info:/usr/lib/info:/usr/local/gnu/info:/usr/local/gnu/lib/info:/usr/gnu/info:/usr/gnu/lib/info:/opt/gnu/info:/usr/share/info:/usr/share/lib/info:/usr/local/share/info:/usr/local/share/lib/info:/usr/gnu/lib/emacs/info:/usr/local/gnu/lib/emacs/info:/usr/local/lib/emacs/info:/usr/local/emacs/info:."
#endif /* !DEFAULT_INFOPATH */
#if !defined (S_ISREG) && defined (S_IFREG)
# define S_ISREG(m) (((m) & S_IFMT) == S_IFREG)
#endif /* !S_ISREG && S_IFREG */
#if !defined (S_ISDIR) && defined (S_IFDIR)
# define S_ISDIR(m) (((m) & S_IFMT) == S_IFDIR)
#endif /* !S_ISDIR && S_IFDIR */
#endif /* not INFO_FILESYS_H */

268
contrib/texinfo/info/footnotes.c
View File

@ -1,268 +0,0 @@
/* footnotes.c -- Some functions for manipulating footnotes.
$Id: footnotes.c,v 1.4 2004/04/11 17:56:45 karl Exp $
Copyright (C) 1993, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2002, 2004 Free Software
Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
Originally written by Brian Fox (bfox@ai.mit.edu). */
#include "info.h"
/* Nonzero means attempt to show footnotes when displaying a new window. */
int auto_footnotes_p = 0;
static char *footnote_nodename = "*Footnotes*";
NODE * make_footnotes_node (NODE *node);
#define FOOTNOTE_HEADER_FORMAT \
"*** Footnotes appearing in the node `%s' ***\n"
/* Find the window currently showing footnotes. */
static WINDOW *
find_footnotes_window (void)
{
WINDOW *win;
/* Try to find an existing window first. */
for (win = windows; win; win = win->next)
if (internal_info_node_p (win->node) &&
(strcmp (win->node->nodename, footnote_nodename) == 0))
break;
return (win);
}
/* Manufacture a node containing the footnotes of this node, and
return the manufactured node. If NODE has no footnotes, return a
NULL pointer. */
NODE *
make_footnotes_node (NODE *node)
{
NODE *fn_node, *result = (NODE *)NULL;
long fn_start;
/* Make the initial assumption that the footnotes appear as simple
text within this windows node. */
fn_node = node;
/* See if this node contains the magic footnote label. */
fn_start =
info_search_in_node (FOOTNOTE_LABEL, node, 0, (WINDOW *)NULL, 1, 0);
/* If it doesn't, check to see if it has an associated footnotes node. */
if (fn_start == -1)
{
REFERENCE **refs;
refs = info_xrefs_of_node (node);
if (refs)
{
register int i;
char *refname;
int reflen = strlen ("-Footnotes") + strlen (node->nodename);
refname = (char *)xmalloc (reflen + 1);
strcpy (refname, node->nodename);
strcat (refname, "-Footnotes");
for (i = 0; refs[i]; i++)
if ((refs[i]->nodename != (char *)NULL) &&
/* Support both the older "foo-Footnotes" and the new
style "foo-Footnote-NN" references. */
(strcmp (refs[i]->nodename, refname) == 0 ||
(strncmp (refs[i]->nodename, refname, reflen - 1) == 0 &&
refs[i]->nodename[reflen - 1] == '-' &&
isdigit (refs[i]->nodename[reflen]))))
{
char *filename;
filename = node->parent;
if (!filename)
filename = node->filename;
fn_node = info_get_node (filename, refname);
if (fn_node)
fn_start = 0;
break;
}
free (refname);
info_free_references (refs);
}
}
/* If we never found the start of a footnotes area, quit now. */
if (fn_start == -1)
return ((NODE *)NULL);
/* Make the new node. */
result = (NODE *)xmalloc (sizeof (NODE));
result->flags = 0;
result->display_pos = 0;
/* Get the size of the footnotes appearing within this node. */
{
char *header;
long text_start = fn_start;
header = (char *)xmalloc
(1 + strlen (node->nodename) + strlen (FOOTNOTE_HEADER_FORMAT));
sprintf (header, FOOTNOTE_HEADER_FORMAT, node->nodename);
/* Move the start of the displayed text to right after the first line.
This effectively skips either "---- footno...", or "File: foo...". */
while (text_start < fn_node->nodelen)
if (fn_node->contents[text_start++] == '\n')
break;
result->nodelen = strlen (header) + fn_node->nodelen - text_start;
/* Set the contents of this node. */
result->contents = (char *)xmalloc (1 + result->nodelen);
sprintf (result->contents, "%s", header);
memcpy (result->contents + strlen (header),
fn_node->contents + text_start, fn_node->nodelen - text_start);
name_internal_node (result, footnote_nodename);
free (header);
}
#if defined (NOTDEF)
/* If the footnotes were gleaned from the node that we were called with,
shorten the calling node's display length. */
if (fn_node == node)
narrow_node (node, 0, fn_start);
#endif /* NOTDEF */
return (result);
}
/* Create or delete the footnotes window depending on whether footnotes
exist in WINDOW's node or not. Returns FN_FOUND if footnotes were found
and displayed. Returns FN_UNFOUND if there were no footnotes found
in WINDOW's node. Returns FN_UNABLE if there were footnotes, but the
window to show them couldn't be made. */
int
info_get_or_remove_footnotes (WINDOW *window)
{
WINDOW *fn_win;
NODE *new_footnotes;
fn_win = find_footnotes_window ();
/* If we are in the footnotes window, change nothing. */
if (fn_win == window)
return (FN_FOUND);
/* Try to find footnotes for this window's node. */
new_footnotes = make_footnotes_node (window->node);
/* If there was a window showing footnotes, and there are no footnotes
for the current window, delete the old footnote window. */
if (fn_win && !new_footnotes)
{
if (windows->next)
info_delete_window_internal (fn_win);
}
/* If there are footnotes for this window's node, but no window around
showing footnotes, try to make a new window. */
if (new_footnotes && !fn_win)
{
WINDOW *old_active;
WINDOW *last, *win;
/* Always make this window be the last one appearing in the list. Find
the last window in the chain. */
for (win = windows, last = windows; win; last = win, win = win->next);
/* Try to split this window, and make the split window the one to
contain the footnotes. */
old_active = active_window;
active_window = last;
fn_win = window_make_window (new_footnotes);
active_window = old_active;
if (!fn_win)
{
free (new_footnotes->contents);
free (new_footnotes);
/* If we are hacking automatic footnotes, and there are footnotes
but we couldn't display them, print a message to that effect. */
if (auto_footnotes_p)
inform_in_echo_area ((char *) _("Footnotes could not be displayed"));
return (FN_UNABLE);
}
}
/* If there are footnotes, and there is a window to display them,
make that window be the number of lines appearing in the footnotes. */
if (new_footnotes && fn_win)
{
window_set_node_of_window (fn_win, new_footnotes);
window_change_window_height
(fn_win, fn_win->line_count - fn_win->height);
remember_window_and_node (fn_win, new_footnotes);
add_gcable_pointer (new_footnotes->contents);
}
if (!new_footnotes)
return (FN_UNFOUND);
else
return (FN_FOUND);
}
/* Show the footnotes associated with this node in another window. */
DECLARE_INFO_COMMAND (info_show_footnotes,
_("Show the footnotes associated with this node in another window"))
{
/* A negative argument means just make the window go away. */
if (count < 0)
{
WINDOW *fn_win = find_footnotes_window ();
/* If there is an old footnotes window, and it isn't the only window
on the screen, delete it. */
if (fn_win && windows->next)
info_delete_window_internal (fn_win);
}
else
{
int result;
result = info_get_or_remove_footnotes (window);
switch (result)
{
case FN_UNFOUND:
info_error ((char *) msg_no_foot_node, NULL, NULL);
break;
case FN_UNABLE:
info_error ((char *) msg_win_too_small, NULL, NULL);
break;
}
}
}

43
contrib/texinfo/info/footnotes.h
View File

@ -1,43 +0,0 @@
/* footnotes.h -- Some functions for manipulating footnotes.
$Id: footnotes.h,v 1.3 2004/04/11 17:56:45 karl Exp $
Copyright (C) 1993, 1997, 1998, 2002, 2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
Written by Brian Fox (bfox@ai.mit.edu). */
#ifndef INFO_FOOTNOTES_H
#define INFO_FOOTNOTES_H
/* Magic string which indicates following text is footnotes. */
#define FOOTNOTE_LABEL N_("---------- Footnotes ----------")
#define FN_FOUND 0
#define FN_UNFOUND 1
#define FN_UNABLE 2
/* Create or delete the footnotes window depending on whether footnotes
exist in WINDOW's node or not. Returns FN_FOUND if footnotes were found
and displayed. Returns FN_UNFOUND if there were no footnotes found
in WINDOW's node. Returns FN_UNABLE if there were footnotes, but the
window to show them couldn't be made. */
extern int info_get_or_remove_footnotes (WINDOW *window);
/* Non-zero means attempt to show footnotes when displaying a new window. */
extern int auto_footnotes_p;
#endif /* not INFO_FOOTNOTES_H */

243
contrib/texinfo/info/funs.h
View File

@ -1,243 +0,0 @@
/* funs.h -- Generated declarations for Info commands. */
#include "info.h"
/* Functions declared in "./session.c". */
#define A_info_next_line 0
extern void info_next_line (WINDOW *window, int count, unsigned char key);
#define A_info_prev_line 1
extern void info_prev_line (WINDOW *window, int count, unsigned char key);
#define A_info_end_of_line 2
extern void info_end_of_line (WINDOW *window, int count, unsigned char key);
#define A_info_beginning_of_line 3
extern void info_beginning_of_line (WINDOW *window, int count, unsigned char key);
#define A_info_forward_char 4
extern void info_forward_char (WINDOW *window, int count, unsigned char key);
#define A_info_backward_char 5
extern void info_backward_char (WINDOW *window, int count, unsigned char key);
#define A_info_forward_word 6
extern void info_forward_word (WINDOW *window, int count, unsigned char key);
#define A_info_backward_word 7
extern void info_backward_word (WINDOW *window, int count, unsigned char key);
#define A_info_global_next_node 8
extern void info_global_next_node (WINDOW *window, int count, unsigned char key);
#define A_info_global_prev_node 9
extern void info_global_prev_node (WINDOW *window, int count, unsigned char key);
#define A_info_scroll_forward 10
extern void info_scroll_forward (WINDOW *window, int count, unsigned char key);
#define A_info_scroll_forward_set_window 11
extern void info_scroll_forward_set_window (WINDOW *window, int count, unsigned char key);
#define A_info_scroll_forward_page_only 12
extern void info_scroll_forward_page_only (WINDOW *window, int count, unsigned char key);
#define A_info_scroll_forward_page_only_set_window 13
extern void info_scroll_forward_page_only_set_window (WINDOW *window, int count, unsigned char key);
#define A_info_scroll_backward 14
extern void info_scroll_backward (WINDOW *window, int count, unsigned char key);
#define A_info_scroll_backward_set_window 15
extern void info_scroll_backward_set_window (WINDOW *window, int count, unsigned char key);
#define A_info_scroll_backward_page_only 16
extern void info_scroll_backward_page_only (WINDOW *window, int count, unsigned char key);
#define A_info_scroll_backward_page_only_set_window 17
extern void info_scroll_backward_page_only_set_window (WINDOW *window, int count, unsigned char key);
#define A_info_beginning_of_node 18
extern void info_beginning_of_node (WINDOW *window, int count, unsigned char key);
#define A_info_end_of_node 19
extern void info_end_of_node (WINDOW *window, int count, unsigned char key);
#define A_info_down_line 20
extern void info_down_line (WINDOW *window, int count, unsigned char key);
#define A_info_up_line 21
extern void info_up_line (WINDOW *window, int count, unsigned char key);
#define A_info_scroll_half_screen_down 22
extern void info_scroll_half_screen_down (WINDOW *window, int count, unsigned char key);
#define A_info_scroll_half_screen_up 23
extern void info_scroll_half_screen_up (WINDOW *window, int count, unsigned char key);
#define A_info_next_window 24
extern void info_next_window (WINDOW *window, int count, unsigned char key);
#define A_info_prev_window 25
extern void info_prev_window (WINDOW *window, int count, unsigned char key);
#define A_info_split_window 26
extern void info_split_window (WINDOW *window, int count, unsigned char key);
#define A_info_delete_window 27
extern void info_delete_window (WINDOW *window, int count, unsigned char key);
#define A_info_keep_one_window 28
extern void info_keep_one_window (WINDOW *window, int count, unsigned char key);
#define A_info_scroll_other_window 29
extern void info_scroll_other_window (WINDOW *window, int count, unsigned char key);
#define A_info_scroll_other_window_backward 30
extern void info_scroll_other_window_backward (WINDOW *window, int count, unsigned char key);
#define A_info_grow_window 31
extern void info_grow_window (WINDOW *window, int count, unsigned char key);
#define A_info_tile_windows 32
extern void info_tile_windows (WINDOW *window, int count, unsigned char key);
#define A_info_toggle_wrap 33
extern void info_toggle_wrap (WINDOW *window, int count, unsigned char key);
#define A_info_next_node 34
extern void info_next_node (WINDOW *window, int count, unsigned char key);
#define A_info_prev_node 35
extern void info_prev_node (WINDOW *window, int count, unsigned char key);
#define A_info_up_node 36
extern void info_up_node (WINDOW *window, int count, unsigned char key);
#define A_info_last_node 37
extern void info_last_node (WINDOW *window, int count, unsigned char key);
#define A_info_first_node 38
extern void info_first_node (WINDOW *window, int count, unsigned char key);
#define A_info_last_menu_item 39
extern void info_last_menu_item (WINDOW *window, int count, unsigned char key);
#define A_info_menu_digit 40
extern void info_menu_digit (WINDOW *window, int count, unsigned char key);
#define A_info_menu_item 41
extern void info_menu_item (WINDOW *window, int count, unsigned char key);
#define A_info_xref_item 42
extern void info_xref_item (WINDOW *window, int count, unsigned char key);
#define A_info_find_menu 43
extern void info_find_menu (WINDOW *window, int count, unsigned char key);
#define A_info_visit_menu 44
extern void info_visit_menu (WINDOW *window, int count, unsigned char key);
#define A_info_goto_node 45
extern void info_goto_node (WINDOW *window, int count, unsigned char key);
#define A_info_menu_sequence 46
extern void info_menu_sequence (WINDOW *window, int count, unsigned char key);
#define A_info_goto_invocation_node 47
extern void info_goto_invocation_node (WINDOW *window, int count, unsigned char key);
#define A_info_man 48
extern void info_man (WINDOW *window, int count, unsigned char key);
#define A_info_top_node 49
extern void info_top_node (WINDOW *window, int count, unsigned char key);
#define A_info_dir_node 50
extern void info_dir_node (WINDOW *window, int count, unsigned char key);
#define A_info_history_node 51
extern void info_history_node (WINDOW *window, int count, unsigned char key);
#define A_info_kill_node 52
extern void info_kill_node (WINDOW *window, int count, unsigned char key);
#define A_info_view_file 53
extern void info_view_file (WINDOW *window, int count, unsigned char key);
#define A_info_print_node 54
extern void info_print_node (WINDOW *window, int count, unsigned char key);
#define A_info_search_case_sensitively 55
extern void info_search_case_sensitively (WINDOW *window, int count, unsigned char key);
#define A_info_search 56
extern void info_search (WINDOW *window, int count, unsigned char key);
#define A_info_search_backward 57
extern void info_search_backward (WINDOW *window, int count, unsigned char key);
#define A_info_search_next 58
extern void info_search_next (WINDOW *window, int count, unsigned char key);
#define A_info_search_previous 59
extern void info_search_previous (WINDOW *window, int count, unsigned char key);
#define A_isearch_forward 60
extern void isearch_forward (WINDOW *window, int count, unsigned char key);
#define A_isearch_backward 61
extern void isearch_backward (WINDOW *window, int count, unsigned char key);
#define A_info_move_to_prev_xref 62
extern void info_move_to_prev_xref (WINDOW *window, int count, unsigned char key);
#define A_info_move_to_next_xref 63
extern void info_move_to_next_xref (WINDOW *window, int count, unsigned char key);
#define A_info_select_reference_this_line 64
extern void info_select_reference_this_line (WINDOW *window, int count, unsigned char key);
#define A_info_abort_key 65
extern void info_abort_key (WINDOW *window, int count, unsigned char key);
#define A_info_move_to_window_line 66
extern void info_move_to_window_line (WINDOW *window, int count, unsigned char key);
#define A_info_redraw_display 67
extern void info_redraw_display (WINDOW *window, int count, unsigned char key);
#define A_info_quit 68
extern void info_quit (WINDOW *window, int count, unsigned char key);
#define A_info_do_lowercase_version 69
extern void info_do_lowercase_version (WINDOW *window, int count, unsigned char key);
#define A_info_add_digit_to_numeric_arg 70
extern void info_add_digit_to_numeric_arg (WINDOW *window, int count, unsigned char key);
#define A_info_universal_argument 71
extern void info_universal_argument (WINDOW *window, int count, unsigned char key);
#define A_info_numeric_arg_digit_loop 72
extern void info_numeric_arg_digit_loop (WINDOW *window, int count, unsigned char key);
/* Functions declared in "./echo-area.c". */
#define A_ea_forward 73
extern void ea_forward (WINDOW *window, int count, unsigned char key);
#define A_ea_backward 74
extern void ea_backward (WINDOW *window, int count, unsigned char key);
#define A_ea_beg_of_line 75
extern void ea_beg_of_line (WINDOW *window, int count, unsigned char key);
#define A_ea_end_of_line 76
extern void ea_end_of_line (WINDOW *window, int count, unsigned char key);
#define A_ea_forward_word 77
extern void ea_forward_word (WINDOW *window, int count, unsigned char key);
#define A_ea_backward_word 78
extern void ea_backward_word (WINDOW *window, int count, unsigned char key);
#define A_ea_delete 79
extern void ea_delete (WINDOW *window, int count, unsigned char key);
#define A_ea_rubout 80
extern void ea_rubout (WINDOW *window, int count, unsigned char key);
#define A_ea_abort 81
extern void ea_abort (WINDOW *window, int count, unsigned char key);
#define A_ea_newline 82
extern void ea_newline (WINDOW *window, int count, unsigned char key);
#define A_ea_quoted_insert 83
extern void ea_quoted_insert (WINDOW *window, int count, unsigned char key);
#define A_ea_insert 84
extern void ea_insert (WINDOW *window, int count, unsigned char key);
#define A_ea_tab_insert 85
extern void ea_tab_insert (WINDOW *window, int count, unsigned char key);
#define A_ea_transpose_chars 86
extern void ea_transpose_chars (WINDOW *window, int count, unsigned char key);
#define A_ea_yank 87
extern void ea_yank (WINDOW *window, int count, unsigned char key);
#define A_ea_yank_pop 88
extern void ea_yank_pop (WINDOW *window, int count, unsigned char key);
#define A_ea_kill_line 89
extern void ea_kill_line (WINDOW *window, int count, unsigned char key);
#define A_ea_backward_kill_line 90
extern void ea_backward_kill_line (WINDOW *window, int count, unsigned char key);
#define A_ea_kill_word 91
extern void ea_kill_word (WINDOW *window, int count, unsigned char key);
#define A_ea_backward_kill_word 92
extern void ea_backward_kill_word (WINDOW *window, int count, unsigned char key);
#define A_ea_possible_completions 93
extern void ea_possible_completions (WINDOW *window, int count, unsigned char key);
#define A_ea_complete 94
extern void ea_complete (WINDOW *window, int count, unsigned char key);
#define A_ea_scroll_completions_window 95
extern void ea_scroll_completions_window (WINDOW *window, int count, unsigned char key);
/* Functions declared in "./infodoc.c". */
#define A_info_get_help_window 96
extern void info_get_help_window (WINDOW *window, int count, unsigned char key);
#define A_info_get_info_help_node 97
extern void info_get_info_help_node (WINDOW *window, int count, unsigned char key);
#define A_describe_key 98
extern void describe_key (WINDOW *window, int count, unsigned char key);
#define A_info_where_is 99
extern void info_where_is (WINDOW *window, int count, unsigned char key);
/* Functions declared in "./m-x.c". */
#define A_describe_command 100
extern void describe_command (WINDOW *window, int count, unsigned char key);
#define A_info_execute_command 101
extern void info_execute_command (WINDOW *window, int count, unsigned char key);
#define A_set_screen_height 102
extern void set_screen_height (WINDOW *window, int count, unsigned char key);
/* Functions declared in "./indices.c". */
#define A_info_index_search 103
extern void info_index_search (WINDOW *window, int count, unsigned char key);
#define A_info_next_index_match 104
extern void info_next_index_match (WINDOW *window, int count, unsigned char key);
#define A_info_index_apropos 105
extern void info_index_apropos (WINDOW *window, int count, unsigned char key);
/* Functions declared in "./nodemenu.c". */
#define A_list_visited_nodes 106
extern void list_visited_nodes (WINDOW *window, int count, unsigned char key);
#define A_select_visited_node 107
extern void select_visited_node (WINDOW *window, int count, unsigned char key);
/* Functions declared in "./footnotes.c". */
#define A_info_show_footnotes 108
extern void info_show_footnotes (WINDOW *window, int count, unsigned char key);
/* Functions declared in "./variables.c". */
#define A_describe_variable 109
extern void describe_variable (WINDOW *window, int count, unsigned char key);
#define A_set_variable 110
extern void set_variable (WINDOW *window, int count, unsigned char key);
#define A_NCOMMANDS 111

92
contrib/texinfo/info/gc.c
View File

@ -1,92 +0,0 @@
/* gc.c -- Functions to remember and garbage collect unused node contents.
$Id: gc.c,v 1.3 2004/04/11 17:56:45 karl Exp $
Copyright (C) 1993, 2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
Written by Brian Fox (bfox@ai.mit.edu). */
#include "info.h"
/* Array of pointers to the contents of gc-able nodes. A pointer on this
list can be garbage collected when no info window contains a node whose
contents member match the pointer. */
static char **gcable_pointers = (char **)NULL;
static int gcable_pointers_index = 0;
static int gcable_pointers_slots = 0;
/* Add POINTER to the list of garbage collectible pointers. A pointer
is not actually garbage collected until no info window contains a node
whose contents member is equal to the pointer. */
void
add_gcable_pointer (char *pointer)
{
gc_pointers ();
add_pointer_to_array (pointer, gcable_pointers_index, gcable_pointers,
gcable_pointers_slots, 10, char *);
}
/* Grovel the list of info windows and gc-able pointers finding those
node->contents which are collectible, and free them. */
void
gc_pointers (void)
{
register int i, j, k;
INFO_WINDOW *iw;
char **new = (char **)NULL;
int new_index = 0;
int new_slots = 0;
if (!info_windows || !gcable_pointers_index)
return;
for (i = 0; (iw = info_windows[i]); i++)
{
for (j = 0; j < iw->nodes_index; j++)
{
NODE *node = iw->nodes[j];
/* If this node->contents appears in our list of gcable_pointers,
it is not gc-able, so save it. */
for (k = 0; k < gcable_pointers_index; k++)
if (gcable_pointers[k] == node->contents)
{
add_pointer_to_array
(node->contents, new_index, new, new_slots, 10, char *);
break;
}
}
}
/* We have gathered all of the pointers which need to be saved. Free any
of the original pointers which do not appear in the new list. */
for (i = 0; i < gcable_pointers_index; i++)
{
for (j = 0; j < new_index; j++)
if (gcable_pointers[i] == new[j])
break;
/* If we got all the way through the new list, then the old pointer
can be garbage collected. */
if (new && !new[j])
free (gcable_pointers[i]);
}
free (gcable_pointers);
gcable_pointers = new;
gcable_pointers_slots = new_slots;
gcable_pointers_index = new_index;
}

37
contrib/texinfo/info/gc.h
View File

@ -1,37 +0,0 @@
/* gc.h -- Functions for garbage collecting unused node contents.
$Id: gc.h,v 1.3 2004/04/11 17:56:45 karl Exp $
This file is part of GNU Info, a program for reading online documentation
stored in Info format.
Copyright (C) 1993, 1997, 2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
Written by Brian Fox (bfox@ai.mit.edu). */
#ifndef INFO_GC_H
#define INFO_GC_H
/* Add POINTER to the list of garbage collectible pointers. A pointer
is not actually garbage collected until no info window contains a node
whose contents member is equal to the pointer. */
extern void add_gcable_pointer (char *pointer);
/* Grovel the list of info windows and gc-able pointers finding those
node->contents which are collectible, and free them. */
extern void gc_pointers (void);
#endif /* not INFO_GC_H */

735
contrib/texinfo/info/indices.c
View File

@ -1,735 +0,0 @@
/* indices.c -- deal with an Info file index.
$Id: indices.c,v 1.5 2004/04/11 17:56:45 karl Exp $
Copyright (C) 1993, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2002, 2003, 2004 Free Software
Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
Originally written by Brian Fox (bfox@ai.mit.edu). */
#include "info.h"
#include "indices.h"
/* User-visible variable controls the output of info-index-next. */
int show_index_match = 1;
/* In the Info sense, an index is a menu. This variable holds the last
parsed index. */
static REFERENCE **index_index = (REFERENCE **)NULL;
/* The offset of the most recently selected index element. */
static int index_offset = 0;
/* Variable which holds the last string searched for. */
static char *index_search = (char *)NULL;
/* A couple of "globals" describing where the initial index was found. */
static char *initial_index_filename = (char *)NULL;
static char *initial_index_nodename = (char *)NULL;
/* A structure associating index names with index offset ranges. */
typedef struct {
char *name; /* The nodename of this index. */
int first; /* The index in our list of the first entry. */
int last; /* The index in our list of the last entry. */
} INDEX_NAME_ASSOC;
/* An array associating index nodenames with index offset ranges. */
static INDEX_NAME_ASSOC **index_nodenames = (INDEX_NAME_ASSOC **)NULL;
static int index_nodenames_index = 0;
static int index_nodenames_slots = 0;
/* Add the name of NODE, and the range of the associated index elements
(passed in ARRAY) to index_nodenames. */
static void
add_index_to_index_nodenames (REFERENCE **array, NODE *node)
{
register int i, last;
INDEX_NAME_ASSOC *assoc;
for (last = 0; array[last + 1]; last++);
assoc = (INDEX_NAME_ASSOC *)xmalloc (sizeof (INDEX_NAME_ASSOC));
assoc->name = xstrdup (node->nodename);
if (!index_nodenames_index)
{
assoc->first = 0;
assoc->last = last;
}
else
{
for (i = 0; index_nodenames[i + 1]; i++);
assoc->first = 1 + index_nodenames[i]->last;
assoc->last = assoc->first + last;
}
add_pointer_to_array
(assoc, index_nodenames_index, index_nodenames, index_nodenames_slots,
10, INDEX_NAME_ASSOC *);
}
/* Find and return the indices of WINDOW's file. The indices are defined
as the first node in the file containing the word "Index" and any
immediately following nodes whose names also contain "Index". All such
indices are concatenated and the result returned. If WINDOW's info file
doesn't have any indices, a NULL pointer is returned. */
REFERENCE **
info_indices_of_window (WINDOW *window)
{
FILE_BUFFER *fb;
fb = file_buffer_of_window (window);
return (info_indices_of_file_buffer (fb));
}
REFERENCE **
info_indices_of_file_buffer (FILE_BUFFER *file_buffer)
{
register int i;
REFERENCE **result = (REFERENCE **)NULL;
/* No file buffer, no indices. */
if (!file_buffer)
return ((REFERENCE **)NULL);
/* Reset globals describing where the index was found. */
maybe_free (initial_index_filename);
maybe_free (initial_index_nodename);
initial_index_filename = (char *)NULL;
initial_index_nodename = (char *)NULL;
if (index_nodenames)
{
for (i = 0; index_nodenames[i]; i++)
{
free (index_nodenames[i]->name);
free (index_nodenames[i]);
}
index_nodenames_index = 0;
index_nodenames[0] = (INDEX_NAME_ASSOC *)NULL;
}
/* Grovel the names of the nodes found in this file. */
if (file_buffer->tags)
{
TAG *tag;
for (i = 0; (tag = file_buffer->tags[i]); i++)
{
if (string_in_line ("Index", tag->nodename) != -1)
{
NODE *node;
REFERENCE **menu;
/* Found one. Get its menu. */
node = info_get_node (tag->filename, tag->nodename);
if (!node)
continue;
/* Remember the filename and nodename of this index. */
initial_index_filename = xstrdup (file_buffer->filename);
initial_index_nodename = xstrdup (tag->nodename);
menu = info_menu_of_node (node);
/* If we have a menu, add this index's nodename and range
to our list of index_nodenames. */
if (menu)
{
add_index_to_index_nodenames (menu, node);
/* Concatenate the references found so far. */
result = info_concatenate_references (result, menu);
}
free (node);
}
}
}
/* If there is a result, clean it up so that every entry has a filename. */
for (i = 0; result && result[i]; i++)
if (!result[i]->filename)
result[i]->filename = xstrdup (file_buffer->filename);
return (result);
}
DECLARE_INFO_COMMAND (info_index_search,
_("Look up a string in the index for this file"))
{
do_info_index_search (window, count, 0);
}
/* Look up SEARCH_STRING in the index for this file. If SEARCH_STRING
is NULL, prompt user for input. */
void
do_info_index_search (WINDOW *window, int count, char *search_string)
{
FILE_BUFFER *fb;
char *line;
/* Reset the index offset, since this is not the info-index-next command. */
index_offset = 0;
/* The user is selecting a new search string, so flush the old one. */
maybe_free (index_search);
index_search = (char *)NULL;
/* If this window's file is not the same as the one that we last built an
index for, build and remember an index now. */
fb = file_buffer_of_window (window);
if (!initial_index_filename ||
(FILENAME_CMP (initial_index_filename, fb->filename) != 0))
{
info_free_references (index_index);
window_message_in_echo_area ((char *) _("Finding index entries..."),
NULL, NULL);
index_index = info_indices_of_file_buffer (fb);
}
/* If there is no index, quit now. */
if (!index_index)
{
info_error ((char *) _("No indices found."), NULL, NULL);
return;
}
/* Okay, there is an index. Look for SEARCH_STRING, or, if it is
empty, prompt for one. */
if (search_string && *search_string)
line = xstrdup (search_string);
else
{
line = info_read_maybe_completing (window, (char *) _("Index entry: "),
index_index);
window = active_window;
/* User aborted? */
if (!line)
{
info_abort_key (active_window, 1, 0);
return;
}
/* Empty line means move to the Index node. */
if (!*line)
{
free (line);
if (initial_index_filename && initial_index_nodename)
{
NODE *node;
node = info_get_node (initial_index_filename,
initial_index_nodename);
set_remembered_pagetop_and_point (window);
window_set_node_of_window (window, node);
remember_window_and_node (window, node);
window_clear_echo_area ();
return;
}
}
}
/* The user typed either a completed index label, or a partial string.
Find an exact match, or, failing that, the first index entry containing
the partial string. So, we just call info_next_index_match () with minor
manipulation of INDEX_OFFSET. */
{
int old_offset;
/* Start the search right after/before this index. */
if (count < 0)
{
register int i;
for (i = 0; index_index[i]; i++);
index_offset = i;
}
else
index_offset = -1;
old_offset = index_offset;
/* The "last" string searched for is this one. */
index_search = line;
/* Find it, or error. */
info_next_index_match (window, count, 0);
/* If the search failed, return the index offset to where it belongs. */
if (index_offset == old_offset)
index_offset = 0;
}
}
int
index_entry_exists (WINDOW *window, char *string)
{
register int i;
FILE_BUFFER *fb;
/* If there is no previous search string, the user hasn't built an index
yet. */
if (!string)
return 0;
fb = file_buffer_of_window (window);
if (!initial_index_filename
|| (FILENAME_CMP (initial_index_filename, fb->filename) != 0))
{
info_free_references (index_index);
index_index = info_indices_of_file_buffer (fb);
}
/* If there is no index, that is an error. */
if (!index_index)
return 0;
for (i = 0; (i > -1) && (index_index[i]); i++)
if (strcmp (string, index_index[i]->label) == 0)
break;
/* If that failed, look for the next substring match. */
if ((i < 0) || (!index_index[i]))
{
for (i = 0; (i > -1) && (index_index[i]); i++)
if (string_in_line (string, index_index[i]->label) != -1)
break;
if ((i > -1) && (index_index[i]))
string_in_line (string, index_index[i]->label);
}
/* If that failed, return 0. */
if ((i < 0) || (!index_index[i]))
return 0;
return 1;
}
DECLARE_INFO_COMMAND (info_next_index_match,
_("Go to the next matching index item from the last `\\[index-search]' command"))
{
register int i;
int partial, dir;
NODE *node;
/* If there is no previous search string, the user hasn't built an index
yet. */
if (!index_search)
{
info_error ((char *) _("No previous index search string."), NULL, NULL);
return;
}
/* If there is no index, that is an error. */
if (!index_index)
{
info_error ((char *) _("No index entries."), NULL, NULL);
return;
}
/* The direction of this search is controlled by the value of the
numeric argument. */
if (count < 0)
dir = -1;
else
dir = 1;
/* Search for the next occurence of index_search. First try to find
an exact match. */
partial = 0;
for (i = index_offset + dir; (i > -1) && (index_index[i]); i += dir)
if (strcmp (index_search, index_index[i]->label) == 0)
break;
/* If that failed, look for the next substring match. */
if ((i < 0) || (!index_index[i]))
{
for (i = index_offset + dir; (i > -1) && (index_index[i]); i += dir)
if (string_in_line (index_search, index_index[i]->label) != -1)
break;
if ((i > -1) && (index_index[i]))
partial = string_in_line (index_search, index_index[i]->label);
}
/* If that failed, print an error. */
if ((i < 0) || (!index_index[i]))
{
info_error ((char *) _("No %sindex entries containing `%s'."),
index_offset > 0 ? (char *) _("more ") : "", index_search);
return;
}
/* Okay, we found the next one. Move the offset to the current entry. */
index_offset = i;
/* Report to the user on what we have found. */
{
register int j;
const char *name = _("CAN'T SEE THIS");
char *match;
for (j = 0; index_nodenames[j]; j++)
{
if ((i >= index_nodenames[j]->first) &&
(i <= index_nodenames[j]->last))
{
name = index_nodenames[j]->name;
break;
}
}
/* If we had a partial match, indicate to the user which part of the
string matched. */
match = xstrdup (index_index[i]->label);
if (partial && show_index_match)
{
int k, ls, start, upper;
ls = strlen (index_search);
start = partial - ls;
upper = isupper (match[start]) ? 1 : 0;
for (k = 0; k < ls; k++)
if (upper)
match[k + start] = info_tolower (match[k + start]);
else
match[k + start] = info_toupper (match[k + start]);
}
{
char *format;
format = replace_in_documentation
((char *) _("Found `%s' in %s. (`\\[next-index-match]' tries to find next.)"),
0);
window_message_in_echo_area (format, match, (char *) name);
}
free (match);
}
/* Select the node corresponding to this index entry. */
node = info_get_node (index_index[i]->filename, index_index[i]->nodename);
if (!node)
{
info_error ((char *) msg_cant_file_node,
index_index[i]->filename, index_index[i]->nodename);
return;
}
info_set_node_of_window (1, window, node);
/* Try to find an occurence of LABEL in this node. */
{
long start, loc;
start = window->line_starts[1] - window->node->contents;
loc = info_target_search_node (node, index_index[i]->label, start);
if (loc != -1)
{
window->point = loc;
window_adjust_pagetop (window);
}
}
}
/* **************************************************************** */
/* */
/* Info APROPOS: Search every known index. */
/* */
/* **************************************************************** */
/* For every menu item in DIR, search the indices of that file for
SEARCH_STRING. */
REFERENCE **
apropos_in_all_indices (char *search_string, int inform)
{
register int i, dir_index;
REFERENCE **all_indices = (REFERENCE **)NULL;
REFERENCE **dir_menu = (REFERENCE **)NULL;
NODE *dir_node;
dir_node = info_get_node ("dir", "Top");
if (dir_node)
dir_menu = info_menu_of_node (dir_node);
if (!dir_menu)
return NULL;
/* For every menu item in DIR, get the associated node's file buffer and
read the indices of that file buffer. Gather all of the indices into
one large one. */
for (dir_index = 0; dir_menu[dir_index]; dir_index++)
{
REFERENCE **this_index, *this_item;
NODE *this_node;
FILE_BUFFER *this_fb;
int dir_node_duplicated = 0;
this_item = dir_menu[dir_index];
if (!this_item->filename)
{
dir_node_duplicated = 1;
if (dir_node->parent)
this_item->filename = xstrdup (dir_node->parent);
else
this_item->filename = xstrdup (dir_node->filename);
}
/* Find this node. If we cannot find it, try using the label of the
entry as a file (i.e., "(LABEL)Top"). */
this_node = info_get_node (this_item->filename, this_item->nodename);
if (!this_node && this_item->nodename &&
(strcmp (this_item->label, this_item->nodename) == 0))
this_node = info_get_node (this_item->label, "Top");
if (!this_node)
{
if (dir_node_duplicated)
free (this_item->filename);
continue;
}
/* Get the file buffer associated with this node. */
{
char *files_name;
files_name = this_node->parent;
if (!files_name)
files_name = this_node->filename;
this_fb = info_find_file (files_name);
/* If we already scanned this file, don't do that again.
In addition to being faster, this also avoids having
multiple identical entries in the *Apropos* menu. */
for (i = 0; i < dir_index; i++)
if (FILENAME_CMP (this_fb->filename, dir_menu[i]->filename) == 0)
break;
if (i < dir_index)
{
if (dir_node_duplicated)
free (this_item->filename);
continue;
}
if (this_fb && inform)
message_in_echo_area ((char *) _("Scanning indices of `%s'..."),
files_name, NULL);
this_index = info_indices_of_file_buffer (this_fb);
free (this_node);
if (this_fb && inform)
unmessage_in_echo_area ();
}
if (this_index)
{
/* Remember the filename which contains this set of references. */
for (i = 0; this_index && this_index[i]; i++)
if (!this_index[i]->filename)
this_index[i]->filename = xstrdup (this_fb->filename);
/* Concatenate with the other indices. */
all_indices = info_concatenate_references (all_indices, this_index);
}
}
info_free_references (dir_menu);
/* Build a list of the references which contain SEARCH_STRING. */
if (all_indices)
{
REFERENCE *entry, **apropos_list = (REFERENCE **)NULL;
int apropos_list_index = 0;
int apropos_list_slots = 0;
for (i = 0; (entry = all_indices[i]); i++)
{
if (string_in_line (search_string, entry->label) != -1)
{
add_pointer_to_array
(entry, apropos_list_index, apropos_list, apropos_list_slots,
100, REFERENCE *);
}
else
{
maybe_free (entry->label);
maybe_free (entry->filename);
maybe_free (entry->nodename);
free (entry);
}
}
free (all_indices);
all_indices = apropos_list;
}
return (all_indices);
}
#define APROPOS_NONE \
N_("No available info files have `%s' in their indices.")
void
info_apropos (char *string)
{
REFERENCE **apropos_list;
apropos_list = apropos_in_all_indices (string, 0);
if (!apropos_list)
info_error ((char *) _(APROPOS_NONE), string, NULL);
else
{
register int i;
REFERENCE *entry;
for (i = 0; (entry = apropos_list[i]); i++)
fprintf (stdout, "\"(%s)%s\" -- %s\n",
entry->filename, entry->nodename, entry->label);
}
info_free_references (apropos_list);
}
static char *apropos_list_nodename = "*Apropos*";
DECLARE_INFO_COMMAND (info_index_apropos,
_("Grovel all known info file's indices for a string and build a menu"))
{
char *line;
line = info_read_in_echo_area (window, (char *) _("Index apropos: "));
window = active_window;
/* User aborted? */
if (!line)
{
info_abort_key (window, 1, 1);
return;
}
/* User typed something? */
if (*line)
{
REFERENCE **apropos_list;
NODE *apropos_node;
apropos_list = apropos_in_all_indices (line, 1);
if (!apropos_list)
info_error ((char *) _(APROPOS_NONE), line, NULL);
else
{
register int i;
char *line_buffer;
initialize_message_buffer ();
printf_to_message_buffer
((char *) _("\n* Menu: Nodes whose indices contain `%s':\n"),
line, NULL, NULL);
line_buffer = (char *)xmalloc (500);
for (i = 0; apropos_list[i]; i++)
{
int len;
/* The label might be identical to that of another index
entry in another Info file. Therefore, we make the file
name part of the menu entry, to make them all distinct. */
sprintf (line_buffer, "* %s [%s]: ",
apropos_list[i]->label, apropos_list[i]->filename);
len = pad_to (40, line_buffer);
sprintf (line_buffer + len, "(%s)%s.",
apropos_list[i]->filename, apropos_list[i]->nodename);
printf_to_message_buffer ("%s\n", line_buffer, NULL, NULL);
}
free (line_buffer);
}
apropos_node = message_buffer_to_node ();
add_gcable_pointer (apropos_node->contents);
name_internal_node (apropos_node, apropos_list_nodename);
/* Even though this is an internal node, we don't want the window
system to treat it specially. So we turn off the internalness
of it here. */
apropos_node->flags &= ~N_IsInternal;
/* Find/Create a window to contain this node. */
{
WINDOW *new;
NODE *node;
set_remembered_pagetop_and_point (window);
/* If a window is visible and showing an apropos list already,
re-use it. */
for (new = windows; new; new = new->next)
{
node = new->node;
if (internal_info_node_p (node) &&
(strcmp (node->nodename, apropos_list_nodename) == 0))
break;
}
/* If we couldn't find an existing window, try to use the next window
in the chain. */
if (!new && window->next)
new = window->next;
/* If we still don't have a window, make a new one to contain
the list. */
if (!new)
{
WINDOW *old_active;
old_active = active_window;
active_window = window;
new = window_make_window ((NODE *)NULL);
active_window = old_active;
}
/* If we couldn't make a new window, use this one. */
if (!new)
new = window;
/* Lines do not wrap in this window. */
new->flags |= W_NoWrap;
window_set_node_of_window (new, apropos_node);
remember_window_and_node (new, apropos_node);
active_window = new;
}
info_free_references (apropos_list);
}
free (line);
if (!info_error_was_printed)
window_clear_echo_area ();
}

45
contrib/texinfo/info/indices.h
View File

@ -1,45 +0,0 @@
/* indices.h -- Functions defined in indices.c.
$Id: indices.h,v 1.3 2004/04/11 17:56:45 karl Exp $
This file is part of GNU Info, a program for reading online documentation
stored in Info format.
Copyright (C) 1993, 1997, 2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
Written by Brian Fox (bfox@ai.mit.edu). */
#ifndef INFO_INDICES_H
#define INFO_INDICES_H
/* User-visible variable controls the output of info-index-next. */
extern int show_index_match;
extern REFERENCE **info_indices_of_window (WINDOW *window);
extern REFERENCE **info_indices_of_file_buffer (FILE_BUFFER *file_buffer);
extern void info_apropos (char *string);
/* For every menu item in DIR, search the indices of that file for STRING. */
REFERENCE **apropos_in_all_indices (char *search_string, int inform);
/* User visible functions declared in indices.c. */
extern void info_index_search (WINDOW *window, int count, unsigned char key);
extern void info_next_index_match (WINDOW *window, int count, unsigned char key);
extern void info_index_apropos (WINDOW *window, int count, unsigned char key);
extern void do_info_index_search (WINDOW *window, int count, char *search_string);
extern int index_entry_exists (WINDOW *window, char *string);
#endif /* not INFO_INDICES_H */

701
contrib/texinfo/info/info-utils.c
View File

@ -1,701 +0,0 @@
/* info-utils.c -- miscellanous.
$Id: info-utils.c,v 1.4 2004/04/11 17:56:45 karl Exp $
Copyright (C) 1993, 1998, 2003, 2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
Originally written by Brian Fox (bfox@ai.mit.edu). */
#include "info.h"
#include "info-utils.h"
#if defined (HANDLE_MAN_PAGES)
# include "man.h"
#endif /* HANDLE_MAN_PAGES */
/* When non-zero, various display and input functions handle ISO Latin
character sets correctly. */
int ISO_Latin_p = 1;
/* Variable which holds the most recent filename parsed as a result of
calling info_parse_xxx (). */
char *info_parsed_filename = (char *)NULL;
/* Variable which holds the most recent nodename parsed as a result of
calling info_parse_xxx (). */
char *info_parsed_nodename = (char *)NULL;
/* Variable which holds the most recent line number parsed as a result of
calling info_parse_xxx (). */
int info_parsed_line_number = 0;
/* Functions to remember a filename or nodename for later return. */
static void save_filename (char *filename);
static void saven_filename (char *filename, int len);
static void save_nodename (char *nodename);
static void saven_nodename (char *nodename, int len);
/* How to get a reference (either menu or cross). */
static REFERENCE **info_references_internal (char *label,
SEARCH_BINDING *binding);
/* Parse the filename and nodename out of STRING. If STRING doesn't
contain a filename (i.e., it is NOT (FILENAME)NODENAME) then set
INFO_PARSED_FILENAME to NULL. If second argument NEWLINES_OKAY is
non-zero, it says to allow the nodename specification to cross a
newline boundary (i.e., only `,', `.', or `TAB' can end the spec). */
void
info_parse_node (char *string, int newlines_okay)
{
register int i = 0;
/* Default the answer. */
save_filename ((char *)NULL);
save_nodename ((char *)NULL);
/* Special case of nothing passed. Return nothing. */
if (!string || !*string)
return;
string += skip_whitespace (string);
/* Check for (FILENAME)NODENAME. */
if (*string == '(')
{
i = 0;
/* Advance past the opening paren. */
string++;
/* Find the closing paren. */
while (string[i] && string[i] != ')')
i++;
/* Remember parsed filename. */
saven_filename (string, i);
/* Point directly at the nodename. */
string += i;
if (*string)
string++;
}
/* Parse out nodename. */
i = skip_node_characters (string, newlines_okay);
saven_nodename (string, i);
canonicalize_whitespace (info_parsed_nodename);
if (info_parsed_nodename && !*info_parsed_nodename)
{
free (info_parsed_nodename);
info_parsed_nodename = (char *)NULL;
}
/* Parse ``(line ...)'' part of menus, if any. */
{
char *rest = string + i;
/* Advance only if it's not already at end of string. */
if (*rest)
rest++;
/* Skip any whitespace first, and then a newline in case the item
was so long to contain the ``(line ...)'' string in the same
physical line. */
while (whitespace(*rest))
rest++;
if (*rest == '\n')
{
rest++;
while (whitespace(*rest))
rest++;
}
/* Are we looking at an opening parenthesis? That can only mean
we have a winner. :) */
if (strncmp (rest, "(line ", strlen ("(line ")) == 0)
{
rest += strlen ("(line ");
info_parsed_line_number = strtol (rest, NULL, 0);
}
else
info_parsed_line_number = 0;
}
}
/* Return the node addressed by LABEL in NODE (usually one of "Prev:",
"Next:", "Up:", "File:", or "Node:". After a call to this function,
the global INFO_PARSED_NODENAME and INFO_PARSED_FILENAME contain
the information. */
void
info_parse_label (char *label, NODE *node)
{
register int i;
char *nodeline;
/* Default answer to failure. */
save_nodename ((char *)NULL);
save_filename ((char *)NULL);
/* Find the label in the first line of this node. */
nodeline = node->contents;
i = string_in_line (label, nodeline);
if (i == -1)
return;
nodeline += i;
nodeline += skip_whitespace (nodeline);
info_parse_node (nodeline, DONT_SKIP_NEWLINES);
}
/* **************************************************************** */
/* */
/* Finding and Building Menus */
/* */
/* **************************************************************** */
/* Return a NULL terminated array of REFERENCE * which represents the menu
found in NODE. If there is no menu in NODE, just return a NULL pointer. */
REFERENCE **
info_menu_of_node (NODE *node)
{
long position;
SEARCH_BINDING tmp_search;
REFERENCE **menu = (REFERENCE **)NULL;
tmp_search.buffer = node->contents;
tmp_search.start = 0;
tmp_search.end = node->nodelen;
tmp_search.flags = S_FoldCase;
/* Find the start of the menu. */
position = search_forward (INFO_MENU_LABEL, &tmp_search);
if (position == -1)
return ((REFERENCE **) NULL);
/* We have the start of the menu now. Glean menu items from the rest
of the node. */
tmp_search.start = position + strlen (INFO_MENU_LABEL);
tmp_search.start += skip_line (tmp_search.buffer + tmp_search.start);
tmp_search.start--;
menu = info_menu_items (&tmp_search);
return (menu);
}
/* Return a NULL terminated array of REFERENCE * which represents the cross
refrences found in NODE. If there are no cross references in NODE, just
return a NULL pointer. */
REFERENCE **
info_xrefs_of_node (NODE *node)
{
SEARCH_BINDING tmp_search;
#if defined (HANDLE_MAN_PAGES)
if (node->flags & N_IsManPage)
return (xrefs_of_manpage (node));
#endif
tmp_search.buffer = node->contents;
tmp_search.start = 0;
tmp_search.end = node->nodelen;
tmp_search.flags = S_FoldCase;
return (info_xrefs (&tmp_search));
}
/* Glean menu entries from BINDING->buffer + BINDING->start until we
have looked at the entire contents of BINDING. Return an array
of REFERENCE * that represents each menu item in this range. */
REFERENCE **
info_menu_items (SEARCH_BINDING *binding)
{
return (info_references_internal (INFO_MENU_ENTRY_LABEL, binding));
}
/* Glean cross references from BINDING->buffer + BINDING->start until
BINDING->end. Return an array of REFERENCE * that represents each
cross reference in this range. */
REFERENCE **
info_xrefs (SEARCH_BINDING *binding)
{
return (info_references_internal (INFO_XREF_LABEL, binding));
}
/* Glean cross references or menu items from BINDING. Return an array
of REFERENCE * that represents the items found. */
static REFERENCE **
info_references_internal (char *label, SEARCH_BINDING *binding)
{
SEARCH_BINDING tmp_search;
REFERENCE **refs = (REFERENCE **)NULL;
int refs_index = 0, refs_slots = 0;
int searching_for_menu_items = 0;
long position;
tmp_search.buffer = binding->buffer;
tmp_search.start = binding->start;
tmp_search.end = binding->end;
tmp_search.flags = S_FoldCase | S_SkipDest;
searching_for_menu_items = (strcasecmp (label, INFO_MENU_ENTRY_LABEL) == 0);
while ((position = search_forward (label, &tmp_search)) != -1)
{
int offset, start;
char *refdef;
REFERENCE *entry;
tmp_search.start = position;
tmp_search.start += skip_whitespace (tmp_search.buffer + tmp_search.start);
start = tmp_search.start - binding->start;
refdef = tmp_search.buffer + tmp_search.start;
offset = string_in_line (":", refdef);
/* When searching for menu items, if no colon, there is no
menu item on this line. */
if (offset == -1)
{
if (searching_for_menu_items)
continue;
else
{
int temp;
temp = skip_line (refdef);
offset = string_in_line (":", refdef + temp);
if (offset == -1)
continue; /* Give up? */
else
offset += temp;
}
}
entry = (REFERENCE *)xmalloc (sizeof (REFERENCE));
entry->filename = (char *)NULL;
entry->nodename = (char *)NULL;
entry->label = (char *)xmalloc (offset);
strncpy (entry->label, refdef, offset - 1);
entry->label[offset - 1] = '\0';
canonicalize_whitespace (entry->label);
refdef += offset;
entry->start = start;
entry->end = refdef - binding->buffer;
/* If this reference entry continues with another ':' then the
nodename is the same as the label. */
if (*refdef == ':')
{
entry->nodename = xstrdup (entry->label);
}
else
{
/* This entry continues with a specific nodename. Parse the
nodename from the specification. */
refdef += skip_whitespace_and_newlines (refdef);
if (searching_for_menu_items)
info_parse_node (refdef, DONT_SKIP_NEWLINES);
else
info_parse_node (refdef, SKIP_NEWLINES);
if (info_parsed_filename)
entry->filename = xstrdup (info_parsed_filename);
if (info_parsed_nodename)
entry->nodename = xstrdup (info_parsed_nodename);
entry->line_number = info_parsed_line_number;
}
add_pointer_to_array
(entry, refs_index, refs, refs_slots, 50, REFERENCE *);
}
return (refs);
}
/* Get the entry associated with LABEL in REFERENCES. Return a pointer
to the ENTRY if found, or NULL. */
REFERENCE *
info_get_labeled_reference (char *label, REFERENCE **references)
{
register int i;
REFERENCE *entry;
for (i = 0; references && (entry = references[i]); i++)
{
if (strcmp (label, entry->label) == 0)
return (entry);
}
return ((REFERENCE *)NULL);
}
/* A utility function for concatenating REFERENCE **. Returns a new
REFERENCE ** which is the concatenation of REF1 and REF2. The REF1
and REF2 arrays are freed, but their contents are not. */
REFERENCE **
info_concatenate_references (REFERENCE **ref1, REFERENCE **ref2)
{
register int i, j;
REFERENCE **result;
int size;
/* With one argument passed as NULL, simply return the other arg. */
if (!ref1)
return (ref2);
else if (!ref2)
return (ref1);
/* Get the total size of the slots that we will need. */
for (i = 0; ref1[i]; i++);
size = i;
for (i = 0; ref2[i]; i++);
size += i;
result = (REFERENCE **)xmalloc ((1 + size) * sizeof (REFERENCE *));
/* Copy the contents over. */
for (i = 0; ref1[i]; i++)
result[i] = ref1[i];
j = i;
for (i = 0; ref2[i]; i++)
result[j++] = ref2[i];
result[j] = (REFERENCE *)NULL;
free (ref1);
free (ref2);
return (result);
}
/* Copy a reference structure. Since we tend to free everything at
every opportunity, we don't share any points, but copy everything into
new memory. */
REFERENCE *
info_copy_reference (REFERENCE *src)
{
REFERENCE *dest = xmalloc (sizeof (REFERENCE));
dest->label = src->label ? xstrdup (src->label) : NULL;
dest->filename = src->filename ? xstrdup (src->filename) : NULL;
dest->nodename = src->nodename ? xstrdup (src->nodename) : NULL;
dest->start = src->start;
dest->end = src->end;
return dest;
}
/* Free the data associated with REFERENCES. */
void
info_free_references (REFERENCE **references)
{
register int i;
REFERENCE *entry;
if (references)
{
for (i = 0; references && (entry = references[i]); i++)
{
maybe_free (entry->label);
maybe_free (entry->filename);
maybe_free (entry->nodename);
free (entry);
}
free (references);
}
}
/* Search for sequences of whitespace or newlines in STRING, replacing
all such sequences with just a single space. Remove whitespace from
start and end of string. */
void
canonicalize_whitespace (char *string)
{
register int i, j;
int len, whitespace_found, whitespace_loc = 0;
char *temp;
if (!string)
return;
len = strlen (string);
temp = (char *)xmalloc (1 + len);
/* Search for sequences of whitespace or newlines. Replace all such
sequences in the string with just a single space. */
whitespace_found = 0;
for (i = 0, j = 0; string[i]; i++)
{
if (whitespace_or_newline (string[i]))
{
whitespace_found++;
whitespace_loc = i;
continue;
}
else
{
if (whitespace_found && whitespace_loc)
{
whitespace_found = 0;
/* Suppress whitespace at start of string. */
if (j)
temp[j++] = ' ';
}
temp[j++] = string[i];
}
}
/* Kill trailing whitespace. */
if (j && whitespace (temp[j - 1]))
j--;
temp[j] = '\0';
strcpy (string, temp);
free (temp);
}
/* String representation of a char returned by printed_representation (). */
static char the_rep[10];
/* Return a pointer to a string which is the printed representation
of CHARACTER if it were printed at HPOS. */
char *
printed_representation (unsigned char character, int hpos)
{
register int i = 0;
int printable_limit = ISO_Latin_p ? 255 : 127;
if (raw_escapes_p && character == '\033')
the_rep[i++] = character;
/* Show CTRL-x as ^X. */
else if (iscntrl (character) && character < 127)
{
switch (character)
{
case '\r':
case '\n':
the_rep[i++] = character;
break;
case '\t':
{
int tw;
tw = ((hpos + 8) & 0xf8) - hpos;
while (i < tw)
the_rep[i++] = ' ';
}
break;
default:
the_rep[i++] = '^';
the_rep[i++] = (character | 0x40);
}
}
/* Show META-x as 0370. */
else if (character > printable_limit)
{
sprintf (the_rep + i, "\\%0o", character);
i = strlen (the_rep);
}
else if (character == DEL)
{
the_rep[i++] = '^';
the_rep[i++] = '?';
}
else
the_rep[i++] = character;
the_rep[i] = 0;
return the_rep;
}
/* **************************************************************** */
/* */
/* Functions Static To This File */
/* */
/* **************************************************************** */
/* Amount of space allocated to INFO_PARSED_FILENAME via xmalloc (). */
static int parsed_filename_size = 0;
/* Amount of space allocated to INFO_PARSED_NODENAME via xmalloc (). */
static int parsed_nodename_size = 0;
static void save_string (char *string, char **string_p, int *string_size_p);
static void saven_string (char *string, int len, char **string_p,
int *string_size_p);
/* Remember FILENAME in PARSED_FILENAME. An empty FILENAME is translated
to a NULL pointer in PARSED_FILENAME. */
static void
save_filename (char *filename)
{
save_string (filename, &info_parsed_filename, &parsed_filename_size);
}
/* Just like save_filename (), but you pass the length of the string. */
static void
saven_filename (char *filename, int len)
{
saven_string (filename, len,
&info_parsed_filename, &parsed_filename_size);
}
/* Remember NODENAME in PARSED_NODENAME. An empty NODENAME is translated
to a NULL pointer in PARSED_NODENAME. */
static void
save_nodename (char *nodename)
{
save_string (nodename, &info_parsed_nodename, &parsed_nodename_size);
}
/* Just like save_nodename (), but you pass the length of the string. */
static void
saven_nodename (char *nodename, int len)
{
saven_string (nodename, len,
&info_parsed_nodename, &parsed_nodename_size);
}
/* Remember STRING in STRING_P. STRING_P should currently have STRING_SIZE_P
bytes allocated to it. An empty STRING is translated to a NULL pointer
in STRING_P. */
static void
save_string (char *string, char **string_p, int *string_size_p)
{
if (!string || !*string)
{
if (*string_p)
free (*string_p);
*string_p = (char *)NULL;
*string_size_p = 0;
}
else
{
if (strlen (string) >= (unsigned int) *string_size_p)
*string_p = (char *)xrealloc
(*string_p, (*string_size_p = 1 + strlen (string)));
strcpy (*string_p, string);
}
}
/* Just like save_string (), but you also pass the length of STRING. */
static void
saven_string (char *string, int len, char **string_p, int *string_size_p)
{
if (!string)
{
if (*string_p)
free (*string_p);
*string_p = (char *)NULL;
*string_size_p = 0;
}
else
{
if (len >= *string_size_p)
*string_p = (char *)xrealloc (*string_p, (*string_size_p = 1 + len));
strncpy (*string_p, string, len);
(*string_p)[len] = '\0';
}
}
/* Return a pointer to the part of PATHNAME that simply defines the file. */
char *
filename_non_directory (char *pathname)
{
register char *filename = pathname + strlen (pathname);
if (HAVE_DRIVE (pathname))
pathname += 2;
while (filename > pathname && !IS_SLASH (filename[-1]))
filename--;
return (filename);
}
/* Return non-zero if NODE is one especially created by Info. */
int
internal_info_node_p (NODE *node)
{
#if defined (NEVER)
if (node &&
(node->filename && !*node->filename) &&
!node->parent && node->nodename)
return (1);
else
return (0);
#else
return ((node != (NODE *)NULL) && ((node->flags & N_IsInternal) != 0));
#endif /* !NEVER */
}
/* Make NODE appear to be one especially created by Info. */
void
name_internal_node (NODE *node, char *name)
{
if (!node)
return;
node->filename = "";
node->parent = (char *)NULL;
node->nodename = name;
node->flags |= N_IsInternal;
}
/* Return the window displaying NAME, the name of an internally created
Info window. */
WINDOW *
get_internal_info_window (char *name)
{
WINDOW *win;
for (win = windows; win; win = win->next)
if (internal_info_node_p (win->node) &&
(strcmp (win->node->nodename, name) == 0))
break;
return (win);
}
/* Return a window displaying the node NODE. */
WINDOW *
get_window_of_node (NODE *node)
{
WINDOW *win = (WINDOW *)NULL;
for (win = windows; win; win = win->next)
if (win->node == node)
break;
return (win);
}

136
contrib/texinfo/info/info-utils.h
View File

@ -1,136 +0,0 @@
/* info-utils.h -- Exported functions and variables from info-utils.c.
$Id: info-utils.h,v 1.4 2004/04/11 17:56:45 karl Exp $
Copyright (C) 1993, 1996, 1998, 2002, 2003, 2004 Free Software
Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
Written by Brian Fox (bfox@ai.mit.edu). */
#ifndef INFO_UTILS_H
#define INFO_UTILS_H
#include "nodes.h"
#include "window.h"
#include "search.h"
/* Structure which describes a node reference, such as a menu entry or
cross reference. Arrays of such references can be built by calling
info_menus_of_node () or info_xrefs_of_node (). */
typedef struct {
char *label; /* User Label. */
char *filename; /* File where this node can be found. */
char *nodename; /* Name of the node. */
int start, end; /* Offsets within the containing node of LABEL. */
int line_number; /* Specific line number a menu item points to. */
} REFERENCE;
/* When non-zero, various display and input functions handle ISO Latin
character sets correctly. */
extern int ISO_Latin_p;
/* Variable which holds the most recent filename parsed as a result of
calling info_parse_xxx (). */
extern char *info_parsed_filename;
/* Variable which holds the most recent nodename parsed as a result of
calling info_parse_xxx (). */
extern char *info_parsed_nodename;
/* Parse the filename and nodename out of STRING. If STRING doesn't
contain a filename (i.e., it is NOT (FILENAME)NODENAME) then set
INFO_PARSED_FILENAME to NULL. If second argument NEWLINES_OKAY is
non-zero, it says to allow the nodename specification to cross a
newline boundary (i.e., only `,', `.', or `TAB' can end the spec). */
void info_parse_node (char *string, int newlines_okay);
/* Return a NULL terminated array of REFERENCE * which represents the menu
found in NODE. If there is no menu in NODE, just return a NULL pointer. */
extern REFERENCE **info_menu_of_node (NODE *node);
/* Return a NULL terminated array of REFERENCE * which represents the cross
refrences found in NODE. If there are no cross references in NODE, just
return a NULL pointer. */
extern REFERENCE **info_xrefs_of_node (NODE *node);
/* Glean cross references from BINDING->buffer + BINDING->start until
BINDING->end. Return an array of REFERENCE * that represents each
cross reference in this range. */
extern REFERENCE **info_xrefs (SEARCH_BINDING *binding);
/* Get the entry associated with LABEL in REFERENCES. Return a pointer to
the reference if found, or NULL. */
extern REFERENCE *info_get_labeled_reference (char *label,
REFERENCE **references);
/* Glean menu entries from BINDING->buffer + BINDING->start until we
have looked at the entire contents of BINDING. Return an array
of REFERENCE * that represents each menu item in this range. */
extern REFERENCE **info_menu_items (SEARCH_BINDING *binding);
/* A utility function for concatenating REFERENCE **. Returns a new
REFERENCE ** which is the concatenation of REF1 and REF2. The REF1
and REF2 arrays are freed, but their contents are not. */
REFERENCE **info_concatenate_references (REFERENCE **ref1, REFERENCE **ref2);
/* Copy an existing reference into new memory. */
extern REFERENCE *info_copy_reference (REFERENCE *src);
/* Free the data associated with REFERENCES. */
extern void info_free_references (REFERENCE **references);
/* Search for sequences of whitespace or newlines in STRING, replacing
all such sequences with just a single space. Remove whitespace from
start and end of string. */
void canonicalize_whitespace (char *string);
/* Return a pointer to a string which is the printed representation
of CHARACTER if it were printed at HPOS. */
extern char *printed_representation (unsigned char character, int hpos);
/* Return a pointer to the part of PATHNAME that simply defines the file. */
extern char *filename_non_directory (char *pathname);
/* Return non-zero if NODE is one especially created by Info. */
extern int internal_info_node_p (NODE *node);
/* Make NODE appear to be one especially created by Info, and give it NAME. */
extern void name_internal_node (NODE *node, char *name);
/* Return the window displaying NAME, the name of an internally created
Info window. */
extern WINDOW *get_internal_info_window (char *name);
/* Return a window displaying the node NODE. */
extern WINDOW *get_window_of_node (NODE *node);
/* Return the node addressed by LABEL in NODE (usually one of "Prev:",
"Next:", "Up:", "File:", or "Node:". After a call to this function,
the globals `info_parsed_nodename' and `info_parsed_filename' contain
the information. */
extern void info_parse_label (char *label, NODE *node);
#define info_file_label_of_node(n) info_parse_label (INFO_FILE_LABEL, n)
#define info_next_label_of_node(n) info_parse_label (INFO_NEXT_LABEL, n)
#define info_up_label_of_node(n) info_parse_label (INFO_UP_LABEL, n)
#define info_prev_label_of_node(n) \
do { \
info_parse_label (INFO_PREV_LABEL, n); \
if (!info_parsed_nodename && !info_parsed_filename) \
info_parse_label (INFO_ALTPREV_LABEL, n); \
} while (0)
#endif /* not INFO_UTILS_H */

685
contrib/texinfo/info/info.c
View File

@ -1,685 +0,0 @@
/* info.c -- Display nodes of Info files in multiple windows.
$Id: info.c,v 1.11 2004/04/11 17:56:45 karl Exp $
Copyright (C) 1993, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003,
2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
Written by Brian Fox (bfox@ai.mit.edu). */
#include "info.h"
#include "indices.h"
#include "dribble.h"
#include "getopt.h"
#if defined (HANDLE_MAN_PAGES)
# include "man.h"
#endif /* HANDLE_MAN_PAGES */
static char *program_name = "info";
/* Non-zero means search all indices for APROPOS_SEARCH_STRING. */
static int apropos_p = 0;
/* Variable containing the string to search for when apropos_p is non-zero. */
static char *apropos_search_string = (char *)NULL;
/* Non-zero means search all indices for INDEX_SEARCH_STRING. Unlike
apropos, this puts the user at the node, running info. */
static int index_search_p = 0;
/* Non-zero means look for the node which describes the invocation
and command-line options of the program, and start the info
session at that node. */
static int goto_invocation_p = 0;
/* Variable containing the string to search for when index_search_p is
non-zero. */
static char *index_search_string = (char *)NULL;
/* Non-zero means print version info only. */
static int print_version_p = 0;
/* Non-zero means print a short description of the options. */
static int print_help_p = 0;
/* Array of the names of nodes that the user specified with "--node" on the
command line. */
static char **user_nodenames = (char **)NULL;
static int user_nodenames_index = 0;
static int user_nodenames_slots = 0;
/* String specifying the first file to load. This string can only be set
by the user specifying "--file" on the command line. */
static char *user_filename = (char *)NULL;
/* String specifying the name of the file to dump nodes to. This value is
filled if the user speficies "--output" on the command line. */
static char *user_output_filename = (char *)NULL;
/* Non-zero indicates that when "--output" is specified, all of the menu
items of the specified nodes (and their subnodes as well) should be
dumped in the order encountered. This basically can print a book. */
int dump_subnodes = 0;
/* Non-zero means make default keybindings be loosely modeled on vi(1). */
int vi_keys_p = 0;
/* Non-zero means don't remove ANSI escape sequences. */
int raw_escapes_p = 1;
/* Non-zero means print the absolute location of the file to be loaded. */
static int print_where_p = 0;
#ifdef __MSDOS__
/* Non-zero indicates that screen output should be made 'speech-friendly'.
Since on MSDOS the usual behavior is to write directly to the video
memory, speech synthesizer software cannot grab the output. Therefore,
we provide a user option which tells us to avoid direct screen output
and use stdout instead (which loses the color output). */
int speech_friendly = 0;
#endif
/* Structure describing the options that Info accepts. We pass this structure
to getopt_long (). If you add or otherwise change this structure, you must
also change the string which follows it. */
#define APROPOS_OPTION 1
#define DRIBBLE_OPTION 2
#define RESTORE_OPTION 3
#define IDXSRCH_OPTION 4
static struct option long_options[] = {
{ "apropos", 1, 0, APROPOS_OPTION },
{ "directory", 1, 0, 'd' },
{ "dribble", 1, 0, DRIBBLE_OPTION },
{ "file", 1, 0, 'f' },
{ "help", 0, &print_help_p, 1 },
{ "index-search", 1, 0, IDXSRCH_OPTION },
{ "location", 0, &print_where_p, 1 },
{ "node", 1, 0, 'n' },
{ "output", 1, 0, 'o' },
{ "raw-escapes", 0, &raw_escapes_p, 1 },
{ "no-raw-escapes", 0, &raw_escapes_p, 0 },
{ "restore", 1, 0, RESTORE_OPTION },
{ "show-options", 0, 0, 'O' },
{ "subnodes", 0, &dump_subnodes, 1 },
{ "usage", 0, 0, 'O' },
{ "version", 0, &print_version_p, 1 },
{ "vi-keys", 0, &vi_keys_p, 1 },
{ "where", 0, &print_where_p, 1 },
#ifdef __MSDOS__
{ "speech-friendly", 0, &speech_friendly, 1 },
#endif
{NULL, 0, NULL, 0}
};
/* String describing the shorthand versions of the long options found above. */
#ifdef __MSDOS__
static char *short_options = "d:n:f:ho:ORswb";
#else
static char *short_options = "d:n:f:ho:ORws";
#endif
/* When non-zero, the Info window system has been initialized. */
int info_windows_initialized_p = 0;
/* Some "forward" declarations. */
static void info_short_help (void);
static void init_messages (void);
/* **************************************************************** */
/* */
/* Main Entry Point to the Info Program */
/* */
/* **************************************************************** */
int
main (int argc, char **argv)
{
int getopt_long_index; /* Index returned by getopt_long (). */
NODE *initial_node; /* First node loaded by Info. */
#ifdef HAVE_SETLOCALE
/* Set locale via LC_ALL. */
setlocale (LC_ALL, "");
#endif
#ifdef ENABLE_NLS
/* Set the text message domain. */
bindtextdomain (PACKAGE, LOCALEDIR);
textdomain (PACKAGE);
#endif
init_messages ();
while (1)
{
int option_character;
option_character = getopt_long
(argc, argv, short_options, long_options, &getopt_long_index);
/* getopt_long returns EOF when there are no more long options. */
if (option_character == EOF)
break;
/* If this is a long option, then get the short version of it. */
if (option_character == 0 && long_options[getopt_long_index].flag == 0)
option_character = long_options[getopt_long_index].val;
/* Case on the option that we have received. */
switch (option_character)
{
case 0:
break;
/* User wants to add a directory. */
case 'd':
info_add_path (optarg, INFOPATH_PREPEND);
break;
/* User is specifying a particular node. */
case 'n':
add_pointer_to_array (optarg, user_nodenames_index, user_nodenames,
user_nodenames_slots, 10, char *);
break;
/* User is specifying a particular Info file. */
case 'f':
if (user_filename)
free (user_filename);
user_filename = xstrdup (optarg);
break;
/* Treat -h like --help. */
case 'h':
print_help_p = 1;
break;
/* User is specifying the name of a file to output to. */
case 'o':
if (user_output_filename)
free (user_output_filename);
user_output_filename = xstrdup (optarg);
break;
/* User has specified that she wants to find the "Options"
or "Invocation" node for the program. */
case 'O':
goto_invocation_p = 1;
break;
/* User has specified that she wants the escape sequences
in man pages to be passed thru unaltered. */
case 'R':
raw_escapes_p = 1;
break;
/* User is specifying that she wishes to dump the subnodes of
the node that she is dumping. */
case 's':
dump_subnodes = 1;
break;
/* For compatibility with man, -w is --where. */
case 'w':
print_where_p = 1;
break;
#ifdef __MSDOS__
/* User wants speech-friendly output. */
case 'b':
speech_friendly = 1;
break;
#endif /* __MSDOS__ */
/* User has specified a string to search all indices for. */
case APROPOS_OPTION:
apropos_p = 1;
maybe_free (apropos_search_string);
apropos_search_string = xstrdup (optarg);
break;
/* User has specified a dribble file to receive keystrokes. */
case DRIBBLE_OPTION:
close_dribble_file ();
open_dribble_file (optarg);
break;
/* User has specified an alternate input stream. */
case RESTORE_OPTION:
info_set_input_from_file (optarg);
break;
/* User has specified a string to search all indices for. */
case IDXSRCH_OPTION:
index_search_p = 1;
maybe_free (index_search_string);
index_search_string = xstrdup (optarg);
break;
default:
fprintf (stderr, _("Try --help for more information.\n"));
xexit (1);
}
}
/* If the output device is not a terminal, and no output filename has been
specified, make user_output_filename be "-", so that the info is written
to stdout, and turn on the dumping of subnodes. */
if ((!isatty (fileno (stdout))) && (user_output_filename == (char *)NULL))
{
user_output_filename = xstrdup ("-");
dump_subnodes = 1;
}
/* If the user specified --version, then show the version and exit. */
if (print_version_p)
{
printf ("%s (GNU %s) %s\n", program_name, PACKAGE, VERSION);
puts ("");
puts ("Copyright (C) 2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc.");
printf (_("There is NO warranty. You may redistribute this software\n\
under the terms of the GNU General Public License.\n\
For more information about these matters, see the files named COPYING.\n"));
xexit (0);
}
/* If the `--help' option was present, show the help and exit. */
if (print_help_p)
{
info_short_help ();
xexit (0);
}
/* If the user hasn't specified a path for Info files, default it.
Lowest priority is our messy hardwired list in filesys.h.
Then comes the user's INFODIR from the Makefile.
Highest priority is the environment variable, if set. */
if (!infopath)
{
char *path_from_env = getenv ("INFOPATH");
if (path_from_env)
{
unsigned len = strlen (path_from_env);
/* Trailing : on INFOPATH means insert the default path. */
if (len && path_from_env[len - 1] == PATH_SEP[0])
{
path_from_env[len - 1] = 0;
info_add_path (DEFAULT_INFOPATH, INFOPATH_PREPEND);
}
#ifdef INFODIR /* from the Makefile */
info_add_path (INFODIR, INFOPATH_PREPEND);
#endif
info_add_path (path_from_env, INFOPATH_PREPEND);
}
else
{
info_add_path (DEFAULT_INFOPATH, INFOPATH_PREPEND);
#ifdef INFODIR /* from the Makefile */
info_add_path (INFODIR, INFOPATH_PREPEND);
#endif
#ifdef INFODIR2 /* from the Makefile, too */
# ifdef INFODIR
if (!STREQ (INFODIR, INFODIR2))
# endif
info_add_path (INFODIR2, INFOPATH_PREPEND);
#endif
}
}
/* If the user specified a particular filename, add the path of that
file to the contents of INFOPATH. */
if (user_filename)
add_file_directory_to_path (user_filename);
/* If the user wants to search every known index for a given string,
do that now, and report the results. */
if (apropos_p)
{
info_apropos (apropos_search_string);
xexit (0);
}
/* Get the initial Info node. It is either "(dir)Top", or what the user
specifed with values in user_filename and user_nodenames. */
initial_node = info_get_node (user_filename,
user_nodenames ? user_nodenames[0] : 0);
/* If we couldn't get the initial node, this user is in trouble. */
if (!initial_node)
{
if (info_recent_file_error)
info_error (info_recent_file_error, NULL, NULL);
else
info_error ((char *) msg_cant_find_node,
user_nodenames ? user_nodenames[0] : "Top", NULL);
xexit (1);
}
/* Special cases for when the user specifies multiple nodes. If we
are dumping to an output file, dump all of the nodes specified.
Otherwise, attempt to create enough windows to handle the nodes
that this user wants displayed. */
if (user_nodenames_index > 1)
{
free (initial_node);
if (print_where_p)
printf ("%s\n", user_filename ? user_filename : "unknown?!");
else if (user_output_filename)
dump_nodes_to_file
(user_filename, user_nodenames, user_output_filename, dump_subnodes);
else
begin_multiple_window_info_session (user_filename, user_nodenames);
xexit (0);
}
/* If there are arguments remaining, they are the names of menu items
in sequential info files starting from the first one loaded. That
file name is either "dir", or the contents of user_filename if one
was specified. */
{
const char *errstr;
char *errarg1, *errarg2;
NODE *new_initial_node = info_follow_menus (initial_node, argv + optind,
&errstr, &errarg1, &errarg2);
if (new_initial_node && new_initial_node != initial_node)
initial_node = new_initial_node;
if (print_where_p)
{
if (initial_node->parent)
printf ("%s\n", initial_node->parent);
else if (initial_node->filename
&& !is_dir_name (filename_non_directory (initial_node->filename)))
printf ("%s\n", initial_node->filename);
else
xexit (1);
xexit (0);
}
/* If the user specified that this node should be output, then do that
now. Otherwise, start the Info session with this node. Or act
accordingly if the initial node was not found. */
if (user_output_filename && !goto_invocation_p)
{
if (!errstr)
dump_node_to_file (initial_node, user_output_filename,
dump_subnodes);
else
info_error ((char *) errstr, errarg1, errarg2);
}
else
{
if (errstr)
begin_info_session_with_error (initial_node, (char *) errstr,
errarg1, errarg2);
/* If the user specified `--index-search=STRING' or
--show-options, start the info session in the node
corresponding to what they want. */
else if (index_search_p || goto_invocation_p)
{
int status = 0;
initialize_info_session (initial_node, 0);
if (goto_invocation_p
|| index_entry_exists (windows, index_search_string))
{
terminal_prep_terminal ();
terminal_clear_screen ();
info_last_executed_command = (VFunction *)NULL;
if (index_search_p)
do_info_index_search (windows, 0, index_search_string);
else
{
/* If they said "info --show-options foo bar baz",
the last of the arguments is the program whose
options they want to see. */
char **p = argv + optind;
char *program;
if (*p)
{
while (p[1])
p++;
program = xstrdup (*p);
}
else if (user_filename)
/* If there's no command-line arguments to
supply the program name, use the Info file
name (sans extension and leading directories)
instead. */
program = program_name_from_file_name (user_filename);
else
program = xstrdup ("");
info_intuit_options_node (windows, initial_node, program);
free (program);
}
if (user_output_filename)
{
dump_node_to_file (windows->node, user_output_filename,
dump_subnodes);
}
else
info_read_and_dispatch ();
/* On program exit, leave the cursor at the bottom of the
window, and restore the terminal IO. */
terminal_goto_xy (0, screenheight - 1);
terminal_clear_to_eol ();
fflush (stdout);
terminal_unprep_terminal ();
}
else
{
fprintf (stderr, _("no index entries found for `%s'\n"),
index_search_string);
status = 2;
}
close_dribble_file ();
xexit (status);
}
else
begin_info_session (initial_node);
}
xexit (0);
}
return 0; /* Avoid bogus warnings. */
}
void
add_file_directory_to_path (char *filename)
{
char *directory_name = xstrdup (filename);
char *temp = filename_non_directory (directory_name);
if (temp != directory_name)
{
if (HAVE_DRIVE (directory_name) && temp == directory_name + 2)
{
/* The directory of "d:foo" is stored as "d:.", to avoid
mixing it with "d:/" when a slash is appended. */
*temp = '.';
temp += 2;
}
temp[-1] = 0;
info_add_path (directory_name, INFOPATH_PREPEND);
}
free (directory_name);
}
/* Error handling. */
/* Non-zero if an error has been signalled. */
int info_error_was_printed = 0;
/* Non-zero means ring terminal bell on errors. */
int info_error_rings_bell_p = 1;
/* Print FORMAT with ARG1 and ARG2. If the window system was initialized,
then the message is printed in the echo area. Otherwise, a message is
output to stderr. */
void
info_error (char *format, void *arg1, void *arg2)
{
info_error_was_printed = 1;
if (!info_windows_initialized_p || display_inhibited)
{
fprintf (stderr, "%s: ", program_name);
fprintf (stderr, format, arg1, arg2);
fprintf (stderr, "\n");
fflush (stderr);
}
else
{
if (!echo_area_is_active)
{
if (info_error_rings_bell_p)
terminal_ring_bell ();
window_message_in_echo_area (format, arg1, arg2);
}
else
{
NODE *temp;
temp = build_message_node (format, arg1, arg2);
if (info_error_rings_bell_p)
terminal_ring_bell ();
inform_in_echo_area (temp->contents);
free (temp->contents);
free (temp);
}
}
}
/* Produce a scaled down description of the available options to Info. */
static void
info_short_help (void)
{
#ifdef __MSDOS__
static const char speech_friendly_string[] = N_("\
-b, --speech-friendly be friendly to speech synthesizers.\n");
#else
static const char speech_friendly_string[] = "";
#endif
printf (_("\
Usage: %s [OPTION]... [MENU-ITEM...]\n\
\n\
Read documentation in Info format.\n\
\n\
Options:\n\
--apropos=STRING look up STRING in all indices of all manuals.\n\
-d, --directory=DIR add DIR to INFOPATH.\n\
--dribble=FILENAME remember user keystrokes in FILENAME.\n\
-f, --file=FILENAME specify Info file to visit.\n\
-h, --help display this help and exit.\n\
--index-search=STRING go to node pointed by index entry STRING.\n\
-n, --node=NODENAME specify nodes in first visited Info file.\n\
-o, --output=FILENAME output selected nodes to FILENAME.\n\
-R, --raw-escapes output \"raw\" ANSI escapes (default).\n\
--no-raw-escapes output escapes as literal text.\n\
--restore=FILENAME read initial keystrokes from FILENAME.\n\
-O, --show-options, --usage go to command-line options node.\n%s\
--subnodes recursively output menu items.\n\
-w, --where, --location print physical location of Info file.\n\
--vi-keys use vi-like and less-like key bindings.\n\
--version display version information and exit.\n\
\n\
The first non-option argument, if present, is the menu entry to start from;\n\
it is searched for in all `dir' files along INFOPATH.\n\
If it is not present, info merges all `dir' files and shows the result.\n\
Any remaining arguments are treated as the names of menu\n\
items relative to the initial node visited.\n\
\n\
Examples:\n\
info show top-level dir menu\n\
info emacs start at emacs node from top-level dir\n\
info emacs buffers start at buffers node within emacs manual\n\
info --show-options emacs start at node with emacs' command line options\n\
info -f ./foo.info show file ./foo.info, not searching dir\n\
"),
program_name, speech_friendly_string);
puts (_("\n\
Email bug reports to bug-texinfo@gnu.org,\n\
general questions and discussion to help-texinfo@gnu.org.\n\
Texinfo home page: http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/"));
xexit (0);
}
/* Initialize strings for gettext. Because gettext doesn't handle N_ or
_ within macro definitions, we put shared messages into variables and
use them that way. This also has the advantage that there's only one
copy of the strings. */
const char *msg_cant_find_node;
const char *msg_cant_file_node;
const char *msg_cant_find_window;
const char *msg_cant_find_point;
const char *msg_cant_kill_last;
const char *msg_no_menu_node;
const char *msg_no_foot_node;
const char *msg_no_xref_node;
const char *msg_no_pointer;
const char *msg_unknown_command;
const char *msg_term_too_dumb;
const char *msg_at_node_bottom;
const char *msg_at_node_top;
const char *msg_one_window;
const char *msg_win_too_small;
const char *msg_cant_make_help;
static void
init_messages (void)
{
msg_cant_find_node = _("Cannot find node `%s'.");
msg_cant_file_node = _("Cannot find node `(%s)%s'.");
msg_cant_find_window = _("Cannot find a window!");
msg_cant_find_point = _("Point doesn't appear within this window's node!");
msg_cant_kill_last = _("Cannot delete the last window.");
msg_no_menu_node = _("No menu in this node.");
msg_no_foot_node = _("No footnotes in this node.");
msg_no_xref_node = _("No cross references in this node.");
msg_no_pointer = _("No `%s' pointer for this node.");
msg_unknown_command = _("Unknown Info command `%c'; try `?' for help.");
msg_term_too_dumb = _("Terminal type `%s' is not smart enough to run Info.");
msg_at_node_bottom = _("You are already at the last page of this node.");
msg_at_node_top = _("You are already at the first page of this node.");
msg_one_window = _("Only one window.");
msg_win_too_small = _("Resulting window would be too small.");
msg_cant_make_help = _("Not enough room for a help window, please delete a window.");
}

160
contrib/texinfo/info/info.h
View File

@ -1,160 +0,0 @@
/* info.h -- Header file which includes all of the other headers.
$Id: info.h,v 1.4 2004/04/11 17:56:45 karl Exp $
Copyright (C) 1993, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004 Free Software
Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
Written by Brian Fox (bfox@ai.mit.edu). */
#ifndef INFO_H
#define INFO_H
/* We always want these, so why clutter up the compile command? */
#define HANDLE_MAN_PAGES
#define NAMED_FUNCTIONS
#define INFOKEY
/* System dependencies. */
#include "system.h"
/* Some of our other include files use these. */
typedef int Function ();
typedef void VFunction ();
typedef char *CFunction ();
#include "filesys.h"
#include "doc.h"
#include "display.h"
#include "session.h"
#include "echo-area.h"
#include "footnotes.h"
#include "gc.h"
#define info_toupper(x) (islower (x) ? toupper (x) : x)
#define info_tolower(x) (isupper (x) ? tolower (x) : x)
#if !defined (whitespace)
# define whitespace(c) ((c == ' ') || (c == '\t'))
#endif /* !whitespace */
#if !defined (whitespace_or_newline)
# define whitespace_or_newline(c) (whitespace (c) || (c == '\n'))
#endif /* !whitespace_or_newline */
/* Add POINTER to the list of pointers found in ARRAY. SLOTS is the number
of slots that have already been allocated. INDEX is the index into the
array where POINTER should be added. GROW is the number of slots to grow
ARRAY by, in the case that it needs growing. TYPE is a cast of the type
of object stored in ARRAY (e.g., NODE_ENTRY *. */
#define add_pointer_to_array(pointer, idx, array, slots, grow, type) \
do { \
if (idx + 2 >= slots) \
array = (type *)(xrealloc (array, (slots += grow) * sizeof (type))); \
array[idx++] = (type)pointer; \
array[idx] = (type)NULL; \
} while (0)
#define maybe_free(x) do { if (x) free (x); } while (0)
#if !defined (zero_mem) && defined (HAVE_MEMSET)
# define zero_mem(mem, length) memset (mem, 0, length)
#endif /* !zero_mem && HAVE_MEMSET */
#if !defined (zero_mem) && defined (HAVE_BZERO)
# define zero_mem(mem, length) bzero (mem, length)
#endif /* !zero_mem && HAVE_BZERO */
#if !defined (zero_mem)
# define zero_mem(mem, length) \
do { \
register int zi; \
register unsigned char *place; \
\
place = (unsigned char *)mem; \
for (zi = 0; zi < length; zi++) \
place[zi] = 0; \
} while (0)
#endif /* !zero_mem */
/* A structure associating the nodes visited in a particular window. */
typedef struct {
WINDOW *window; /* The window that this list is attached to. */
NODE **nodes; /* Array of nodes visited in this window. */
int *pagetops; /* For each node in NODES, the pagetop. */
long *points; /* For each node in NODES, the point. */
int current; /* Index in NODES of the current node. */
int nodes_index; /* Index where to add the next node. */
int nodes_slots; /* Number of slots allocated to NODES. */
} INFO_WINDOW;
/* Array of structures describing for each window which nodes have been
visited in that window. */
extern INFO_WINDOW **info_windows;
/* For handling errors. If you initialize the window system, you should
also set info_windows_initialized_p to non-zero. It is used by the
info_error () function to determine how to format and output errors. */
extern int info_windows_initialized_p;
/* Non-zero if an error message has been printed. */
extern int info_error_was_printed;
/* Non-zero means ring terminal bell on errors. */
extern int info_error_rings_bell_p;
/* Non-zero means default keybindings are loosely modeled on vi(1). */
extern int vi_keys_p;
/* Non-zero means don't remove ANSI escape sequences from man pages. */
extern int raw_escapes_p;
/* Print FORMAT with ARG1 and ARG2. If the window system was initialized,
then the message is printed in the echo area. Otherwise, a message is
output to stderr. */
extern void info_error (char *format, void *arg1, void *arg2);
extern void add_file_directory_to_path (char *filename);
/* Error message defines. */
extern const char *msg_cant_find_node;
extern const char *msg_cant_file_node;
extern const char *msg_cant_find_window;
extern const char *msg_cant_find_point;
extern const char *msg_cant_kill_last;
extern const char *msg_no_menu_node;
extern const char *msg_no_foot_node;
extern const char *msg_no_xref_node;
extern const char *msg_no_pointer;
extern const char *msg_unknown_command;
extern const char *msg_term_too_dumb;
extern const char *msg_at_node_bottom;
extern const char *msg_at_node_top;
extern const char *msg_one_window;
extern const char *msg_win_too_small;
extern const char *msg_cant_make_help;
#if defined(INFOKEY)
/* Found in variables.c. */
extern void set_variable_to_value (char *name, char *value);
#endif /* INFOKEY */
/* Found in m-x.c. */
extern char *read_function_name (char *prompt, WINDOW *window);
#endif /* !INFO_H */

1200
contrib/texinfo/info/infodoc.c
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

924
contrib/texinfo/info/infokey.c
View File

@ -1,924 +0,0 @@
/* infokey.c -- compile ~/.infokey to ~/.info.
$Id: infokey.c,v 1.9 2004/12/14 00:15:36 karl Exp $
Copyright (C) 1999, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
Written by Andrew Bettison <andrewb@zip.com.au>. */
#include "info.h"
#include "infomap.h"
#include "infokey.h"
#include "key.h"
#include "getopt.h"
static char *program_name = "infokey";
/* Non-zero means print version info only. */
static int print_version_p = 0;
/* Non-zero means print a short description of the options. */
static int print_help_p = 0;
/* String specifying the source file. This is set by the user on the
command line, or a default is used. */
static char *input_filename = (char *) NULL;
/* String specifying the name of the file to output to. This is
set by the user on the command line, or a default is used. */
static char *output_filename = (char *) NULL;
/* Structure describing the options that Infokey accepts. We pass this
structure to getopt_long (). If you add or otherwise change this
structure, you must also change the string which follows it. */
static struct option long_options[] =
{
{"output", 1, 0, 'o'},
{"help", 0, &print_help_p, 1},
{"version", 0, &print_version_p, 1},
{NULL, 0, NULL, 0}
};
/* String describing the shorthand versions of the long options found above. */
static char *short_options = "o:";
/* Structure for holding the compiled sections. */
enum sect_e
{
info = 0,
ea = 1,
var = 2
};
struct sect
{
unsigned int cur;
unsigned char data[INFOKEY_MAX_SECTIONLEN];
};
/* Some "forward" declarations. */
static char *mkpath (const char *dir, const char *file);
static int compile (FILE *fp, const char *filename, struct sect *sections);
static int write_infokey_file (FILE *fp, struct sect *sections);
static void syntax_error (const char *filename,
unsigned int linenum, const char *fmt,
const void *a1, const void *a2, const void *a3, const void *a4);
static void error_message (int error_code, const char *fmt,
const void *a1, const void *a2, const void *a3, const void *a4);
static void suggest_help (void);
static void short_help (void);
/* **************************************************************** */
/* */
/* Main Entry Point to the Infokey Program */
/* */
/* **************************************************************** */
int
main (int argc, char **argv)
{
int getopt_long_index; /* Index returned by getopt_long (). */
#ifdef HAVE_SETLOCALE
/* Set locale via LC_ALL. */
setlocale (LC_ALL, "");
#endif
#ifdef ENABLE_NLS
/* Set the text message domain. */
bindtextdomain (PACKAGE, LOCALEDIR);
textdomain (PACKAGE);
#endif
while (1)
{
int option_character;
option_character = getopt_long
(argc, argv, short_options, long_options, &getopt_long_index);
/* getopt_long () returns EOF when there are no more long options. */
if (option_character == EOF)
break;
/* If this is a long option, then get the short version of it. */
if (option_character == 0 && long_options[getopt_long_index].flag == 0)
option_character = long_options[getopt_long_index].val;
/* Case on the option that we have received. */
switch (option_character)
{
case 0:
break;
/* User is specifying the name of a file to output to. */
case 'o':
if (output_filename)
free (output_filename);
output_filename = xstrdup (optarg);
break;
default:
suggest_help ();
xexit (1);
}
}
/* If the user specified --version, then show the version and exit. */
if (print_version_p)
{
printf ("%s (GNU %s) %s\n", program_name, PACKAGE, VERSION);
puts ("");
printf (_ ("Copyright (C) %s Free Software Foundation, Inc.\n\
There is NO warranty. You may redistribute this software\n\
under the terms of the GNU General Public License.\n\
For more information about these matters, see the files named COPYING.\n"),
"2003");
xexit (0);
}
/* If the `--help' option was present, show the help and exit. */
if (print_help_p)
{
short_help ();
xexit (0);
}
/* If there is one argument remaining, it is the name of the input
file. */
if (optind == argc - 1)
{
if (input_filename)
free (input_filename);
input_filename = xstrdup (argv[optind]);
}
else if (optind != argc)
{
error_message (0, _("incorrect number of arguments"),
NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL);
suggest_help ();
xexit (1);
}
/* Use default filenames where none given. */
{
char *homedir;
homedir = getenv ("HOME");
#ifdef __MSDOS__
if (!homedir)
homedir = ".";
#endif
if (!input_filename)
input_filename = mkpath (homedir, INFOKEY_SRCFILE);
if (!output_filename)
output_filename = mkpath (homedir, INFOKEY_FILE);
}
{
FILE *inf;
FILE *outf;
int write_error;
static struct sect sections[3];
/* Open the input file. */
inf = fopen (input_filename, "r");
if (!inf)
{
error_message (errno, _("cannot open input file `%s'"),
input_filename, NULL, NULL, NULL);
xexit (1);
}
/* Compile the input file to its verious sections, then write the
section data to the output file. */
if (compile (inf, input_filename, sections))
{
/* Open the output file. */
outf = fopen (output_filename, FOPEN_WBIN);
if (!outf)
{
error_message (errno, _("cannot create output file `%s'"),
output_filename, NULL, NULL, NULL);
xexit (1);
}
/* Write the contents of the output file and close it. If there is
an error writing to the file, delete it and exit with a failure
status. */
write_error = 0;
if (!write_infokey_file (outf, sections))
{
error_message (errno, _("error writing to `%s'"),
output_filename, NULL, NULL, NULL);
write_error = 1;
}
if (fclose (outf) == EOF)
{
error_message (errno, _("error closing output file `%s'"),
output_filename, NULL, NULL, NULL);
write_error = 1;
}
if (write_error)
{
unlink (output_filename);
xexit (1);
}
}
/* Close the input file. */
fclose (inf);
}
return 0;
}
static char *
mkpath (const char *dir, const char *file)
{
char *p;
p = xmalloc (strlen (dir) + 1 + strlen (file) + 2);
strcpy (p, dir);
strcat (p, "/");
strcat (p, file);
return p;
}
/* Compilation - the real work.
Source file syntax
------------------
The source file is a line-based text file with the following
structure:
# comments
# more comments
#info
u prev-line
d next-line
^a invalid # just beep
\ku prev-line
#stop
\kd next-line
q quit # of course!
#echo-area
^a echo-area-beg-of-line
^e echo-area-end-of-line
\kr echo-area-forward
\kl echo-area-backward
\kh echo-area-beg-of-line
\ke echo-area-end-of-line
#var
scroll-step=1
ISO-Latin=Off
Lines starting with '#' are comments, and are ignored. Blank
lines are ignored. Each section is introduced by one of the
following lines:
#info
#echo-area
#var
The sections may occur in any order. Each section may be
omitted completely. If the 'info' section is the first in the
file, its '#info' line may be omitted.
The 'info' and 'echo-area' sections
-----------------------------------
Each line in the 'info' or 'echo-area' sections has the
following syntax:
key-sequence SPACE action-name [ SPACE [ # comment ] ] \n
Where SPACE is one or more white space characters excluding
newline, "action-name" is the name of a GNU Info command,
"comment" is any sequence of characters excluding newline, and
"key-sequence" is a concatenation of one or more key definitions
using the following syntax:
1. A carat ^ followed by one character indicates a single
control character;
2. A backslash \ followed by one, two, or three octal
digits indicates a single character having that ASCII
code;
3. \n indicates a single NEWLINE;
\e indicates a single ESC;
\r indicates a single CR;
\t indicates a single TAB;
\b indicates a single BACKSPACE;
4. \ku indicates the Up Arrow key;
\kd indicates the Down Arrow key;
\kl indicates the Left Arrow key;
\kr indicates the Right Arrow key;
\kP indicates the Page Up (PRIOR) key;
\kN indicates the Page Down (NEXT) key;
\kh indicates the Home key;
\ke indicates the End key;
\kx indicates the DEL key;
\k followed by any other character indicates a single
control-K, and the following character is interpreted
as in rules 1, 2, 3, 5 and 6.
5. \m followed by any sequence defined in rules 1, 2, 3, 4
or 6 indicates the "Meta" modification of that key.
6. A backslash \ followed by any character not described
above indicates that character itself. In particular:
\\ indicates a single backslash \,
\ (backslash-space) indicates a single space,
\^ indicates a single caret ^,
If the following line:
#stop
occurs anywhere in an 'info' or 'echo-area' section, that
indicates to GNU Info to suppress all of its default key
bindings in that context.
The 'var' section
-----------------
Each line in the 'var' section has the following syntax:
variable-name = value \n
Where "variable-name" is the name of a GNU Info variable and
"value" is the value that GNU Info will assign to that variable
when commencing execution. There must be no white space in the
variable name, nor between the variable name and the '='. All
characters immediately following the '=', up to but not
including the terminating newline, are considered to be the
value that will be assigned. In other words, white space
following the '=' is not ignored.
*/
static int add_to_section (struct sect *s, const char *str, unsigned int len);
static int lookup_action (const char *actname);
/* Compile the input file into its various sections. Return true if no
error was encountered.
*/
static int
compile (FILE *fp, const char *filename, struct sect *sections)
{
int error = 0;
char rescan = 0;
unsigned int lnum = 0;
int c = 0;
/* This parser is a true state machine, with no sneaky fetching
of input characters inside the main loop. In other words, all
state is fully represented by the following variables:
*/
enum
{
start_of_line,
start_of_comment,
in_line_comment,
in_trailing_comment,
get_keyseq,
got_keyseq,
get_action,
got_action,
get_varname,
got_varname,
get_equals,
got_equals,
get_value
}
state = start_of_line;
enum sect_e section = info;
enum
{
normal,
slosh,
control,
octal,
special_key
}
seqstate; /* used if state == get_keyseq */
char meta = 0;
char ocnt = 0; /* used if state == get_keyseq && seqstate == octal */
/* Data is accumulated in the following variables. The code
avoids overflowing these strings, and throws an error
where appropriate if a string limit is exceeded. These string
lengths are arbitrary (and should be large enough) and their
lengths are not hard-coded anywhere else, so increasing them
here will not break anything. */
char oval = 0;
char comment[10];
unsigned int clen = 0;
char seq[20];
unsigned int slen = 0;
char act[80];
unsigned int alen = 0;
char varn[80];
unsigned int varlen = 0;
char val[80];
unsigned int vallen = 0;
#define To_seq(c) \
do { \
if (slen < sizeof seq) \
seq[slen++] = meta ? Meta(c) : (c); \
else \
{ \
syntax_error(filename, lnum, _("key sequence too long"), \
NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL); \
error = 1; \
} \
meta = 0; \
} while (0)
sections[info].cur = 1;
sections[info].data[0] = 0;
sections[ea].cur = 1;
sections[ea].data[0] = 0;
sections[var].cur = 0;
while (!error && (rescan || (c = fgetc (fp)) != EOF))
{
rescan = 0;
switch (state)
{
case start_of_line:
lnum++;
if (c == '#')
state = start_of_comment;
else if (c != '\n')
{
switch (section)
{
case info:
case ea:
state = get_keyseq;
seqstate = normal;
slen = 0;
break;
case var:
state = get_varname;
varlen = 0;
break;
}
rescan = 1;
}
break;
case start_of_comment:
clen = 0;
state = in_line_comment;
/* fall through */
case in_line_comment:
if (c == '\n')
{
state = start_of_line;
comment[clen] = '\0';
if (strcmp (comment, "info") == 0)
section = info;
else if (strcmp (comment, "echo-area") == 0)
section = ea;
else if (strcmp (comment, "var") == 0)
section = var;
else if (strcmp (comment, "stop") == 0
&& (section == info || section == ea))
sections[section].data[0] = 1;
}
else if (clen < sizeof comment - 1)
comment[clen++] = c;
break;
case in_trailing_comment:
if (c == '\n')
state = start_of_line;
break;
case get_keyseq:
switch (seqstate)
{
case normal:
if (c == '\n' || isspace (c))
{
state = got_keyseq;
rescan = 1;
if (slen == 0)
{
syntax_error (filename, lnum, _("missing key sequence"),
NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL);
error = 1;
}
}
else if (c == '\\')
seqstate = slosh;
else if (c == '^')
seqstate = control;
else
To_seq (c);
break;
case slosh:
switch (c)
{
case '0': case '1': case '2': case '3':
case '4': case '5': case '6': case '7':
seqstate = octal;
oval = c - '0';
ocnt = 1;
break;
case 'b':
To_seq ('\b');
seqstate = normal;
break;
case 'e':
To_seq ('\033');
seqstate = normal;
break;
case 'n':
To_seq ('\n');
seqstate = normal;
break;
case 'r':
To_seq ('\r');
seqstate = normal;
break;
case 't':
To_seq ('\t');
seqstate = normal;
break;
case 'm':
meta = 1;
seqstate = normal;
break;
case 'k':
seqstate = special_key;
break;
default:
/* Backslash followed by any other char
just means that char. */
To_seq (c);
seqstate = normal;
break;
}
break;
case octal:
switch (c)
{
case '0': case '1': case '2': case '3':
case '4': case '5': case '6': case '7':
if (++ocnt <= 3)
oval = oval * 8 + c - '0';
if (ocnt == 3)
seqstate = normal;
break;
default:
ocnt = 4;
seqstate = normal;
rescan = 1;
break;
}
if (seqstate != octal)
{
if (oval)
To_seq (oval);
else
{
syntax_error (filename, lnum,
_("NUL character (\\000) not permitted"),
NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL);
error = 1;
}
}
break;
case special_key:
To_seq (SK_ESCAPE);
switch (c)
{
case 'u': To_seq (SK_UP_ARROW); break;
case 'd': To_seq (SK_DOWN_ARROW); break;
case 'r': To_seq (SK_RIGHT_ARROW); break;
case 'l': To_seq (SK_LEFT_ARROW); break;
case 'U': To_seq (SK_PAGE_UP); break;
case 'D': To_seq (SK_PAGE_DOWN); break;
case 'h': To_seq (SK_HOME); break;
case 'e': To_seq (SK_END); break;
case 'x': To_seq (SK_DELETE); break;
default: To_seq (SK_LITERAL); rescan = 1; break;
}
seqstate = normal;
break;
case control:
if (CONTROL (c))
To_seq (CONTROL (c));
else
{
syntax_error (filename, lnum,
(char *) _("NUL character (^%c) not permitted"),
(void *) (long) c, NULL, NULL, NULL);
error = 1;
}
seqstate = normal;
break;
}
break;
case got_keyseq:
if (isspace (c) && c != '\n')
break;
state = get_action;
alen = 0;
/* fall through */
case get_action:
if (c == '\n' || isspace (c))
{
int a;
state = got_action;
rescan = 1;
if (alen == 0)
{
syntax_error (filename, lnum, (char *) _("missing action name"),
(void *) (long) c, NULL, NULL, NULL);
error = 1;
}
else
{
act[alen] = '\0';
a = lookup_action (act);
if (a != -1)
{
char av = a;
if (!(add_to_section (&sections[section], seq, slen)
&& add_to_section (&sections[section], "", 1)
&& add_to_section (&sections[section], &av, 1)))
{
syntax_error (filename, lnum, _("section too long"),
NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL);
error = 1;
}
}
else
{
syntax_error (filename, lnum, _("unknown action `%s'"),
act, NULL, NULL, NULL);
error = 1;
}
}
}
else if (alen < sizeof act - 1)
act[alen++] = c;
else
{
syntax_error (filename, lnum, _("action name too long"),
NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL);
error = 1;
}
break;
case got_action:
if (c == '#')
state = in_trailing_comment;
else if (c == '\n')
state = start_of_line;
else if (!isspace (c))
{
syntax_error (filename, lnum,
_("extra characters following action `%s'"),
act, NULL, NULL, NULL);
error = 1;
}
break;
case get_varname:
if (c == '=')
{
if (varlen == 0)
{
syntax_error (filename, lnum, _("missing variable name"),
NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL);
error = 1;
}
state = get_value;
vallen = 0;
}
else if (c == '\n' || isspace (c))
{
syntax_error (filename, lnum,
_("missing `=' immediately after variable name"),
NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL);
error = 1;
}
else if (varlen < sizeof varn)
varn[varlen++] = c;
else
{
syntax_error (filename, lnum, _("variable name too long"),
NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL);
error = 1;
}
break;
case get_value:
if (c == '\n')
{
state = start_of_line;
if (!(add_to_section (&sections[section], varn, varlen)
&& add_to_section (&sections[section], "", 1)
&& add_to_section (&sections[section], val, vallen)
&& add_to_section (&sections[section], "", 1)))
{
syntax_error (filename, lnum, _("section too long"),
NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL);
error = 1;
}
}
else if (vallen < sizeof val)
val[vallen++] = c;
else
{
syntax_error (filename, lnum, _("value too long"),
NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL);
error = 1;
}
break;
case get_equals:
case got_equals:
case got_varname:
break;
}
}
#undef To_seq
return !error;
}
/* Add some characters to a section's data. Return true if all the
characters fit, or false if the section's size limit was exceeded.
*/
static int
add_to_section (struct sect *s, const char *str, unsigned int len)
{
if (s->cur + len > sizeof s->data)
return 0;
strncpy ((char *) s->data + s->cur, str, len);
s->cur += len;
return 1;
}
/* Translate from an action name to its numeric code. This uses the
auto-generated array in key.c.
*/
static int
lookup_action (const char *actname)
{
int i;
if (strcmp ("invalid", actname) == 0)
return A_INVALID;
for (i = 0; function_key_array[i].name != NULL; i++)
if (strcmp (function_key_array[i].name, actname) == 0)
return function_key_array[i].code;
return -1;
}
/* Put an integer to an infokey file.
Integers are stored as two bytes, low order first,
in radix INFOKEY_RADIX.
*/
static int
putint (int i, FILE *fp)
{
return fputc (i % INFOKEY_RADIX, fp) != EOF
&& fputc ((i / INFOKEY_RADIX) % INFOKEY_RADIX, fp) != EOF;
}
/* Write an entire section to an infokey file. If the section is
empty, simply omit it.
*/
static int
putsect (struct sect *s, int code, FILE *fp)
{
if (s->cur == 0)
return 1;
return fputc (code, fp) != EOF
&& putint (s->cur, fp)
&& fwrite (s->data, s->cur, 1, fp) == 1;
}
/* Write an entire infokey file, given an array containing its sections.
*/
static int
write_infokey_file (FILE *fp, struct sect *sections)
{
/* Get rid of sections with no effect. */
if (sections[info].cur == 1 && sections[info].data[0] == 0)
sections[info].cur = 0;
if (sections[ea].cur == 1 && sections[ea].data[0] == 0)
sections[ea].cur = 0;
/* Write all parts of the file out in order (no lseeks),
checking for errors all the way. */
return fputc (INFOKEY_MAGIC_S0, fp) != EOF
&& fputc (INFOKEY_MAGIC_S1, fp) != EOF
&& fputc (INFOKEY_MAGIC_S2, fp) != EOF
&& fputc (INFOKEY_MAGIC_S3, fp) != EOF
&& fputs (VERSION, fp) != EOF
&& fputc ('\0', fp) != EOF
&& putsect (&sections[info], INFOKEY_SECTION_INFO, fp)
&& putsect (&sections[ea], INFOKEY_SECTION_EA, fp)
&& putsect (&sections[var], INFOKEY_SECTION_VAR, fp)
&& fputc (INFOKEY_MAGIC_E0, fp) != EOF
&& fputc (INFOKEY_MAGIC_E1, fp) != EOF
&& fputc (INFOKEY_MAGIC_E2, fp) != EOF
&& fputc (INFOKEY_MAGIC_E3, fp) != EOF;
}
/* Error handling. */
/* Give the user a "syntax error" message in the form
progname: "filename", line N: message
*/
static void
error_message (int error_code, const char *fmt,
const void *a1, const void *a2, const void *a3, const void *a4)
{
fprintf (stderr, "%s: ", program_name);
fprintf (stderr, fmt, a1, a2, a3, a4);
if (error_code)
fprintf (stderr, " - %s", strerror (error_code));
fprintf (stderr, "\n");
}
/* Give the user a generic error message in the form
progname: message
*/
static void
syntax_error (const char *filename,
unsigned int linenum, const char *fmt,
const void *a1, const void *a2, const void *a3, const void *a4)
{
fprintf (stderr, "%s: ", program_name);
fprintf (stderr, _("\"%s\", line %u: "), filename, linenum);
fprintf (stderr, fmt, a1, a2, a3, a4);
fprintf (stderr, "\n");
}
/* Produce a gentle rtfm. */
static void
suggest_help (void)
{
fprintf (stderr, _("Try --help for more information.\n"));
}
/* Produce a scaled down description of the available options to Info. */
static void
short_help (void)
{
printf (_("\
Usage: %s [OPTION]... [INPUT-FILE]\n\
\n\
Compile infokey source file to infokey file. Reads INPUT-FILE (default\n\
$HOME/.infokey) and writes compiled key file to (by default) $HOME/.info.\n\
\n\
Options:\n\
--output FILE output to FILE instead of $HOME/.info\n\
--help display this help and exit.\n\
--version display version information and exit.\n\
"), program_name);
puts (_("\n\
Email bug reports to bug-texinfo@gnu.org,\n\
general questions and discussion to help-texinfo@gnu.org.\n\
Texinfo home page: http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/"));
xexit (0);
}

128
contrib/texinfo/info/infokey.h
View File

@ -1,128 +0,0 @@
/* infokey.h -- Custom keystroke definition support.
$Id: infokey.h,v 1.2 2004/04/11 17:56:45 karl Exp $
Copyright (C) 1999, 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
Written by Andrew Bettison <andrewb@zip.com.au>.
This design was derived from the "lesskey" system in less 3.4.0. by
Mark Nudelman.
The following terminology is confusing:
source file = $HOME/.infokey
infokey file = $HOME/.info
Oh, well.
*/
/* Default source file, where user writes text definitions to be
compiled to the infokey file. MS-DOS doesn't allow leading
dots in file names. */
#ifdef __MSDOS__
#define INFOKEY_SRCFILE "_infokey"
#else
#define INFOKEY_SRCFILE ".infokey"
#endif
/* Default "infokey file", where compiled user defs are kept and
read by Info. MS-DOS doesn't allow leading dots in file names. */
#ifdef __MSDOS__
#define INFOKEY_FILE "_info"
#else
#define INFOKEY_FILE ".info"
#endif
/*
Format of entire infokey file:
4 bytes magic number S
X bytes version string
1 byte '\0' terminator
any number of sections:
1 byte section id
2 bytes section length (N)
N bytes section definitions: format depends on section
4 bytes magic number E
Format of INFO and EA sections:
1 byte flag: 1 == suppress default key bindings
Repeat:
X bytes key sequence
1 byte '\0' terminator
1 byte action code (A_xxx)
Format of VAR section:
Repeat:
X bytes variable name
1 byte '\0' terminator
Y bytes value
1 byte '\0' terminator
*/
#define INFOKEY_NMAGIC 8
#define INFOKEY_MAGIC_S0 '\001'
#define INFOKEY_MAGIC_S1 'I'
#define INFOKEY_MAGIC_S2 'n'
#define INFOKEY_MAGIC_S3 'f'
#define INFOKEY_SECTION_INFO 'i'
#define INFOKEY_SECTION_EA 'e'
#define INFOKEY_SECTION_VAR 'v'
#define INFOKEY_MAGIC_E0 'A'
#define INFOKEY_MAGIC_E1 'l'
#define INFOKEY_MAGIC_E2 'f'
#define INFOKEY_MAGIC_E3 'n'
#define INFOKEY_RADIX 64
#define INFOKEY_MAX_SECTIONLEN 500
#define INFOKEY_MAX_DEFLEN 16
#define A_MAX_COMMAND 120
#define A_INVALID 121
/* Character transformations (independent of info's own) */
#define CONTROL(c) ((c) & 0x1f)
#define ISCONTROL(c) (((c) & ~0x1f) == 0)
#define META(c) ((c) | 0x80)
#define UNMETA(c) ((c) & ~0x80)
#define ISMETA(c) (((c) & 0x80) != 0)
/* Special keys (keys which output different strings on different terminals) */
#define SK_ESCAPE CONTROL('k')
#define SK_RIGHT_ARROW 1
#define SK_LEFT_ARROW 2
#define SK_UP_ARROW 3
#define SK_DOWN_ARROW 4
#define SK_PAGE_UP 5
#define SK_PAGE_DOWN 6
#define SK_HOME 7
#define SK_END 8
#define SK_DELETE 9
#define SK_INSERT 10
#define SK_CTL_LEFT_ARROW 11
#define SK_CTL_RIGHT_ARROW 12
#define SK_CTL_DELETE 13
#define SK_LITERAL 40

1831
contrib/texinfo/info/infomap.c
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

82
contrib/texinfo/info/infomap.h
View File

@ -1,82 +0,0 @@
/* infomap.h -- description of a keymap in Info and related functions.
$Id: infomap.h,v 1.3 2004/04/11 17:56:46 karl Exp $
Copyright (C) 1993, 2001, 2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
Written by Brian Fox (bfox@ai.mit.edu). */
#ifndef INFOMAP_H
#define INFOMAP_H
#include "info.h"
#define ESC '\033'
#define DEL '\177'
#define TAB '\011'
#define RET '\r'
#define LFD '\n'
#define SPC ' '
#define meta_character_threshold (DEL + 1)
#define control_character_threshold (SPC)
#define meta_character_bit 0x80
#define control_character_bit 0x40
#define Meta_p(c) (((c) > meta_character_threshold))
#define Control_p(c) ((c) < control_character_threshold)
#define Meta(c) ((c) | (meta_character_bit))
#define UnMeta(c) ((c) & (~meta_character_bit))
#define Control(c) ((toupper (c)) & (~control_character_bit))
#define UnControl(c) (tolower ((c) | control_character_bit))
/* A keymap contains one entry for each key in the ASCII set.
Each entry consists of a type and a pointer.
FUNCTION is the address of a function to run, or the
address of a keymap to indirect through.
TYPE says which kind of thing FUNCTION is. */
typedef struct keymap_entry
{
char type;
InfoCommand *function;
} KEYMAP_ENTRY;
typedef KEYMAP_ENTRY *Keymap;
/* The values that TYPE can have in a keymap entry. */
#define ISFUNC 0
#define ISKMAP 1
extern Keymap info_keymap;
extern Keymap echo_area_keymap;
/* Return a new keymap which has all the uppercase letters mapped to run
the function info_do_lowercase_version (). */
extern Keymap keymap_make_keymap (void);
/* Return a new keymap which is a copy of MAP. */
extern Keymap keymap_copy_keymap (Keymap map, Keymap rootmap,
Keymap newroot);
/* Free MAP and it's descendents. */
extern void keymap_discard_keymap (Keymap map, Keymap rootmap);
/* Initialize the info keymaps. */
extern void initialize_info_keymaps (void);
#endif /* not INFOMAP_H */

146
contrib/texinfo/info/key.c
View File

@ -1,146 +0,0 @@
/* key.c -- Generated array containing function names.
This file was automatically made from various source files with the
command "..//info/makedoc". DO NOT EDIT THIS FILE, only "..//info/makedoc.c".
Source files groveled to make this file include:
./session.c
./echo-area.c
./infodoc.c
./m-x.c
./indices.c
./nodemenu.c
./footnotes.c
./variables.c
An entry in the array FUNCTION_KEY_ARRAY is made for each command
found in the above files; each entry consists of
a string which is the user-visible name of the function. */
#include "key.h"
#include "funs.h"
FUNCTION_KEY function_key_array[] = {
/* Commands found in "./session.c". */
{ "next-line", A_info_next_line },
{ "prev-line", A_info_prev_line },
{ "end-of-line", A_info_end_of_line },
{ "beginning-of-line", A_info_beginning_of_line },
{ "forward-char", A_info_forward_char },
{ "backward-char", A_info_backward_char },
{ "forward-word", A_info_forward_word },
{ "backward-word", A_info_backward_word },
{ "global-next-node", A_info_global_next_node },
{ "global-prev-node", A_info_global_prev_node },
{ "scroll-forward", A_info_scroll_forward },
{ "scroll-forward-set-window", A_info_scroll_forward_set_window },
{ "scroll-forward-page-only", A_info_scroll_forward_page_only },
{ "scroll-forward-page-only-set-window", A_info_scroll_forward_page_only_set_window },
{ "scroll-backward", A_info_scroll_backward },
{ "scroll-backward-set-window", A_info_scroll_backward_set_window },
{ "scroll-backward-page-only", A_info_scroll_backward_page_only },
{ "scroll-backward-page-only-set-window", A_info_scroll_backward_page_only_set_window },
{ "beginning-of-node", A_info_beginning_of_node },
{ "end-of-node", A_info_end_of_node },
{ "down-line", A_info_down_line },
{ "up-line", A_info_up_line },
{ "scroll-half-screen-down", A_info_scroll_half_screen_down },
{ "scroll-half-screen-up", A_info_scroll_half_screen_up },
{ "next-window", A_info_next_window },
{ "prev-window", A_info_prev_window },
{ "split-window", A_info_split_window },
{ "delete-window", A_info_delete_window },
{ "keep-one-window", A_info_keep_one_window },
{ "scroll-other-window", A_info_scroll_other_window },
{ "scroll-other-window-backward", A_info_scroll_other_window_backward },
{ "grow-window", A_info_grow_window },
{ "tile-windows", A_info_tile_windows },
{ "toggle-wrap", A_info_toggle_wrap },
{ "next-node", A_info_next_node },
{ "prev-node", A_info_prev_node },
{ "up-node", A_info_up_node },
{ "last-node", A_info_last_node },
{ "first-node", A_info_first_node },
{ "last-menu-item", A_info_last_menu_item },
{ "menu-digit", A_info_menu_digit },
{ "menu-item", A_info_menu_item },
{ "xref-item", A_info_xref_item },
{ "find-menu", A_info_find_menu },
{ "visit-menu", A_info_visit_menu },
{ "goto-node", A_info_goto_node },
{ "menu-sequence", A_info_menu_sequence },
{ "goto-invocation-node", A_info_goto_invocation_node },
{ "man", A_info_man },
{ "top-node", A_info_top_node },
{ "dir-node", A_info_dir_node },
{ "history-node", A_info_history_node },
{ "kill-node", A_info_kill_node },
{ "view-file", A_info_view_file },
{ "print-node", A_info_print_node },
{ "search-case-sensitively", A_info_search_case_sensitively },
{ "search", A_info_search },
{ "search-backward", A_info_search_backward },
{ "search-next", A_info_search_next },
{ "search-previous", A_info_search_previous },
{ "isearch-forward", A_isearch_forward },
{ "isearch-backward", A_isearch_backward },
{ "move-to-prev-xref", A_info_move_to_prev_xref },
{ "move-to-next-xref", A_info_move_to_next_xref },
{ "select-reference-this-line", A_info_select_reference_this_line },
{ "abort-key", A_info_abort_key },
{ "move-to-window-line", A_info_move_to_window_line },
{ "redraw-display", A_info_redraw_display },
{ "quit", A_info_quit },
{ "do-lowercase-version", A_info_do_lowercase_version },
{ "add-digit-to-numeric-arg", A_info_add_digit_to_numeric_arg },
{ "universal-argument", A_info_universal_argument },
{ "numeric-arg-digit-loop", A_info_numeric_arg_digit_loop },
/* Commands found in "./echo-area.c". */
{ "echo-area-forward", A_ea_forward },
{ "echo-area-backward", A_ea_backward },
{ "echo-area-beg-of-line", A_ea_beg_of_line },
{ "echo-area-end-of-line", A_ea_end_of_line },
{ "echo-area-forward-word", A_ea_forward_word },
{ "echo-area-backward-word", A_ea_backward_word },
{ "echo-area-delete", A_ea_delete },
{ "echo-area-rubout", A_ea_rubout },
{ "echo-area-abort", A_ea_abort },
{ "echo-area-newline", A_ea_newline },
{ "echo-area-quoted-insert", A_ea_quoted_insert },
{ "echo-area-insert", A_ea_insert },
{ "echo-area-tab-insert", A_ea_tab_insert },
{ "echo-area-transpose-chars", A_ea_transpose_chars },
{ "echo-area-yank", A_ea_yank },
{ "echo-area-yank-pop", A_ea_yank_pop },
{ "echo-area-kill-line", A_ea_kill_line },
{ "echo-area-backward-kill-line", A_ea_backward_kill_line },
{ "echo-area-kill-word", A_ea_kill_word },
{ "echo-area-backward-kill-word", A_ea_backward_kill_word },
{ "echo-area-possible-completions", A_ea_possible_completions },
{ "echo-area-complete", A_ea_complete },
{ "echo-area-scroll-completions-window", A_ea_scroll_completions_window },
/* Commands found in "./infodoc.c". */
{ "get-help-window", A_info_get_help_window },
{ "get-info-help-node", A_info_get_info_help_node },
{ "describe-key", A_describe_key },
{ "where-is", A_info_where_is },
/* Commands found in "./m-x.c". */
{ "describe-command", A_describe_command },
{ "execute-command", A_info_execute_command },
{ "set-screen-height", A_set_screen_height },
/* Commands found in "./indices.c". */
{ "index-search", A_info_index_search },
{ "next-index-match", A_info_next_index_match },
{ "index-apropos", A_info_index_apropos },
/* Commands found in "./nodemenu.c". */
{ "list-visited-nodes", A_list_visited_nodes },
{ "select-visited-node", A_select_visited_node },
/* Commands found in "./footnotes.c". */
{ "show-footnotes", A_info_show_footnotes },
/* Commands found in "./variables.c". */
{ "describe-variable", A_describe_variable },
{ "set-variable", A_set_variable },
{ (char *)NULL, 0 }
};

35
contrib/texinfo/info/key.h
View File

@ -1,35 +0,0 @@
/* key.h -- Structure associating function names with numeric codes. */
/* This file is part of GNU Info, a program for reading online documentation
stored in Info format.
Copyright (C) 1993 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
Written by Andrew Bettison <andrewb@zip.com.au> */
#if !defined (KEY_H)
#define KEY_H
typedef struct {
char *name;
unsigned char code;
}
FUNCTION_KEY;
extern FUNCTION_KEY function_key_array[];
#endif /* !KEY_H */

214
contrib/texinfo/info/m-x.c
View File

@ -1,214 +0,0 @@
/* m-x.c -- Meta-x minibuffer reader.
$Id: m-x.c,v 1.3 2004/04/11 17:56:46 karl Exp $
Copyright (C) 1993, 1997, 1998, 2001, 2002, 2004 Free Software
Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
Originally written by Brian Fox (bfox@ai.mit.edu). */
#include "info.h"
#include "funs.h"
/* **************************************************************** */
/* */
/* Reading Named Commands */
/* */
/* **************************************************************** */
/* Read the name of an Info function in the echo area and return the
name. A return value of NULL indicates that no function name could
be read. */
char *
read_function_name (char *prompt, WINDOW *window)
{
register int i;
char *line;
REFERENCE **array = (REFERENCE **)NULL;
int array_index = 0, array_slots = 0;
/* Make an array of REFERENCE which actually contains the names of
the functions available in Info. */
for (i = 0; function_doc_array[i].func; i++)
{
REFERENCE *entry;
entry = (REFERENCE *)xmalloc (sizeof (REFERENCE));
entry->label = xstrdup (function_doc_array[i].func_name);
entry->nodename = (char *)NULL;
entry->filename = (char *)NULL;
add_pointer_to_array
(entry, array_index, array, array_slots, 200, REFERENCE *);
}
line = info_read_completing_in_echo_area (window, prompt, array);
info_free_references (array);
if (!echo_area_is_active)
window_clear_echo_area ();
return (line);
}
DECLARE_INFO_COMMAND (describe_command,
_("Read the name of an Info command and describe it"))
{
char *line;
line = read_function_name ((char *) _("Describe command: "), window);
if (!line)
{
info_abort_key (active_window, count, key);
return;
}
/* Describe the function named in "LINE". */
if (*line)
{
InfoCommand *cmd = named_function (line);
if (!cmd)
return;
window_message_in_echo_area ("%s: %s.",
line, function_documentation (cmd));
}
free (line);
}
DECLARE_INFO_COMMAND (info_execute_command,
_("Read a command name in the echo area and execute it"))
{
char *line;
char *keys;
char *prompt;
prompt = (char *)xmalloc (20);
keys = where_is (info_keymap, InfoCmd(info_execute_command));
/* If the where_is () function thinks that this command doesn't exist,
there's something very wrong! */
if (!keys)
abort();
if (info_explicit_arg || count != 1)
sprintf (prompt, "%d %s ", count, keys);
else
sprintf (prompt, "%s ", keys);
/* Ask the completer to read a reference for us. */
line = read_function_name (prompt, window);
/* User aborted? */
if (!line)
{
info_abort_key (active_window, count, key);
return;
}
/* User accepted "default"? (There is none.) */
if (!*line)
{
free (line);
return;
}
/* User wants to execute a named command. Do it. */
{
InfoCommand *command;
if ((active_window != the_echo_area) &&
(strncmp (line, "echo-area-", 10) == 0))
{
free (line);
info_error ((char *) _("Cannot execute an `echo-area' command here."),
NULL, NULL);
return;
}
command = named_function (line);
free (line);
if (!command)
return;
if (InfoFunction(command))
(*InfoFunction(command)) (active_window, count, 0);
else
info_error ((char *) _("Undefined command: %s"), line, NULL);
}
}
/* Okay, now that we have M-x, let the user set the screen height. */
DECLARE_INFO_COMMAND (set_screen_height,
_("Set the height of the displayed window"))
{
int new_height, old_height = screenheight;
if (info_explicit_arg || count != 1)
new_height = count;
else
{
char prompt[80];
char *line;
new_height = screenheight;
sprintf (prompt, _("Set screen height to (%d): "), new_height);
line = info_read_in_echo_area (window, prompt);
/* If the user aborted, do that now. */
if (!line)
{
info_abort_key (active_window, count, 0);
return;
}
/* Find out what the new height is supposed to be. */
if (*line)
new_height = atoi (line);
/* Clear the echo area if it isn't active. */
if (!echo_area_is_active)
window_clear_echo_area ();
free (line);
}
terminal_clear_screen ();
display_clear_display (the_display);
screenheight = new_height;
#ifdef SET_SCREEN_SIZE_HELPER
SET_SCREEN_SIZE_HELPER;
#endif
if (screenheight == old_height)
{
/* Display dimensions didn't actually change, so
window_new_screen_size won't do anything, but we've
already cleared the display above. Undo the damage. */
window_mark_chain (windows, W_UpdateWindow);
display_update_display (windows);
}
else
{
display_initialize_display (screenwidth, screenheight);
window_new_screen_size (screenwidth, screenheight);
}
}

734
contrib/texinfo/info/man.c
View File

@ -1,734 +0,0 @@
/* man.c: How to read and format man files.
$Id: man.c,v 1.4 2004/04/11 17:56:46 karl Exp $
Copyright (C) 1995, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2002, 2003, 2004 Free Software
Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
Written by Brian Fox Thu May 4 09:17:52 1995 (bfox@ai.mit.edu). */
#include "info.h"
#include <sys/ioctl.h>
#include "signals.h"
#if defined (HAVE_SYS_TIME_H)
#include <sys/time.h>
#endif
#if defined (HAVE_SYS_WAIT_H)
#include <sys/wait.h>
#endif
#include "tilde.h"
#include "man.h"
#if !defined (_POSIX_VERSION)
#define pid_t int
#endif
#if defined (FD_SET)
# if defined (hpux)
# define fd_set_cast(x) (int *)(x)
# else
# define fd_set_cast(x) (fd_set *)(x)
# endif /* !hpux */
#endif /* FD_SET */
#if STRIP_DOT_EXE
static char const * const exec_extensions[] = {
".exe", ".com", ".bat", ".btm", ".sh", ".ksh", ".pl", ".sed", "", NULL
};
#else
static char const * const exec_extensions[] = { "", NULL };
#endif
static char *read_from_fd (int fd);
static void clean_manpage (char *manpage);
static NODE *manpage_node_of_file_buffer (FILE_BUFFER *file_buffer,
char *pagename);
static char *get_manpage_contents (char *pagename);
NODE *
make_manpage_node (char *pagename)
{
return (info_get_node (MANPAGE_FILE_BUFFER_NAME, pagename));
}
NODE *
get_manpage_node (FILE_BUFFER *file_buffer, char *pagename)
{
NODE *node;
node = manpage_node_of_file_buffer (file_buffer, pagename);
if (!node)
{
char *page;
page = get_manpage_contents (pagename);
if (page)
{
char header[1024];
long oldsize, newsize;
int hlen, plen;
char *old_contents = file_buffer->contents;
sprintf (header, "\n\n%c\n%s %s, %s %s, %s (dir)\n\n",
INFO_COOKIE,
INFO_FILE_LABEL, file_buffer->filename,
INFO_NODE_LABEL, pagename,
INFO_UP_LABEL);
oldsize = file_buffer->filesize;
hlen = strlen (header);
plen = strlen (page);
newsize = (oldsize + hlen + plen);
file_buffer->contents =
(char *)xrealloc (file_buffer->contents, 1 + newsize);
memcpy (file_buffer->contents + oldsize, header, hlen);
memcpy (file_buffer->contents + oldsize + hlen, page, plen);
file_buffer->contents[newsize] = '\0';
file_buffer->filesize = newsize;
file_buffer->finfo.st_size = newsize;
build_tags_and_nodes (file_buffer);
free (page);
/* We have just relocated file_buffer->contents from under
the feet of info_windows[] array. Therefore, all the
nodes on that list which are showing man pages have their
contents member pointing into the blue. Undo that harm. */
if (old_contents && oldsize && old_contents != file_buffer->contents)
{
int iw;
INFO_WINDOW *info_win;
char *old_contents_end = old_contents + oldsize;
for (iw = 0; (info_win = info_windows[iw]); iw++)
{
int in;
for (in = 0; in < info_win->nodes_index; in++)
{
NODE *tmp_node = info_win->nodes[in];
/* It really only suffices to see that node->filename
is "*manpages*". But after several hours of
debugging this, would you blame me for being a bit
paranoid? */
if (tmp_node && tmp_node->filename
&& tmp_node->contents
&& strcmp (tmp_node->filename,
MANPAGE_FILE_BUFFER_NAME) == 0
&& tmp_node->contents >= old_contents
&& tmp_node->contents + tmp_node->nodelen
<= old_contents_end)
{
info_win->nodes[in] =
manpage_node_of_file_buffer (file_buffer,
tmp_node->nodename);
free (tmp_node->nodename);
free (tmp_node);
}
}
}
}
}
node = manpage_node_of_file_buffer (file_buffer, pagename);
}
return (node);
}
FILE_BUFFER *
create_manpage_file_buffer (void)
{
FILE_BUFFER *file_buffer = make_file_buffer ();
file_buffer->filename = xstrdup (MANPAGE_FILE_BUFFER_NAME);
file_buffer->fullpath = xstrdup (MANPAGE_FILE_BUFFER_NAME);
file_buffer->finfo.st_size = 0;
file_buffer->filesize = 0;
file_buffer->contents = (char *)NULL;
file_buffer->flags = (N_IsInternal | N_CannotGC | N_IsManPage);
return (file_buffer);
}
/* Scan the list of directories in PATH looking for FILENAME. If we find
one that is an executable file, return it as a new string. Otherwise,
return a NULL pointer. */
static char *
executable_file_in_path (char *filename, char *path)
{
struct stat finfo;
char *temp_dirname;
int statable, dirname_index;
dirname_index = 0;
while ((temp_dirname = extract_colon_unit (path, &dirname_index)))
{
char *temp;
char *temp_end;
int i;
/* Expand a leading tilde if one is present. */
if (*temp_dirname == '~')
{
char *expanded_dirname;
expanded_dirname = tilde_expand_word (temp_dirname);
free (temp_dirname);
temp_dirname = expanded_dirname;
}
temp = (char *)xmalloc (34 + strlen (temp_dirname) + strlen (filename));
strcpy (temp, temp_dirname);
if (!IS_SLASH (temp[(strlen (temp)) - 1]))
strcat (temp, "/");
strcat (temp, filename);
temp_end = temp + strlen (temp);
free (temp_dirname);
/* Look for FILENAME, possibly with any of the extensions
in EXEC_EXTENSIONS[]. */
for (i = 0; exec_extensions[i]; i++)
{
if (exec_extensions[i][0])
strcpy (temp_end, exec_extensions[i]);
statable = (stat (temp, &finfo) == 0);
/* If we have found a regular executable file, then use it. */
if ((statable) && (S_ISREG (finfo.st_mode)) &&
(access (temp, X_OK) == 0))
return (temp);
}
free (temp);
}
return ((char *)NULL);
}
/* Return the full pathname of the system man page formatter. */
static char *
find_man_formatter (void)
{
return (executable_file_in_path ("man", (char *)getenv ("PATH")));
}
static char *manpage_pagename = (char *)NULL;
static char *manpage_section = (char *)NULL;
static void
get_page_and_section (char *pagename)
{
register int i;
if (manpage_pagename)
free (manpage_pagename);
if (manpage_section)
free (manpage_section);
manpage_pagename = (char *)NULL;
manpage_section = (char *)NULL;
for (i = 0; pagename[i] != '\0' && pagename[i] != '('; i++);
manpage_pagename = (char *)xmalloc (1 + i);
strncpy (manpage_pagename, pagename, i);
manpage_pagename[i] = '\0';
if (pagename[i] == '(')
{
int start;
start = i + 1;
for (i = start; pagename[i] != '\0' && pagename[i] != ')'; i++);
manpage_section = (char *)xmalloc (1 + (i - start));
strncpy (manpage_section, pagename + start, (i - start));
manpage_section[i - start] = '\0';
}
}
#if PIPE_USE_FORK
static void
reap_children (int sig)
{
wait (NULL);
}
#endif
static char *
get_manpage_contents (char *pagename)
{
static char *formatter_args[4] = { (char *)NULL };
int pipes[2];
pid_t child;
RETSIGTYPE (*sigsave) (int signum);
char *formatted_page = NULL;
int arg_index = 1;
if (formatter_args[0] == (char *)NULL)
formatter_args[0] = find_man_formatter ();
if (formatter_args[0] == (char *)NULL)
return ((char *)NULL);
get_page_and_section (pagename);
if (manpage_section != (char *)NULL)
formatter_args[arg_index++] = manpage_section;
formatter_args[arg_index++] = manpage_pagename;
formatter_args[arg_index] = (char *)NULL;
/* Open a pipe to this program, read the output, and save it away
in FORMATTED_PAGE. The reader end of the pipe is pipes[0]; the
writer end is pipes[1]. */
#if PIPE_USE_FORK
pipe (pipes);
sigsave = signal (SIGCHLD, reap_children);
child = fork ();
if (child == -1)
return ((char *)NULL);
if (child != 0)
{
/* In the parent, close the writing end of the pipe, and read from
the exec'd child. */
close (pipes[1]);
formatted_page = read_from_fd (pipes[0]);
close (pipes[0]);
signal (SIGCHLD, sigsave);
}
else
{ /* In the child, close the read end of the pipe, make the write end
of the pipe be stdout, and execute the man page formatter. */
close (pipes[0]);
freopen (NULL_DEVICE, "w", stderr);
freopen (NULL_DEVICE, "r", stdin);
dup2 (pipes[1], fileno (stdout));
execv (formatter_args[0], formatter_args);
/* If we get here, we couldn't exec, so close out the pipe and
exit. */
close (pipes[1]);
xexit (0);
}
#else /* !PIPE_USE_FORK */
/* Cannot fork/exec, but can popen/pclose. */
{
FILE *fpipe;
char *cmdline = xmalloc (strlen (formatter_args[0])
+ strlen (manpage_pagename)
+ (arg_index > 2 ? strlen (manpage_section) : 0)
+ 3);
int save_stderr = dup (fileno (stderr));
int fd_err = open (NULL_DEVICE, O_WRONLY, 0666);
if (fd_err > 2)
dup2 (fd_err, fileno (stderr)); /* Don't print errors. */
sprintf (cmdline, "%s %s %s", formatter_args[0], manpage_pagename,
arg_index > 2 ? manpage_section : "");
fpipe = popen (cmdline, "r");
free (cmdline);
if (fd_err > 2)
close (fd_err);
dup2 (save_stderr, fileno (stderr));
if (fpipe == 0)
return ((char *)NULL);
formatted_page = read_from_fd (fileno (fpipe));
if (pclose (fpipe) == -1)
{
if (formatted_page)
free (formatted_page);
return ((char *)NULL);
}
}
#endif /* !PIPE_USE_FORK */
/* If we have the page, then clean it up. */
if (formatted_page)
clean_manpage (formatted_page);
return (formatted_page);
}
static void
clean_manpage (char *manpage)
{
register int i, j;
int newline_count = 0;
char *newpage;
newpage = (char *)xmalloc (1 + strlen (manpage));
for (i = 0, j = 0; (newpage[j] = manpage[i]); i++, j++)
{
if (manpage[i] == '\n')
newline_count++;
else
newline_count = 0;
if (newline_count == 3)
{
j--;
newline_count--;
}
/* A malformed man page could have a \b as its first character,
in which case decrementing j by 2 will cause us to write into
newpage[-1], smashing the hidden info stored there by malloc. */
if (manpage[i] == '\b' || (manpage[i] == '\f' && j > 0))
j -= 2;
else if (!raw_escapes_p)
{
/* Remove the ANSI escape sequences for color, boldface,
underlining, and italics, generated by some versions of
Groff. */
if (manpage[i] == '\033' && manpage[i + 1] == '['
&& isdigit (manpage[i + 2]))
{
if (isdigit (manpage[i + 3]) && manpage[i + 4] == 'm')
{
i += 4;
j--;
}
else if (manpage[i + 3] == 'm')
{
i += 3;
j--;
}
/* Else do nothing: it's some unknown escape sequence,
so let's leave it alone. */
}
}
}
newpage[j++] = 0;
strcpy (manpage, newpage);
free (newpage);
}
static NODE *
manpage_node_of_file_buffer (FILE_BUFFER *file_buffer, char *pagename)
{
NODE *node = (NODE *)NULL;
TAG *tag = (TAG *)NULL;
if (file_buffer->contents)
{
register int i;
for (i = 0; (tag = file_buffer->tags[i]); i++)
{
if (strcasecmp (pagename, tag->nodename) == 0)
break;
}
}
if (tag)
{
node = (NODE *)xmalloc (sizeof (NODE));
node->filename = file_buffer->filename;
node->nodename = xstrdup (tag->nodename);
node->contents = file_buffer->contents + tag->nodestart;
node->nodelen = tag->nodelen;
node->flags = 0;
node->display_pos = 0;
node->parent = (char *)NULL;
node->flags = (N_HasTagsTable | N_IsManPage);
node->contents += skip_node_separator (node->contents);
}
return (node);
}
static char *
read_from_fd (int fd)
{
struct timeval timeout;
char *buffer = (char *)NULL;
int bsize = 0;
int bindex = 0;
int select_result;
#if defined (FD_SET)
fd_set read_fds;
timeout.tv_sec = 15;
timeout.tv_usec = 0;
FD_ZERO (&read_fds);
FD_SET (fd, &read_fds);
select_result = select (fd + 1, fd_set_cast (&read_fds), 0, 0, &timeout);
#else /* !FD_SET */
select_result = 1;
#endif /* !FD_SET */
switch (select_result)
{
case 0:
case -1:
break;
default:
{
int amount_read;
int done = 0;
while (!done)
{
while ((bindex + 1024) > (bsize))
buffer = (char *)xrealloc (buffer, (bsize += 1024));
buffer[bindex] = '\0';
amount_read = read (fd, buffer + bindex, 1023);
if (amount_read < 0)
{
done = 1;
}
else
{
bindex += amount_read;
buffer[bindex] = '\0';
if (amount_read == 0)
done = 1;
}
}
}
}
if ((buffer != (char *)NULL) && (*buffer == '\0'))
{
free (buffer);
buffer = (char *)NULL;
}
return (buffer);
}
static char *reference_section_starters[] =
{
"\nRELATED INFORMATION",
"\nRELATED\tINFORMATION",
"RELATED INFORMATION\n",
"RELATED\tINFORMATION\n",
"\nSEE ALSO",
"\nSEE\tALSO",
"SEE ALSO\n",
"SEE\tALSO\n",
(char *)NULL
};
static SEARCH_BINDING frs_binding;
static SEARCH_BINDING *
find_reference_section (NODE *node)
{
register int i;
long position = -1;
frs_binding.buffer = node->contents;
frs_binding.start = 0;
frs_binding.end = node->nodelen;
frs_binding.flags = S_SkipDest;
for (i = 0; reference_section_starters[i] != (char *)NULL; i++)
{
position = search_forward (reference_section_starters[i], &frs_binding);
if (position != -1)
break;
}
if (position == -1)
return ((SEARCH_BINDING *)NULL);
/* We found the start of the reference section, and point is right after
the string which starts it. The text from here to the next header
(or end of buffer) contains the only references in this manpage. */
frs_binding.start = position;
for (i = frs_binding.start; i < frs_binding.end - 2; i++)
{
if ((frs_binding.buffer[i] == '\n') &&
(!whitespace (frs_binding.buffer[i + 1])))
{
frs_binding.end = i;
break;
}
}
return (&frs_binding);
}
REFERENCE **
xrefs_of_manpage (NODE *node)
{
SEARCH_BINDING *reference_section;
REFERENCE **refs = (REFERENCE **)NULL;
int refs_index = 0;
int refs_slots = 0;
long position;
reference_section = find_reference_section (node);
if (reference_section == (SEARCH_BINDING *)NULL)
return ((REFERENCE **)NULL);
/* Grovel the reference section building a list of references found there.
A reference is alphabetic characters followed by non-whitespace text
within parenthesis. */
reference_section->flags = 0;
while ((position = search_forward ("(", reference_section)) != -1)
{
register int start, end;
for (start = position; start > reference_section->start; start--)
if (whitespace (reference_section->buffer[start]))
break;
start++;
for (end = position; end < reference_section->end; end++)
{
if (whitespace (reference_section->buffer[end]))
{
end = start;
break;
}
if (reference_section->buffer[end] == ')')
{
end++;
break;
}
}
if (end != start)
{
REFERENCE *entry;
int len = end - start;
entry = (REFERENCE *)xmalloc (sizeof (REFERENCE));
entry->label = (char *)xmalloc (1 + len);
strncpy (entry->label, (reference_section->buffer) + start, len);
entry->label[len] = '\0';
entry->filename = xstrdup (node->filename);
entry->nodename = xstrdup (entry->label);
entry->start = start;
entry->end = end;
add_pointer_to_array
(entry, refs_index, refs, refs_slots, 10, REFERENCE *);
}
reference_section->start = position + 1;
}
return (refs);
}
long
locate_manpage_xref (NODE *node, long int start, int dir)
{
REFERENCE **refs;
long position = -1;
refs = xrefs_of_manpage (node);
if (refs)
{
register int i, count;
REFERENCE *entry;
for (i = 0; refs[i]; i++);
count = i;
if (dir > 0)
{
for (i = 0; (entry = refs[i]); i++)
if (entry->start > start)
{
position = entry->start;
break;
}
}
else
{
for (i = count - 1; i > -1; i--)
{
entry = refs[i];
if (entry->start < start)
{
position = entry->start;
break;
}
}
}
info_free_references (refs);
}
return (position);
}
/* This one was a little tricky. The binding buffer that is passed in has
a START and END value of 0 -- strlen (window-line-containing-point).
The BUFFER is a pointer to the start of that line. */
REFERENCE **
manpage_xrefs_in_binding (NODE *node, SEARCH_BINDING *binding)
{
register int i;
REFERENCE **all_refs = xrefs_of_manpage (node);
REFERENCE **brefs = (REFERENCE **)NULL;
REFERENCE *entry;
int brefs_index = 0;
int brefs_slots = 0;
int start, end;
if (!all_refs)
return ((REFERENCE **)NULL);
start = binding->start + (binding->buffer - node->contents);
end = binding->end + (binding->buffer - node->contents);
for (i = 0; (entry = all_refs[i]); i++)
{
if ((entry->start > start) && (entry->end < end))
{
add_pointer_to_array
(entry, brefs_index, brefs, brefs_slots, 10, REFERENCE *);
}
else
{
maybe_free (entry->label);
maybe_free (entry->filename);
maybe_free (entry->nodename);
free (entry);
}
}
free (all_refs);
return (brefs);
}

39
contrib/texinfo/info/man.h
View File

@ -1,39 +0,0 @@
/* man.h: Defines and external function declarations for man.c.
$Id: man.h,v 1.3 2004/04/11 17:56:46 karl Exp $
This file is part of GNU Info, a program for reading online documentation
stored in Info format.
Copyright (C) 1993, 1997, 2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
Author: Brian J. Fox (bfox@ai.mit.edu) Sat May 6 16:19:13 1995. */
#ifndef INFO_MAN_H
#define INFO_MAN_H
#define MANPAGE_FILE_BUFFER_NAME "*manpages*"
extern NODE *make_manpage_node (char *pagename);
extern NODE *get_manpage_node (FILE_BUFFER *file_buffer,
char *pagename);
extern FILE_BUFFER *create_manpage_file_buffer (void);
extern long locate_manpage_xref (NODE *node, long int start, int dir);
extern REFERENCE **xrefs_of_manpage (NODE *node);
extern REFERENCE **manpage_xrefs_in_binding (NODE *node,
SEARCH_BINDING *binding);
#endif /* INFO_MAN_H */

347
contrib/texinfo/info/nodemenu.c
View File

@ -1,347 +0,0 @@
/* nodemenu.c -- produce a menu of all visited nodes.
$Id: nodemenu.c,v 1.5 2004/04/11 17:56:46 karl Exp $
Copyright (C) 1993, 1997, 1998, 2002, 2003, 2004 Free Software
Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
Written by Brian Fox (bfox@ai.mit.edu). */
#include "info.h"
NODE * get_visited_nodes (Function *filter_func);
/* Return a line describing the format of a node information line. */
static const char *
nodemenu_format_info (void)
{
return (_("\n\
* Menu:\n\
(File)Node Lines Size Containing File\n\
---------- ----- ---- ---------------"));
}
/* Produce a formatted line of information about NODE. Here is what we want
the output listing to look like:
* Menu:
(File)Node Lines Size Containing File
---------- ----- ---- ---------------
* (emacs)Buffers:: 48 2230 /usr/gnu/info/emacs/emacs-1
* (autoconf)Writing configure.in:: 123 58789 /usr/gnu/info/autoconf/autoconf-1
* (dir)Top:: 40 589 /usr/gnu/info/dir
*/
static char *
format_node_info (NODE *node)
{
register int i, len;
char *parent, *containing_file;
static char *line_buffer = (char *)NULL;
if (!line_buffer)
line_buffer = (char *)xmalloc (1000);
if (node->parent)
{
parent = filename_non_directory (node->parent);
if (!parent)
parent = node->parent;
}
else
parent = (char *)NULL;
containing_file = node->filename;
if (!parent && !*containing_file)
sprintf (line_buffer, "* %s::", node->nodename);
else
{
char *file = (char *)NULL;
if (parent)
file = parent;
else
file = filename_non_directory (containing_file);
if (!file)
file = containing_file;
if (!*file)
file = "dir";
sprintf (line_buffer, "* (%s)%s::", file, node->nodename);
}
len = pad_to (36, line_buffer);
{
int lines = 1;
for (i = 0; i < node->nodelen; i++)
if (node->contents[i] == '\n')
lines++;
sprintf (line_buffer + len, "%d", lines);
}
len = pad_to (44, line_buffer);
sprintf (line_buffer + len, "%ld", node->nodelen);
if (node->filename && *(node->filename))
{
len = pad_to (51, line_buffer);
strcpy (line_buffer + len, node->filename);
}
return xstrdup (line_buffer);
}
/* Little string comparison routine for qsort (). */
static int
compare_strings (const void *entry1, const void *entry2)
{
char **e1 = (char **) entry1;
char **e2 = (char **) entry2;
return (strcasecmp (*e1, *e2));
}
/* The name of the nodemenu node. */
static char *nodemenu_nodename = "*Node Menu*";
/* Produce an informative listing of all the visited nodes, and return it
in a node. If FILTER_FUNC is non-null, it is a function which filters
which nodes will appear in the listing. FILTER_FUNC takes an argument
of NODE, and returns non-zero if the node should appear in the listing. */
NODE *
get_visited_nodes (Function *filter_func)
{
register int i, iw_index;
INFO_WINDOW *info_win;
NODE *node;
char **lines = (char **)NULL;
int lines_index = 0, lines_slots = 0;
if (!info_windows)
return ((NODE *)NULL);
for (iw_index = 0; (info_win = info_windows[iw_index]); iw_index++)
{
for (i = 0; i < info_win->nodes_index; i++)
{
node = info_win->nodes[i];
/* We skip mentioning "*Node Menu*" nodes. */
if (internal_info_node_p (node) &&
(strcmp (node->nodename, nodemenu_nodename) == 0))
continue;
if (node && (!filter_func || (*filter_func) (node)))
{
char *line;
line = format_node_info (node);
add_pointer_to_array
(line, lines_index, lines, lines_slots, 20, char *);
}
}
}
/* Sort the array of information lines, if there are any. */
if (lines)
{
register int j, newlen;
char **temp;
qsort (lines, lines_index, sizeof (char *), compare_strings);
/* Delete duplicates. */
for (i = 0, newlen = 1; i < lines_index - 1; i++)
{
/* Use FILENAME_CMP here, since the most important piece
of info in each line is the file name of the node. */
if (FILENAME_CMP (lines[i], lines[i + 1]) == 0)
{
free (lines[i]);
lines[i] = (char *)NULL;
}
else
newlen++;
}
/* We have free ()'d and marked all of the duplicate slots.
Copy the live slots rather than pruning the dead slots. */
temp = (char **)xmalloc ((1 + newlen) * sizeof (char *));
for (i = 0, j = 0; i < lines_index; i++)
if (lines[i])
temp[j++] = lines[i];
temp[j] = (char *)NULL;
free (lines);
lines = temp;
lines_index = newlen;
}
initialize_message_buffer ();
printf_to_message_buffer
("%s", replace_in_documentation
((char *) _("Here is the menu of nodes you have recently visited.\n\
Select one from this menu, or use `\\[history-node]' in another window.\n"), 0),
NULL, NULL);
printf_to_message_buffer ("%s\n", (char *) nodemenu_format_info (),
NULL, NULL);
for (i = 0; (lines != (char **)NULL) && (i < lines_index); i++)
{
printf_to_message_buffer ("%s\n", lines[i], NULL, NULL);
free (lines[i]);
}
if (lines)
free (lines);
node = message_buffer_to_node ();
add_gcable_pointer (node->contents);
return (node);
}
DECLARE_INFO_COMMAND (list_visited_nodes,
_("Make a window containing a menu of all of the currently visited nodes"))
{
WINDOW *new;
NODE *node;
set_remembered_pagetop_and_point (window);
/* If a window is visible and showing the buffer list already, re-use it. */
for (new = windows; new; new = new->next)
{
node = new->node;
if (internal_info_node_p (node) &&
(strcmp (node->nodename, nodemenu_nodename) == 0))
break;
}
/* If we couldn't find an existing window, try to use the next window
in the chain. */
if (!new)
{
if (window->next)
new = window->next;
/* If there is more than one window, wrap around. */
else if (window != windows)
new = windows;
}
/* If we still don't have a window, make a new one to contain the list. */
if (!new)
{
WINDOW *old_active;
old_active = active_window;
active_window = window;
new = window_make_window ((NODE *)NULL);
active_window = old_active;
}
/* If we couldn't make a new window, use this one. */
if (!new)
new = window;
/* Lines do not wrap in this window. */
new->flags |= W_NoWrap;
node = get_visited_nodes ((Function *)NULL);
name_internal_node (node, nodemenu_nodename);
#if 0
/* Even if this is an internal node, we don't want the window
system to treat it specially. So we turn off the internalness
of it here. */
/* Why? We depend on internal_info_node_p returning true, so we must
not remove the flag. Otherwise, the *Node Menu* nodes themselves
appear in the node menu. --Andreas Schwab
<schwab@issan.informatik.uni-dortmund.de>. */
node->flags &= ~N_IsInternal;
#endif
/* If this window is already showing a node menu, reuse the existing node
slot. */
{
int remember_me = 1;
#if defined (NOTDEF)
if (internal_info_node_p (new->node) &&
(strcmp (new->node->nodename, nodemenu_nodename) == 0))
remember_me = 0;
#endif /* NOTDEF */
window_set_node_of_window (new, node);
if (remember_me)
remember_window_and_node (new, node);
}
active_window = new;
}
DECLARE_INFO_COMMAND (select_visited_node,
_("Select a node which has been previously visited in a visible window"))
{
char *line;
NODE *node;
REFERENCE **menu;
node = get_visited_nodes ((Function *)NULL);
menu = info_menu_of_node (node);
free (node);
line =
info_read_completing_in_echo_area (window,
(char *) _("Select visited node: "), menu);
window = active_window;
/* User aborts, just quit. */
if (!line)
{
info_abort_key (window, 0, 0);
info_free_references (menu);
return;
}
if (*line)
{
REFERENCE *entry;
/* Find the selected label in the references. */
entry = info_get_labeled_reference (line, menu);
if (!entry)
info_error ((char *) _("The reference disappeared! (%s)."), line, NULL);
else
info_select_reference (window, entry);
}
free (line);
info_free_references (menu);
if (!info_error_was_printed)
window_clear_echo_area ();
}

1263
contrib/texinfo/info/nodes.c
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

156
contrib/texinfo/info/nodes.h
View File

@ -1,156 +0,0 @@
/* nodes.h -- How we represent nodes internally.
$Id: nodes.h,v 1.3 2004/04/11 17:56:46 karl Exp $
Copyright (C) 1993, 1997, 1998, 2002, 2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
Written by Brian Fox (bfox@ai.mit.edu). */
#ifndef NODES_H
#define NODES_H
#include "info.h"
/* User code interface. */
/* Callers generally only want the node itself. This structure is used
to pass node information around. None of the information in this
structure should ever be directly freed. The structure itself can
be passed to free (). Note that NODE->parent is non-null if this
node's file is a subfile. In that case, NODE->parent is the logical
name of the file containing this node. Both names are given as full
paths, so you might have: node->filename = "/usr/gnu/info/emacs-1",
with node->parent = "/usr/gnu/info/emacs". */
typedef struct {
char *filename; /* The physical file containing this node. */
char *parent; /* Non-null is the logical file name. */
char *nodename; /* The name of this node. */
char *contents; /* Characters appearing in this node. */
long nodelen; /* The length of the CONTENTS member. */
unsigned long display_pos; /* Where to display at, if nonzero. */
int flags; /* See immediately below. */
} NODE;
/* Defines that can appear in NODE->flags. All informative. */
#define N_HasTagsTable 0x01 /* This node was found through a tags table. */
#define N_TagsIndirect 0x02 /* The tags table was an indirect one. */
#define N_UpdateTags 0x04 /* The tags table is out of date. */
#define N_IsCompressed 0x08 /* The file is compressed on disk. */
#define N_IsInternal 0x10 /* This node was made by Info. */
#define N_CannotGC 0x20 /* File buffer cannot be gc'ed. */
#define N_IsManPage 0x40 /* This node is a manpage. */
#define N_FromAnchor 0x80 /* Synthesized for an anchor reference. */
/* Internal data structures. */
/* String constants. */
#define INFO_FILE_LABEL "File:"
#define INFO_REF_LABEL "Ref:"
#define INFO_NODE_LABEL "Node:"
#define INFO_PREV_LABEL "Prev:"
#define INFO_ALTPREV_LABEL "Previous:"
#define INFO_NEXT_LABEL "Next:"
#define INFO_UP_LABEL "Up:"
#define INFO_MENU_LABEL "\n* Menu:"
#define INFO_MENU_ENTRY_LABEL "\n* "
#define INFO_XREF_LABEL "*Note"
#define TAGS_TABLE_END_LABEL "\nEnd Tag Table"
#define TAGS_TABLE_BEG_LABEL "Tag Table:\n"
#define INDIRECT_TAGS_TABLE_LABEL "Indirect:\n"
#define TAGS_TABLE_IS_INDIRECT_LABEL "(Indirect)"
/* Character constants. */
#define INFO_COOKIE '\037'
#define INFO_FF '\014'
#define INFO_TAGSEP '\177'
/* For each logical file that we have loaded, we keep a list of the names
of the nodes that are found in that file. A pointer to a node in an
info file is called a "tag". For split files, the tag pointer is
"indirect"; that is, the pointer also contains the name of the split
file where the node can be found. For non-split files, the filename
member in the structure below simply contains the name of the current
file. The following structure describes a single node within a file. */
typedef struct {
char *filename; /* The file where this node can be found. */
char *nodename; /* The node pointed to by this tag. */
long nodestart; /* The offset of the start of this node. */
long nodelen; /* The length of this node. */
} TAG;
/* The following structure is used to remember information about the contents
of Info files that we have loaded at least once before. The FINFO member
is present so that we can reload the file if it has been modified since
last being loaded. All of the arrays appearing within this structure
are NULL terminated, and each array which can change size has a
corresponding SLOTS member which says how many slots have been allocated
(with malloc ()) for this array. */
typedef struct {
char *filename; /* The filename used to find this file. */
char *fullpath; /* The full pathname of this info file. */
struct stat finfo; /* Information about this file. */
char *contents; /* The contents of this particular file. */
long filesize; /* The number of bytes this file expands to. */
char **subfiles; /* If non-null, the list of subfiles. */
TAG **tags; /* If non-null, the indirect tags table. */
int tags_slots; /* Number of slots allocated for TAGS. */
int flags; /* Various flags. Mimics of N_* flags. */
} FILE_BUFFER;
/* Externally visible functions. */
/* Array of FILE_BUFFER * which represents the currently loaded info files. */
extern FILE_BUFFER **info_loaded_files;
/* The number of slots currently allocated to INFO_LOADED_FILES. */
extern int info_loaded_files_slots;
/* Locate the file named by FILENAME, and return the information structure
describing this file. The file may appear in our list of loaded files
already, or it may not. If it does not already appear, find the file,
and add it to the list of loaded files. If the file cannot be found,
return a NULL FILE_BUFFER *. */
extern FILE_BUFFER *info_find_file (char *filename);
/* Force load the file named FILENAME, and return the information structure
describing this file. Even if the file was already loaded, this loads
a new buffer, rebuilds tags and nodes, and returns a new FILE_BUFFER *. */
extern FILE_BUFFER *info_load_file (char *filename);
/* Return a pointer to a NODE structure for the Info node (FILENAME)NODENAME.
FILENAME can be passed as NULL, in which case the filename of "dir" is used.
NODENAME can be passed as NULL, in which case the nodename of "Top" is used.
If the node cannot be found, return a NULL pointer. */
extern NODE *info_get_node (char *filename, char *nodename);
/* Return a pointer to a NODE structure for the Info node NODENAME in
FILE_BUFFER. NODENAME can be passed as NULL, in which case the
nodename of "Top" is used. If the node cannot be found, return a
NULL pointer. */
extern NODE *info_get_node_of_file_buffer (char *nodename,
FILE_BUFFER *file_buffer);
/* Grovel FILE_BUFFER->contents finding tags and nodes, and filling in the
various slots. This can also be used to rebuild a tag or node table. */
extern void build_tags_and_nodes (FILE_BUFFER *file_buffer);
/* When non-zero, this is a string describing the most recent file error. */
extern char *info_recent_file_error;
/* Create a new, empty file buffer. */
extern FILE_BUFFER *make_file_buffer (void);
#endif /* not NODES_H */

497
contrib/texinfo/info/search.c
View File

@ -1,497 +0,0 @@
/* search.c -- searching large bodies of text.
$Id: search.c,v 1.3 2004/04/11 17:56:46 karl Exp $
Copyright (C) 1993, 1997, 1998, 2002, 2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
Written by Brian Fox (bfox@ai.mit.edu). */
#include "info.h"
#include "search.h"
#include "nodes.h"
/* The search functions take two arguments:
1) a string to search for, and
2) a pointer to a SEARCH_BINDING which contains the buffer, start,
and end of the search.
They return a long, which is the offset from the start of the buffer
at which the match was found. An offset of -1 indicates failure. */
/* A function which makes a binding with buffer and bounds. */
SEARCH_BINDING *
make_binding (char *buffer, long int start, long int end)
{
SEARCH_BINDING *binding;
binding = (SEARCH_BINDING *)xmalloc (sizeof (SEARCH_BINDING));
binding->buffer = buffer;
binding->start = start;
binding->end = end;
binding->flags = 0;
return (binding);
}
/* Make a copy of BINDING without duplicating the data. */
SEARCH_BINDING *
copy_binding (SEARCH_BINDING *binding)
{
SEARCH_BINDING *copy;
copy = make_binding (binding->buffer, binding->start, binding->end);
copy->flags = binding->flags;
return (copy);
}
/* **************************************************************** */
/* */
/* The Actual Searching Functions */
/* */
/* **************************************************************** */
/* Search forwards or backwards for the text delimited by BINDING.
The search is forwards if BINDING->start is greater than BINDING->end. */
long
search (char *string, SEARCH_BINDING *binding)
{
long result;
/* If the search is backwards, then search backwards, otherwise forwards. */
if (binding->start > binding->end)
result = search_backward (string, binding);
else
result = search_forward (string, binding);
return (result);
}
/* Search forwards for STRING through the text delimited in BINDING. */
long
search_forward (char *string, SEARCH_BINDING *binding)
{
register int c, i, len;
register char *buff, *end;
char *alternate = (char *)NULL;
len = strlen (string);
/* We match characters in the search buffer against STRING and ALTERNATE.
ALTERNATE is a case reversed version of STRING; this is cheaper than
case folding each character before comparison. Alternate is only
used if the case folding bit is turned on in the passed BINDING. */
if (binding->flags & S_FoldCase)
{
alternate = xstrdup (string);
for (i = 0; i < len; i++)
{
if (islower (alternate[i]))
alternate[i] = toupper (alternate[i]);
else if (isupper (alternate[i]))
alternate[i] = tolower (alternate[i]);
}
}
buff = binding->buffer + binding->start;
end = binding->buffer + binding->end + 1;
while (buff < (end - len))
{
for (i = 0; i < len; i++)
{
c = buff[i];
if ((c != string[i]) && (!alternate || c != alternate[i]))
break;
}
if (!string[i])
{
if (alternate)
free (alternate);
if (binding->flags & S_SkipDest)
buff += len;
return ((long) (buff - binding->buffer));
}
buff++;
}
if (alternate)
free (alternate);
return ((long) -1);
}
/* Search for STRING backwards through the text delimited in BINDING. */
long
search_backward (char *input_string, SEARCH_BINDING *binding)
{
register int c, i, len;
register char *buff, *end;
char *string;
char *alternate = (char *)NULL;
len = strlen (input_string);
/* Reverse the characters in the search string. */
string = (char *)xmalloc (1 + len);
for (c = 0, i = len - 1; input_string[c]; c++, i--)
string[i] = input_string[c];
string[c] = '\0';
/* We match characters in the search buffer against STRING and ALTERNATE.
ALTERNATE is a case reversed version of STRING; this is cheaper than
case folding each character before comparison. ALTERNATE is only
used if the case folding bit is turned on in the passed BINDING. */
if (binding->flags & S_FoldCase)
{
alternate = xstrdup (string);
for (i = 0; i < len; i++)
{
if (islower (alternate[i]))
alternate[i] = toupper (alternate[i]);
else if (isupper (alternate[i]))
alternate[i] = tolower (alternate[i]);
}
}
buff = binding->buffer + binding->start - 1;
end = binding->buffer + binding->end;
while (buff > (end + len))
{
for (i = 0; i < len; i++)
{
c = *(buff - i);
if (c != string[i] && (!alternate || c != alternate[i]))
break;
}
if (!string[i])
{
free (string);
if (alternate)
free (alternate);
if (binding->flags & S_SkipDest)
buff -= len;
return ((long) (1 + (buff - binding->buffer)));
}
buff--;
}
free (string);
if (alternate)
free (alternate);
return ((long) -1);
}
/* Find STRING in LINE, returning the offset of the end of the string.
Return an offset of -1 if STRING does not appear in LINE. The search
is bound by the end of the line (i.e., either NEWLINE or 0). */
int
string_in_line (char *string, char *line)
{
register int end;
SEARCH_BINDING binding;
/* Find the end of the line. */
for (end = 0; line[end] && line[end] != '\n'; end++);
/* Search for STRING within these confines. */
binding.buffer = line;
binding.start = 0;
binding.end = end;
binding.flags = S_FoldCase | S_SkipDest;
return (search_forward (string, &binding));
}
/* Return non-zero if STRING is the first text to appear at BINDING. */
int
looking_at (char *string, SEARCH_BINDING *binding)
{
long search_end;
search_end = search (string, binding);
/* If the string was not found, SEARCH_END is -1. If the string was found,
but not right away, SEARCH_END is != binding->start. Otherwise, the
string was found at binding->start. */
return (search_end == binding->start);
}
/* **************************************************************** */
/* */
/* Small String Searches */
/* */
/* **************************************************************** */
/* Function names that start with "skip" are passed a string, and return
an offset from the start of that string. Function names that start
with "find" are passed a SEARCH_BINDING, and return an absolute position
marker of the item being searched for. "Find" functions return a value
of -1 if the item being looked for couldn't be found. */
/* Return the index of the first non-whitespace character in STRING. */
int
skip_whitespace (char *string)
{
register int i;
for (i = 0; string && whitespace (string[i]); i++);
return (i);
}
/* Return the index of the first non-whitespace or newline character in
STRING. */
int
skip_whitespace_and_newlines (char *string)
{
register int i;
for (i = 0; string && whitespace_or_newline (string[i]); i++);
return (i);
}
/* Return the index of the first whitespace character in STRING. */
int
skip_non_whitespace (char *string)
{
register int i;
for (i = 0; string && string[i] && !whitespace (string[i]); i++);
return (i);
}
/* Return the index of the first non-node character in STRING. Note that
this function contains quite a bit of hair to ignore periods in some
special cases. This is because we here at GNU ship some info files which
contain nodenames that contain periods. No such nodename can start with
a period, or continue with whitespace, newline, or ')' immediately following
the period. If second argument NEWLINES_OKAY is non-zero, newlines should
be skipped while parsing out the nodename specification. */
int
skip_node_characters (char *string, int newlines_okay)
{
register int c, i = 0;
int paren_seen = 0;
int paren = 0;
/* Handle special case. This is when another function has parsed out the
filename component of the node name, and we just want to parse out the
nodename proper. In that case, a period at the start of the nodename
indicates an empty nodename. */
if (string && *string == '.')
return (0);
if (string && *string == '(')
{
paren++;
paren_seen++;
i++;
}
for (; string && (c = string[i]); i++)
{
if (paren)
{
if (c == '(')
paren++;
else if (c == ')')
paren--;
continue;
}
/* If the character following the close paren is a space or period,
then this node name has no more characters associated with it. */
if (c == '\t' ||
c == ',' ||
c == INFO_TAGSEP ||
((!newlines_okay) && (c == '\n')) ||
((paren_seen && string[i - 1] == ')') &&
(c == ' ' || c == '.')) ||
(c == '.' &&
(
#if 0
/* This test causes a node name ending in a period, like `This.', not to
be found. The trailing . is stripped. This occurs in the jargon
file (`I see no X here.' is a node name). */
(!string[i + 1]) ||
#endif
(whitespace_or_newline (string[i + 1])) ||
(string[i + 1] == ')'))))
break;
}
return (i);
}
/* **************************************************************** */
/* */
/* Searching FILE_BUFFER's */
/* */
/* **************************************************************** */
/* Return the absolute position of the first occurence of a node separator in
BINDING-buffer. The search starts at BINDING->start. Return -1 if no node
separator was found. */
long
find_node_separator (SEARCH_BINDING *binding)
{
register long i;
char *body;
body = binding->buffer;
/* A node is started by [^L]^_[^L]\n. That is to say, the C-l's are
optional, but the DELETE and NEWLINE are not. This separator holds
true for all separated elements in an Info file, including the tags
table (if present) and the indirect tags table (if present). */
for (i = binding->start; i < binding->end - 1; i++)
if (((body[i] == INFO_FF && body[i + 1] == INFO_COOKIE) &&
(body[i + 2] == '\n' ||
(body[i + 2] == INFO_FF && body[i + 3] == '\n'))) ||
((body[i] == INFO_COOKIE) &&
(body[i + 1] == '\n' ||
(body[i + 1] == INFO_FF && body[i + 2] == '\n'))))
return (i);
return (-1);
}
/* Return the length of the node separator characters that BODY is
currently pointing at. */
int
skip_node_separator (char *body)
{
register int i;
i = 0;
if (body[i] == INFO_FF)
i++;
if (body[i++] != INFO_COOKIE)
return (0);
if (body[i] == INFO_FF)
i++;
if (body[i++] != '\n')
return (0);
return (i);
}
/* Return the number of characters from STRING to the start of
the next line. */
int
skip_line (char *string)
{
register int i;
for (i = 0; string && string[i] && string[i] != '\n'; i++);
if (string[i] == '\n')
i++;
return (i);
}
/* Return the absolute position of the beginning of a tags table in this
binding starting the search at binding->start. */
long
find_tags_table (SEARCH_BINDING *binding)
{
SEARCH_BINDING tmp_search;
long position;
tmp_search.buffer = binding->buffer;
tmp_search.start = binding->start;
tmp_search.end = binding->end;
tmp_search.flags = S_FoldCase;
while ((position = find_node_separator (&tmp_search)) != -1 )
{
tmp_search.start = position;
tmp_search.start += skip_node_separator (tmp_search.buffer
+ tmp_search.start);
if (looking_at (TAGS_TABLE_BEG_LABEL, &tmp_search))
return (position);
}
return (-1);
}
/* Return the absolute position of the node named NODENAME in BINDING.
This is a brute force search, and we wish to avoid it when possible.
This function is called when a tag (indirect or otherwise) doesn't
really point to the right node. It returns the absolute position of
the separator preceding the node. */
long
find_node_in_binding (char *nodename, SEARCH_BINDING *binding)
{
long position;
int offset, namelen;
SEARCH_BINDING tmp_search;
namelen = strlen (nodename);
tmp_search.buffer = binding->buffer;
tmp_search.start = binding->start;
tmp_search.end = binding->end;
tmp_search.flags = 0;
while ((position = find_node_separator (&tmp_search)) != -1)
{
tmp_search.start = position;
tmp_search.start += skip_node_separator
(tmp_search.buffer + tmp_search.start);
offset = string_in_line
(INFO_NODE_LABEL, tmp_search.buffer + tmp_search.start);
if (offset == -1)
continue;
tmp_search.start += offset;
tmp_search.start += skip_whitespace (tmp_search.buffer + tmp_search.start);
offset = skip_node_characters
(tmp_search.buffer + tmp_search.start, DONT_SKIP_NEWLINES);
/* Notice that this is an exact match. You cannot grovel through
the buffer with this function looking for random nodes. */
if ((offset == namelen) &&
(tmp_search.buffer[tmp_search.start] == nodename[0]) &&
(strncmp (tmp_search.buffer + tmp_search.start, nodename, offset) == 0))
return (position);
}
return (-1);
}

75
contrib/texinfo/info/search.h
View File

@ -1,75 +0,0 @@
/* search.h -- Structure used to search large bodies of text, with bounds.
$Id: search.h,v 1.3 2004/04/11 17:56:46 karl Exp $
Copyright (C) 1993, 1997, 1998, 2002, 2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
Written by Brian Fox (bfox@ai.mit.edu). */
/* The search functions take two arguments:
1) a string to search for, and
2) a pointer to a SEARCH_BINDING which contains the buffer, start,
and end of the search.
They return a long, which is the offset from the start of the buffer
at which the match was found. An offset of -1 indicates failure. */
#ifndef INFO_SEARCH_H
#define INFO_SEARCH_H
typedef struct {
char *buffer; /* The buffer of text to search. */
long start; /* Offset of the start of the search. */
long end; /* Offset of the end of the searh. */
int flags; /* Flags controlling the type of search. */
} SEARCH_BINDING;
#define S_FoldCase 0x01 /* Set means fold case in searches. */
#define S_SkipDest 0x02 /* Set means return pointing after the dest. */
SEARCH_BINDING *make_binding (char *buffer, long int start, long int end);
SEARCH_BINDING *copy_binding (SEARCH_BINDING *binding);
extern long search_forward (char *string, SEARCH_BINDING *binding);
extern long search_backward (char *input_string, SEARCH_BINDING *binding);
extern long search (char *string, SEARCH_BINDING *binding);
extern int looking_at (char *string, SEARCH_BINDING *binding);
/* Note that STRING_IN_LINE () always returns the offset of the 1st character
after the string. */
extern int string_in_line (char *string, char *line);
/* Function names that start with "skip" are passed a string, and return
an offset from the start of that string. Function names that start
with "find" are passed a SEARCH_BINDING, and return an absolute position
marker of the item being searched for. "Find" functions return a value
of -1 if the item being looked for couldn't be found. */
extern int skip_whitespace (char *string);
extern int skip_non_whitespace (char *string);
extern int skip_whitespace_and_newlines (char *string);
extern int skip_line (char *string);
extern int skip_node_characters (char *string, int newlines_okay);
extern int skip_node_separator (char *body);
#define DONT_SKIP_NEWLINES 0
#define SKIP_NEWLINES 1
extern long find_node_separator (SEARCH_BINDING *binding);
extern long find_tags_table (SEARCH_BINDING *binding);
extern long find_node_in_binding (char *nodename, SEARCH_BINDING *binding);
#endif /* not INFO_SEARCH_H */

5039
contrib/texinfo/info/session.c
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

237
contrib/texinfo/info/session.h
View File

@ -1,237 +0,0 @@
/* session.h -- Functions found in session.c.
$Id: session.h,v 1.3 2004/04/11 17:56:46 karl Exp $
Copyright (C) 1993, 1998, 1999, 2001, 2002, 2004 Free Software
Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
Written by Brian Fox (bfox@ai.mit.edu). */
#ifndef SESSION_H
#define SESSION_H
#include "info.h"
#include "dribble.h"
/* All commands that can be invoked from within info_session () receive
arguments in the same way. This simple define declares the header
of a function named NAME, with associated documentation DOC. The
documentation string is groveled out of the source files by the
utility program `makedoc', which is also responsible for making
the documentation/function-pointer maps. */
#define DECLARE_INFO_COMMAND(name, doc) \
void name (WINDOW *window, int count, unsigned char key)
/* Variables found in session.h. */
extern VFunction *info_last_executed_command;
/* Variable controlling the garbage collection of files briefly visited
during searches. Such files are normally gc'ed, unless they were
compressed to begin with. If this variable is non-zero, it says
to gc even those file buffer contents which had to be uncompressed. */
extern int gc_compressed_files;
/* When non-zero, tiling takes place automatically when info_split_window
is called. */
extern int auto_tiling_p;
/* Variable controlling the behaviour of default scrolling when you are
already at the bottom of a node. */
extern int info_scroll_behaviour;
extern char *info_scroll_choices[];
/* Values for info_scroll_behaviour. */
#define IS_Continuous 0 /* Try to get first menu item, or failing that, the
"Next:" pointer, or failing that, the "Up:" and
"Next:" of the up. */
#define IS_NextOnly 1 /* Try to get "Next:" menu item. */
#define IS_PageOnly 2 /* Simply give up at the bottom of a node. */
/* Utility functions found in session.c */
extern void info_dispatch_on_key (unsigned char key, Keymap map);
extern unsigned char info_get_input_char (void);
extern unsigned char info_get_another_input_char (void);
extern unsigned char info_input_pending_p (void);
extern void remember_window_and_node (WINDOW *window, NODE *node);
extern void set_remembered_pagetop_and_point (WINDOW *window);
extern void set_window_pagetop (WINDOW *window, int desired_top);
extern void info_set_node_of_window (int remember, WINDOW *window,
NODE *node);
extern void initialize_keyseq (void);
extern void add_char_to_keyseq (char character);
extern void info_gather_typeahead (void);
extern FILE_BUFFER *file_buffer_of_window (WINDOW *window);
extern long info_search_in_node (char *string, NODE *node,
long int start, WINDOW *window, int dir, int case_sensitive);
extern long info_target_search_node (NODE *node, char *string,
long int start);
extern void info_select_reference (WINDOW *window, REFERENCE *entry);
extern int info_any_buffered_input_p (void);
extern void print_node (NODE *node);
extern void dump_node_to_file (NODE *node, char *filename,
int dump_subnodes);
extern void dump_nodes_to_file (char *filename, char **nodenames,
char *output_filename, int dump_subnodes);
extern char *program_name_from_file_name (char *file_name);
/* Do the physical deletion of WINDOW, and forget this window and
associated nodes. */
extern void info_delete_window_internal (WINDOW *window);
/* Tell Info that input is coming from the file FILENAME. */
extern void info_set_input_from_file (char *filename);
#define return_if_control_g(val) \
do { \
info_gather_typeahead (); \
if (info_input_pending_p () == Control ('g')) \
return (val); \
} while (0)
/* The names of the functions that run an info session. */
/* Starting an info session. */
extern void begin_multiple_window_info_session (char *filename,
char **nodenames);
extern void begin_info_session (NODE *initial_node);
extern void begin_info_session_with_error (NODE *initial_node,
char *format, void *arg1, void *arg2);
extern void info_session (void);
extern void initialize_info_session (NODE *node, int clear_screen);
extern void info_read_and_dispatch (void);
extern void info_intuit_options_node (WINDOW *window,
NODE *initial_node, char *program);
/* Moving the point within a node. */
extern void info_next_line (WINDOW *window, int count, unsigned char key);
extern void info_prev_line (WINDOW *window, int count, unsigned char key);
extern void info_end_of_line (WINDOW *window, int count, unsigned char key);
extern void info_beginning_of_line (WINDOW *window, int count, unsigned char key);
extern void info_forward_char (WINDOW *window, int count, unsigned char key);
extern void info_backward_char (WINDOW *window, int count, unsigned char key);
extern void info_forward_word (WINDOW *window, int count, unsigned char key);
extern void info_backward_word (WINDOW *window, int count, unsigned char key);
extern void info_beginning_of_node (WINDOW *window, int count, unsigned char key);
extern void info_end_of_node (WINDOW *window, int count, unsigned char key);
extern void info_move_to_prev_xref (WINDOW *window, int count, unsigned char key);
extern void info_move_to_next_xref (WINDOW *window, int count, unsigned char key);
/* Scrolling text within a window. */
extern void info_scroll_forward (WINDOW *window, int count, unsigned char key);
extern void info_scroll_backward (WINDOW *window, int count, unsigned char key);
extern void info_redraw_display (WINDOW *window, int count, unsigned char key);
extern void info_toggle_wrap (WINDOW *window, int count, unsigned char key);
extern void info_move_to_window_line (WINDOW *window, int count,
unsigned char key);
extern void info_up_line (WINDOW *window, int count, unsigned char key);
extern void info_down_line (WINDOW *window, int count, unsigned char key);
extern void info_scroll_half_screen_down (WINDOW *window, int count,
unsigned char key);
extern void info_scroll_half_screen_up (WINDOW *window, int count,
unsigned char key);
extern void info_scroll_forward_set_window (WINDOW *window, int count,
unsigned char key);
extern void info_scroll_forward_page_only (WINDOW *window, int count,
unsigned char key);
extern void info_scroll_forward_page_only_set_window (WINDOW *window, int count,
unsigned char key);
extern void info_scroll_backward_set_window (WINDOW *window, int count,
unsigned char key);
extern void info_scroll_backward_page_only (WINDOW *window, int count,
unsigned char key);
extern void info_scroll_backward_page_only_set_window (WINDOW *window, int count,
unsigned char key);
extern void info_scroll_other_window_backward (WINDOW *window, int count,
unsigned char key);
/* Manipulating multiple windows. */
extern void info_split_window (WINDOW *window, int count, unsigned char key);
extern void info_delete_window (WINDOW *window, int count, unsigned char key);
extern void info_keep_one_window (WINDOW *window, int count, unsigned char key);
extern void info_grow_window (WINDOW *window, int count, unsigned char key);
extern void info_scroll_other_window (WINDOW *window, int count,
unsigned char key);
extern void info_tile_windows (WINDOW *window, int count, unsigned char key);
extern void info_next_window (WINDOW *window, int count, unsigned char key);
extern void info_prev_window (WINDOW *window, int count, unsigned char key);
/* Selecting nodes. */
extern void info_next_node (WINDOW *window, int count, unsigned char key);
extern void info_prev_node (WINDOW *window, int count, unsigned char key);
extern void info_up_node (WINDOW *window, int count, unsigned char key);
extern void info_last_node (WINDOW *window, int count, unsigned char key);
extern void info_first_node (WINDOW *window, int count, unsigned char key);
extern void info_history_node (WINDOW *window, int count, unsigned char key);
extern void info_goto_node (WINDOW *window, int count, unsigned char key);
extern void info_goto_invocation_node (WINDOW *window, int count,
unsigned char key);
extern void info_top_node (WINDOW *window, int count, unsigned char key);
extern void info_dir_node (WINDOW *window, int count, unsigned char key);
extern void info_global_next_node (WINDOW *window, int count, unsigned char key);
extern void info_global_prev_node (WINDOW *window, int count, unsigned char key);
extern void info_kill_node (WINDOW *window, int count, unsigned char key);
extern void info_view_file (WINDOW *window, int count, unsigned char key);
extern void info_menu_sequence (WINDOW *window, int count, unsigned char key);
extern NODE *info_follow_menus (NODE *initial_node, char **menus,
const char **errstr, char **errarg1, char **errarg2);
extern void info_man (WINDOW *window, int count, unsigned char key);
extern void list_visited_nodes (WINDOW *window, int count, unsigned char key);
extern void select_visited_node (WINDOW *window, int count, unsigned char key);
/* Selecting cross references. */
extern void info_menu_digit (WINDOW *window, int count, unsigned char key);
extern void info_menu_item (WINDOW *window, int count, unsigned char key);
extern void info_xref_item (WINDOW *window, int count, unsigned char key);
extern void info_find_menu (WINDOW *window, int count, unsigned char key);
extern void info_select_reference_this_line (WINDOW *window, int count,
unsigned char key);
extern void info_last_menu_item (WINDOW *window, int count, unsigned char key);
extern void info_visit_menu (WINDOW *window, int count, unsigned char key);
/* Hacking numeric arguments. */
extern int info_explicit_arg, info_numeric_arg, info_numeric_arg_sign;
extern void info_add_digit_to_numeric_arg (WINDOW *window, int count,
unsigned char key);
extern void info_universal_argument (WINDOW *window, int count,
unsigned char key);
extern void info_initialize_numeric_arg (void);
extern void info_numeric_arg_digit_loop (WINDOW *window, int count,
unsigned char key);
/* Searching commands. */
extern void info_search (WINDOW *window, int count, unsigned char key);
extern void isearch_forward (WINDOW *window, int count, unsigned char key);
extern void isearch_backward (WINDOW *window, int count, unsigned char key);
extern void info_search_case_sensitively (WINDOW *window, int count,
unsigned char key);
extern void info_search_backward (WINDOW *window, int count, unsigned char key);
extern void info_search_next (WINDOW *window, int count, unsigned char key);
extern void info_search_previous (WINDOW *window, int count, unsigned char key);
/* Dumping and printing nodes. */
extern void info_print_node (WINDOW *window, int count, unsigned char key);
/* Footnotes. */
extern void info_show_footnotes (WINDOW *window, int count, unsigned char key);
/* Miscellaneous commands. */
extern void info_abort_key (WINDOW *window, int count, unsigned char key);
extern void info_quit (WINDOW *window, int count, unsigned char key);
extern void info_do_lowercase_version (WINDOW *window, int count,
unsigned char key);
#endif /* not SESSION_H */

295
contrib/texinfo/info/signals.c
View File

@ -1,295 +0,0 @@
/* signals.c -- install and maintain signal handlers.
$Id: signals.c,v 1.7 2004/04/11 17:56:46 karl Exp $
Copyright (C) 1993, 1994, 1995, 1998, 2002, 2003, 2004 Free Software
Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
Originally written by Brian Fox (bfox@ai.mit.edu). */
#include "info.h"
#include "signals.h"
void initialize_info_signal_handler (void);
/* **************************************************************** */
/* */
/* Pretending That We Have POSIX Signals */
/* */
/* **************************************************************** */
#if !defined (HAVE_SIGPROCMASK) && defined (HAVE_SIGSETMASK)
/* Perform OPERATION on NEWSET, perhaps leaving information in OLDSET. */
static void
sigprocmask (int operation, int *newset, int *oldset)
{
switch (operation)
{
case SIG_UNBLOCK:
sigsetmask (sigblock (0) & ~(*newset));
break;
case SIG_BLOCK:
*oldset = sigblock (*newset);
break;
case SIG_SETMASK:
sigsetmask (*newset);
break;
default:
abort ();
}
}
#endif /* !HAVE_SIGPROCMASK && HAVE_SIGSETMASK */
/* **************************************************************** */
/* */
/* Signal Handling for Info */
/* */
/* **************************************************************** */
#if defined (HAVE_SIGACTION) || defined (HAVE_SIGPROCMASK) ||\
defined (HAVE_SIGSETMASK)
static void
mask_termsig (sigset_t *set)
{
# if defined (SIGTSTP)
sigaddset (set, SIGTSTP);
sigaddset (set, SIGTTOU);
sigaddset (set, SIGTTIN);
# endif
# if defined (SIGWINCH)
sigaddset (set, SIGWINCH);
# endif
#if defined (SIGQUIT)
sigaddset (set, SIGQUIT);
#endif
#if defined (SIGINT)
sigaddset (set, SIGINT);
#endif
# if defined (SIGUSR1)
sigaddset (set, SIGUSR1);
# endif
}
#endif /* HAVE_SIGACTION || HAVE_SIGPROCMASK || HAVE_SIGSETMASK */
static RETSIGTYPE info_signal_proc (int sig);
#if defined (HAVE_SIGACTION)
typedef struct sigaction signal_info;
signal_info info_signal_handler;
static void
set_termsig (int sig, signal_info *old)
{
sigaction (sig, &info_signal_handler, old);
}
static void
restore_termsig (int sig, const signal_info *saved)
{
sigaction (sig, saved, NULL);
}
#else /* !HAVE_SIGACTION */
typedef RETSIGTYPE (*signal_info) ();
#define set_termsig(sig, old) (void)(*(old) = signal (sig, info_signal_proc))
#define restore_termsig(sig, saved) (void)signal (sig, *(saved))
#define info_signal_handler info_signal_proc
static int term_conf_busy = 0;
#endif /* !HAVE_SIGACTION */
static signal_info old_TSTP, old_TTOU, old_TTIN;
static signal_info old_WINCH, old_INT, old_USR1;
static signal_info old_QUIT;
void
initialize_info_signal_handler (void)
{
#ifdef SA_NOCLDSTOP
/* (Based on info from Paul Eggert found in coreutils.) Don't use
HAVE_SIGACTION to decide whether to use the sa_handler, sa_flags,
sa_mask members, as some systems (Solaris 7+) don't define them. Use
SA_NOCLDSTOP instead; it's been part of POSIX.1 since day 1 (in 1988). */
info_signal_handler.sa_handler = info_signal_proc;
info_signal_handler.sa_flags = 0;
mask_termsig (&info_signal_handler.sa_mask);
#endif /* SA_NOCLDSTOP */
#if defined (SIGTSTP)
set_termsig (SIGTSTP, &old_TSTP);
set_termsig (SIGTTOU, &old_TTOU);
set_termsig (SIGTTIN, &old_TTIN);
#endif /* SIGTSTP */
#if defined (SIGWINCH)
set_termsig (SIGWINCH, &old_WINCH);
#endif
#if defined (SIGQUIT)
set_termsig (SIGQUIT, &old_QUIT);
#endif
#if defined (SIGINT)
set_termsig (SIGINT, &old_INT);
#endif
#if defined (SIGUSR1)
/* Used by DJGPP to simulate SIGTSTP on Ctrl-Z. */
set_termsig (SIGUSR1, &old_USR1);
#endif
}
static void
redisplay_after_signal (void)
{
terminal_clear_screen ();
display_clear_display (the_display);
window_mark_chain (windows, W_UpdateWindow);
display_update_display (windows);
display_cursor_at_point (active_window);
fflush (stdout);
}
static void
reset_info_window_sizes (void)
{
terminal_goto_xy (0, 0);
fflush (stdout);
terminal_unprep_terminal ();
terminal_get_screen_size ();
terminal_prep_terminal ();
display_initialize_display (screenwidth, screenheight);
window_new_screen_size (screenwidth, screenheight);
redisplay_after_signal ();
}
static RETSIGTYPE
info_signal_proc (int sig)
{
signal_info *old_signal_handler = NULL;
#if !defined (HAVE_SIGACTION)
/* best effort: first increment this counter and later block signals */
if (term_conf_busy)
return;
term_conf_busy++;
#if defined (HAVE_SIGPROCMASK) || defined (HAVE_SIGSETMASK)
{
sigset_t nvar, ovar;
sigemptyset (&nvar);
mask_termsig (&nvar);
sigprocmask (SIG_BLOCK, &nvar, &ovar);
}
#endif /* HAVE_SIGPROCMASK || HAVE_SIGSETMASK */
#endif /* !HAVE_SIGACTION */
switch (sig)
{
#if defined (SIGTSTP)
case SIGTSTP:
case SIGTTOU:
case SIGTTIN:
#endif
#if defined (SIGQUIT)
case SIGQUIT:
#endif
#if defined (SIGINT)
case SIGINT:
#endif
{
#if defined (SIGTSTP)
if (sig == SIGTSTP)
old_signal_handler = &old_TSTP;
if (sig == SIGTTOU)
old_signal_handler = &old_TTOU;
if (sig == SIGTTIN)
old_signal_handler = &old_TTIN;
#endif /* SIGTSTP */
#if defined (SIGQUIT)
if (sig == SIGQUIT)
old_signal_handler = &old_QUIT;
#endif /* SIGQUIT */
#if defined (SIGINT)
if (sig == SIGINT)
old_signal_handler = &old_INT;
#endif /* SIGINT */
/* For stop signals, restore the terminal IO, leave the cursor
at the bottom of the window, and stop us. */
terminal_goto_xy (0, screenheight - 1);
terminal_clear_to_eol ();
fflush (stdout);
terminal_unprep_terminal ();
restore_termsig (sig, old_signal_handler);
UNBLOCK_SIGNAL (sig);
kill (getpid (), sig);
/* The program is returning now. Restore our signal handler,
turn on terminal handling, redraw the screen, and place the
cursor where it belongs. */
terminal_prep_terminal ();
set_termsig (sig, old_signal_handler);
/* window size might be changed while sleeping */
reset_info_window_sizes ();
}
break;
#if defined (SIGWINCH) || defined (SIGUSR1)
#ifdef SIGWINCH
case SIGWINCH:
#endif
#ifdef SIGUSR1
case SIGUSR1:
#endif
{
/* Turn off terminal IO, tell our parent that the window has changed,
then reinitialize the terminal and rebuild our windows. */
#ifdef SIGWINCH
if (sig == SIGWINCH)
old_signal_handler = &old_WINCH;
#endif
#ifdef SIGUSR1
if (sig == SIGUSR1)
old_signal_handler = &old_USR1;
#endif
terminal_goto_xy (0, 0);
fflush (stdout);
terminal_unprep_terminal (); /* needless? */
restore_termsig (sig, old_signal_handler);
UNBLOCK_SIGNAL (sig);
kill (getpid (), sig);
/* After our old signal handler returns... */
set_termsig (sig, old_signal_handler); /* needless? */
terminal_prep_terminal ();
reset_info_window_sizes ();
}
break;
#endif /* SIGWINCH || SIGUSR1 */
}
#if !defined (HAVE_SIGACTION)
/* at this time it is safer to perform unblock after decrement */
term_conf_busy--;
#if defined (HAVE_SIGPROCMASK) || defined (HAVE_SIGSETMASK)
{
sigset_t nvar, ovar;
sigemptyset (&nvar);
mask_termsig (&nvar);
sigprocmask (SIG_UNBLOCK, &nvar, &ovar);
}
#endif /* HAVE_SIGPROCMASK || HAVE_SIGSETMASK */
#endif /* !HAVE_SIGACTION */
}
/* vim: set sw=2 cino={1s>2sn-s^-se-s: */

96
contrib/texinfo/info/signals.h
View File

@ -1,96 +0,0 @@
/* signals.h -- header to include system dependent signal definitions.
$Id: signals.h,v 1.2 2004/04/11 17:56:46 karl Exp $
Copyright (C) 1993, 1994, 1995, 1997, 2002, 2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
Originally written by Brian Fox (bfox@ai.mit.edu). */
#ifndef INFO_SIGNALS_H
#define INFO_SIGNALS_H
#include <sys/types.h>
#include <signal.h>
/* For sysV68 --phdm@info.ucl.ac.be. */
#if !defined (SIGCHLD) && defined (SIGCLD)
#define SIGCHLD SIGCLD
#endif
#if !defined (HAVE_SIGPROCMASK) && !defined (sigmask)
# define sigmask(x) (1 << ((x)-1))
#endif /* !HAVE_SIGPROCMASK && !sigmask */
/* Without SA_NOCLDSTOP, sigset_t might end up being undefined even
though we have sigprocmask, on older systems, according to Nelson
Beebe. The test is from coreutils/sort.c, via Paul Eggert. */
#if !defined (HAVE_SIGPROCMASK) || !defined (SA_NOCLDSTOP)
# if !defined (SIG_BLOCK)
# define SIG_UNBLOCK 1
# define SIG_BLOCK 2
# define SIG_SETMASK 3
# endif /* SIG_BLOCK */
/* Type of a signal set. */
# define sigset_t int
/* Make SET have no signals in it. */
# define sigemptyset(set) (*(set) = (sigset_t)0x0)
/* Make SET have the full range of signal specifications possible. */
# define sigfillset(set) (*(set) = (sigset_t)0xffffffffff)
/* Add SIG to the contents of SET. */
# define sigaddset(set, sig) *(set) |= sigmask (sig)
/* Delete SIG from the contents of SET. */
# define sigdelset(set, sig) *(set) &= ~(sigmask (sig))
/* Tell if SET contains SIG. */
# define sigismember(set, sig) (*(set) & (sigmask (sig)))
/* Suspend the process until the reception of one of the signals
not present in SET. */
# define sigsuspend(set) sigpause (*(set))
#endif /* !HAVE_SIGPROCMASK */
#if defined (HAVE_SIGPROCMASK) || defined (HAVE_SIGSETMASK)
/* These definitions are used both in POSIX and non-POSIX implementations. */
#define BLOCK_SIGNAL(sig) \
do { \
sigset_t nvar, ovar; \
sigemptyset (&nvar); \
sigemptyset (&ovar); \
sigaddset (&nvar, sig); \
sigprocmask (SIG_BLOCK, &nvar, &ovar); \
} while (0)
#define UNBLOCK_SIGNAL(sig) \
do { \
sigset_t nvar, ovar; \
sigemptyset (&ovar); \
sigemptyset (&nvar); \
sigaddset (&nvar, sig); \
sigprocmask (SIG_UNBLOCK, &nvar, &ovar); \
} while (0)
#else /* !HAVE_SIGPROCMASK && !HAVE_SIGSETMASK */
# define BLOCK_SIGNAL(sig)
# define UNBLOCK_SIGNAL(sig)
#endif /* !HAVE_SIGPROCMASK && !HAVE_SIGSETMASK */
#endif /* not INFO_SIGNALS_H */

59
contrib/texinfo/info/termdep.h
View File

@ -1,59 +0,0 @@
/* termdep.h -- system things that terminal.c depends on.
$Id: termdep.h,v 1.2 2004/04/11 17:56:46 karl Exp $
Copyright (C) 1993, 1996, 1997, 1998, 2001, 2002 Free Software
Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
Written by Brian Fox (bfox@ai.mit.edu). */
#ifndef INFO_TERMDEP_H
#define INFO_TERMDEP_H
/* NeXT supplies <termios.h> but it is broken. Probably Autoconf should
have a separate test, but anyway ... */
#ifdef NeXT
#undef HAVE_TERMIOS_H
#endif
#ifdef HAVE_TERMIOS_H
# include <termios.h>
#else
# if defined (HAVE_TERMIO_H)
# include <termio.h>
# if defined (HAVE_SYS_PTEM_H)
# if defined (M_UNIX) || !defined (M_XENIX)
# include <sys/stream.h>
# include <sys/ptem.h>
# undef TIOCGETC
# else /* M_XENIX */
# define tchars tc
# endif /* M_XENIX */
# endif /* HAVE_SYS_PTEM_H */
# else /* !HAVE_TERMIO_H */
# include <sgtty.h>
# endif /* !HAVE_TERMIO_H */
#endif /* !HAVE_TERMIOS_H */
#ifdef GWINSZ_IN_SYS_IOCTL
# include <sys/ioctl.h>
#endif
#ifdef HAVE_SYS_TTOLD_H
# include <sys/ttold.h>
#endif /* HAVE_SYS_TTOLD_H */
#endif /* not INFO_TERMDEP_H */

873
contrib/texinfo/info/terminal.c
View File

@ -1,873 +0,0 @@
/* terminal.c -- how to handle the physical terminal for Info.
$Id: terminal.c,v 1.3 2004/04/11 17:56:46 karl Exp $
Copyright (C) 1988, 1989, 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993, 1996, 1997, 1998,
1999, 2001, 2002, 2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
Originally written by Brian Fox (bfox@ai.mit.edu). */
#include "info.h"
#include "terminal.h"
#include "termdep.h"
#include <sys/types.h>
#include <signal.h>
/* The Unix termcap interface code. */
#ifdef HAVE_NCURSES_TERMCAP_H
#include <ncurses/termcap.h>
#else
#ifdef HAVE_TERMCAP_H
#include <termcap.h>
#else
/* On Solaris2, sys/types.h #includes sys/reg.h, which #defines PC.
Unfortunately, PC is a global variable used by the termcap library. */
#undef PC
/* Termcap requires these variables, whether we access them or not. */
char *BC, *UP;
char PC; /* Pad character */
short ospeed; /* Terminal output baud rate */
extern int tgetnum (), tgetflag (), tgetent ();
extern char *tgetstr (), *tgoto ();
extern void tputs ();
#endif /* not HAVE_TERMCAP_H */
#endif /* not HAVE_NCURSES_TERMCAP_H */
/* Function "hooks". If you make one of these point to a function, that
function is called when appropriate instead of its namesake. Your
function is called with exactly the same arguments that were passed
to the namesake function. */
VFunction *terminal_begin_inverse_hook = (VFunction *)NULL;
VFunction *terminal_end_inverse_hook = (VFunction *)NULL;
VFunction *terminal_prep_terminal_hook = (VFunction *)NULL;
VFunction *terminal_unprep_terminal_hook = (VFunction *)NULL;
VFunction *terminal_up_line_hook = (VFunction *)NULL;
VFunction *terminal_down_line_hook = (VFunction *)NULL;
VFunction *terminal_clear_screen_hook = (VFunction *)NULL;
VFunction *terminal_clear_to_eol_hook = (VFunction *)NULL;
VFunction *terminal_get_screen_size_hook = (VFunction *)NULL;
VFunction *terminal_goto_xy_hook = (VFunction *)NULL;
VFunction *terminal_initialize_terminal_hook = (VFunction *)NULL;
VFunction *terminal_new_terminal_hook = (VFunction *)NULL;
VFunction *terminal_put_text_hook = (VFunction *)NULL;
VFunction *terminal_ring_bell_hook = (VFunction *)NULL;
VFunction *terminal_write_chars_hook = (VFunction *)NULL;
VFunction *terminal_scroll_terminal_hook = (VFunction *)NULL;
/* **************************************************************** */
/* */
/* Terminal and Termcap */
/* */
/* **************************************************************** */
/* A buffer which holds onto the current terminal description, and a pointer
used to float within it. And the name of the terminal. */
static char *term_buffer = NULL;
static char *term_string_buffer = NULL;
static char *term_name;
/* Some strings to control terminal actions. These are output by tputs (). */
static char *term_goto, *term_clreol, *term_cr, *term_clrpag;
static char *term_begin_use, *term_end_use;
static char *term_AL, *term_DL, *term_al, *term_dl;
static char *term_keypad_on, *term_keypad_off;
/* How to go up a line. */
static char *term_up;
/* How to go down a line. */
static char *term_dn;
/* An audible bell, if the terminal can be made to make noise. */
static char *audible_bell;
/* A visible bell, if the terminal can be made to flash the screen. */
static char *visible_bell;
/* The string to write to turn on the meta key, if this term has one. */
static char *term_mm;
/* The string to turn on inverse mode, if this term has one. */
static char *term_invbeg;
/* The string to turn off inverse mode, if this term has one. */
static char *term_invend;
/* Although I can't find any documentation that says this is supposed to
return its argument, all the code I've looked at (termutils, less)
does so, so fine. */
static int
output_character_function (int c)
{
putc (c, stdout);
return c;
}
/* Macro to send STRING to the terminal. */
#define send_to_terminal(string) \
do { \
if (string) \
tputs (string, 1, output_character_function); \
} while (0)
/* Tell the terminal that we will be doing cursor addressable motion. */
static void
terminal_begin_using_terminal (void)
{
RETSIGTYPE (*sigsave) (int signum);
if (term_keypad_on)
send_to_terminal (term_keypad_on);
if (!term_begin_use || !*term_begin_use)
return;
#ifdef SIGWINCH
sigsave = signal (SIGWINCH, SIG_IGN);
#endif
send_to_terminal (term_begin_use);
fflush (stdout);
if (STREQ (term_name, "sun-cmd"))
/* Without this fflush and sleep, running info in a shelltool or
cmdtool (TERM=sun-cmd) with scrollbars loses -- the scrollbars are
not restored properly.
From: strube@physik3.gwdg.de (Hans Werner Strube). */
sleep (1);
#ifdef SIGWINCH
signal (SIGWINCH, sigsave);
#endif
}
/* Tell the terminal that we will not be doing any more cursor
addressable motion. */
static void
terminal_end_using_terminal (void)
{
RETSIGTYPE (*sigsave) (int signum);
if (term_keypad_off)
send_to_terminal (term_keypad_off);
if (!term_end_use || !*term_end_use)
return;
#ifdef SIGWINCH
sigsave = signal (SIGWINCH, SIG_IGN);
#endif
send_to_terminal (term_end_use);
fflush (stdout);
if (STREQ (term_name, "sun-cmd"))
/* See comments at other sleep. */
sleep (1);
#ifdef SIGWINCH
signal (SIGWINCH, sigsave);
#endif
}
/* **************************************************************** */
/* */
/* Necessary Terminal Functions */
/* */
/* **************************************************************** */
/* The functions and variables on this page implement the user visible
portion of the terminal interface. */
/* The width and height of the terminal. */
int screenwidth, screenheight;
/* Non-zero means this terminal can't really do anything. */
int terminal_is_dumb_p = 0;
/* Non-zero means that this terminal has a meta key. */
int terminal_has_meta_p = 0;
/* Non-zero means that this terminal can produce a visible bell. */
int terminal_has_visible_bell_p = 0;
/* Non-zero means to use that visible bell if at all possible. */
int terminal_use_visible_bell_p = 0;
/* Non-zero means that the terminal can do scrolling. */
int terminal_can_scroll = 0;
/* The key sequences output by the arrow keys, if this terminal has any. */
char *term_ku = NULL;
char *term_kd = NULL;
char *term_kr = NULL;
char *term_kl = NULL;
char *term_kP = NULL; /* page-up */
char *term_kN = NULL; /* page-down */
char *term_kh = NULL; /* home */
char *term_ke = NULL; /* end */
char *term_kD = NULL; /* delete */
char *term_ki = NULL; /* ins */
char *term_kx = NULL; /* del */
/* Move the cursor to the terminal location of X and Y. */
void
terminal_goto_xy (int x, int y)
{
if (terminal_goto_xy_hook)
(*terminal_goto_xy_hook) (x, y);
else
{
if (term_goto)
tputs (tgoto (term_goto, x, y), 1, output_character_function);
}
}
/* Print STRING to the terminal at the current position. */
void
terminal_put_text (char *string)
{
if (terminal_put_text_hook)
(*terminal_put_text_hook) (string);
else
{
printf ("%s", string);
}
}
/* Print NCHARS from STRING to the terminal at the current position. */
void
terminal_write_chars (char *string, int nchars)
{
if (terminal_write_chars_hook)
(*terminal_write_chars_hook) (string, nchars);
else
{
if (nchars)
fwrite (string, 1, nchars, stdout);
}
}
/* Clear from the current position of the cursor to the end of the line. */
void
terminal_clear_to_eol (void)
{
if (terminal_clear_to_eol_hook)
(*terminal_clear_to_eol_hook) ();
else
{
send_to_terminal (term_clreol);
}
}
/* Clear the entire terminal screen. */
void
terminal_clear_screen (void)
{
if (terminal_clear_screen_hook)
(*terminal_clear_screen_hook) ();
else
{
send_to_terminal (term_clrpag);
}
}
/* Move the cursor up one line. */
void
terminal_up_line (void)
{
if (terminal_up_line_hook)
(*terminal_up_line_hook) ();
else
{
send_to_terminal (term_up);
}
}
/* Move the cursor down one line. */
void
terminal_down_line (void)
{
if (terminal_down_line_hook)
(*terminal_down_line_hook) ();
else
{
send_to_terminal (term_dn);
}
}
/* Turn on reverse video if possible. */
void
terminal_begin_inverse (void)
{
if (terminal_begin_inverse_hook)
(*terminal_begin_inverse_hook) ();
else
{
send_to_terminal (term_invbeg);
}
}
/* Turn off reverse video if possible. */
void
terminal_end_inverse (void)
{
if (terminal_end_inverse_hook)
(*terminal_end_inverse_hook) ();
else
{
send_to_terminal (term_invend);
}
}
/* Ring the terminal bell. The bell is run visibly if it both has one and
terminal_use_visible_bell_p is non-zero. */
void
terminal_ring_bell (void)
{
if (terminal_ring_bell_hook)
(*terminal_ring_bell_hook) ();
else
{
if (terminal_has_visible_bell_p && terminal_use_visible_bell_p)
send_to_terminal (visible_bell);
else
send_to_terminal (audible_bell);
}
}
/* At the line START, delete COUNT lines from the terminal display. */
static void
terminal_delete_lines (int start, int count)
{
int lines;
/* Normalize arguments. */
if (start < 0)
start = 0;
lines = screenheight - start;
terminal_goto_xy (0, start);
if (term_DL)
tputs (tgoto (term_DL, 0, count), lines, output_character_function);
else
{
while (count--)
tputs (term_dl, lines, output_character_function);
}
fflush (stdout);
}
/* At the line START, insert COUNT lines in the terminal display. */
static void
terminal_insert_lines (int start, int count)
{
int lines;
/* Normalize arguments. */
if (start < 0)
start = 0;
lines = screenheight - start;
terminal_goto_xy (0, start);
if (term_AL)
tputs (tgoto (term_AL, 0, count), lines, output_character_function);
else
{
while (count--)
tputs (term_al, lines, output_character_function);
}
fflush (stdout);
}
/* Scroll an area of the terminal, starting with the region from START
to END, AMOUNT lines. If AMOUNT is negative, the lines are scrolled
towards the top of the screen, else they are scrolled towards the
bottom of the screen. */
void
terminal_scroll_terminal (int start, int end, int amount)
{
if (!terminal_can_scroll)
return;
/* Any scrolling at all? */
if (amount == 0)
return;
if (terminal_scroll_terminal_hook)
(*terminal_scroll_terminal_hook) (start, end, amount);
else
{
/* If we are scrolling down, delete AMOUNT lines at END. Then insert
AMOUNT lines at START. */
if (amount > 0)
{
terminal_delete_lines (end, amount);
terminal_insert_lines (start, amount);
}
/* If we are scrolling up, delete AMOUNT lines before START. This
actually does the upwards scroll. Then, insert AMOUNT lines
after the already scrolled region (i.e., END - AMOUNT). */
if (amount < 0)
{
int abs_amount = -amount;
terminal_delete_lines (start - abs_amount, abs_amount);
terminal_insert_lines (end - abs_amount, abs_amount);
}
}
}
/* Re-initialize the terminal considering that the TERM/TERMCAP variable
has changed. */
void
terminal_new_terminal (char *terminal_name)
{
if (terminal_new_terminal_hook)
(*terminal_new_terminal_hook) (terminal_name);
else
{
terminal_initialize_terminal (terminal_name);
}
}
/* Set the global variables SCREENWIDTH and SCREENHEIGHT. */
void
terminal_get_screen_size (void)
{
if (terminal_get_screen_size_hook)
(*terminal_get_screen_size_hook) ();
else
{
screenwidth = screenheight = 0;
#if defined (TIOCGWINSZ)
{
struct winsize window_size;
if (ioctl (fileno (stdout), TIOCGWINSZ, &window_size) == 0)
{
screenwidth = (int) window_size.ws_col;
screenheight = (int) window_size.ws_row;
}
}
#endif /* TIOCGWINSZ */
/* Environment variable COLUMNS overrides setting of "co". */
if (screenwidth <= 0)
{
char *sw = getenv ("COLUMNS");
if (sw)
screenwidth = atoi (sw);
if (screenwidth <= 0)
screenwidth = tgetnum ("co");
}
/* Environment variable LINES overrides setting of "li". */
if (screenheight <= 0)
{
char *sh = getenv ("LINES");
if (sh)
screenheight = atoi (sh);
if (screenheight <= 0)
screenheight = tgetnum ("li");
}
/* If all else fails, default to 80x24 terminal. */
if (screenwidth <= 0)
screenwidth = 80;
if (screenheight <= 0)
screenheight = 24;
}
}
/* Initialize the terminal which is known as TERMINAL_NAME. If this
terminal doesn't have cursor addressability, `terminal_is_dumb_p'
becomes nonzero. The variables SCREENHEIGHT and SCREENWIDTH are set
to the dimensions that this terminal actually has. The variable
TERMINAL_HAS_META_P becomes nonzero if this terminal supports a Meta
key. Finally, the terminal screen is cleared. */
void
terminal_initialize_terminal (char *terminal_name)
{
char *buffer;
terminal_is_dumb_p = 0;
if (terminal_initialize_terminal_hook)
{
(*terminal_initialize_terminal_hook) (terminal_name);
return;
}
term_name = terminal_name ? terminal_name : getenv ("TERM");
if (!term_name)
term_name = "dumb";
if (!term_string_buffer)
term_string_buffer = xmalloc (2048);
if (!term_buffer)
term_buffer = xmalloc (2048);
buffer = term_string_buffer;
term_clrpag = term_cr = term_clreol = NULL;
/* HP-UX 11.x returns 0 for OK --jeff.hull@state.co.us. */
if (tgetent (term_buffer, term_name) < 0)
{
terminal_is_dumb_p = 1;
screenwidth = 80;
screenheight = 24;
term_cr = "\r";
term_up = term_dn = audible_bell = visible_bell = NULL;
term_ku = term_kd = term_kl = term_kr = NULL;
term_kP = term_kN = NULL;
term_kh = term_ke = NULL;
term_kD = NULL;
return;
}
BC = tgetstr ("pc", &buffer);
PC = BC ? *BC : 0;
#if defined (HAVE_TERMIOS_H)
{
struct termios ti;
if (tcgetattr (fileno(stdout), &ti) != -1)
ospeed = cfgetospeed (&ti);
else
ospeed = B9600;
}
#else
# if defined (TIOCGETP)
{
struct sgttyb sg;
if (ioctl (fileno (stdout), TIOCGETP, &sg) != -1)
ospeed = sg.sg_ospeed;
else
ospeed = B9600;
}
# else
ospeed = B9600;
# endif /* !TIOCGETP */
#endif
term_cr = tgetstr ("cr", &buffer);
term_clreol = tgetstr ("ce", &buffer);
term_clrpag = tgetstr ("cl", &buffer);
term_goto = tgetstr ("cm", &buffer);
/* Find out about this terminal's scrolling capability. */
term_AL = tgetstr ("AL", &buffer);
term_DL = tgetstr ("DL", &buffer);
term_al = tgetstr ("al", &buffer);
term_dl = tgetstr ("dl", &buffer);
terminal_can_scroll = ((term_AL || term_al) && (term_DL || term_dl));
term_invbeg = tgetstr ("mr", &buffer);
if (term_invbeg)
term_invend = tgetstr ("me", &buffer);
else
term_invend = NULL;
if (!term_cr)
term_cr = "\r";
terminal_get_screen_size ();
term_up = tgetstr ("up", &buffer);
term_dn = tgetstr ("dn", &buffer);
visible_bell = tgetstr ("vb", &buffer);
terminal_has_visible_bell_p = (visible_bell != NULL);
audible_bell = tgetstr ("bl", &buffer);
if (!audible_bell)
audible_bell = "\007";
term_begin_use = tgetstr ("ti", &buffer);
term_end_use = tgetstr ("te", &buffer);
term_keypad_on = tgetstr ("ks", &buffer);
term_keypad_off = tgetstr ("ke", &buffer);
/* Check to see if this terminal has a meta key. */
terminal_has_meta_p = (tgetflag ("km") || tgetflag ("MT"));
if (terminal_has_meta_p)
{
term_mm = tgetstr ("mm", &buffer);
}
else
{
term_mm = NULL;
}
/* Attempt to find the arrow keys. */
term_ku = tgetstr ("ku", &buffer);
term_kd = tgetstr ("kd", &buffer);
term_kr = tgetstr ("kr", &buffer);
term_kl = tgetstr ("kl", &buffer);
term_kP = tgetstr ("kP", &buffer);
term_kN = tgetstr ("kN", &buffer);
#if defined(INFOKEY)
term_kh = tgetstr ("kh", &buffer);
term_ke = tgetstr ("@7", &buffer);
term_ki = tgetstr ("kI", &buffer);
term_kx = tgetstr ("kD", &buffer);
#endif /* defined(INFOKEY) */
/* Home and end keys. */
term_kh = tgetstr ("kh", &buffer);
term_ke = tgetstr ("@7", &buffer);
term_kD = tgetstr ("kD", &buffer);
/* If this terminal is not cursor addressable, then it is really dumb. */
if (!term_goto)
terminal_is_dumb_p = 1;
}
/* How to read characters from the terminal. */
#if defined (HAVE_TERMIOS_H)
struct termios original_termios, ttybuff;
#else
# if defined (HAVE_TERMIO_H)
/* A buffer containing the terminal mode flags upon entry to info. */
struct termio original_termio, ttybuff;
# else /* !HAVE_TERMIO_H */
/* Buffers containing the terminal mode flags upon entry to info. */
int original_tty_flags = 0;
int original_lmode;
struct sgttyb ttybuff;
# if defined(TIOCGETC) && defined(M_XENIX)
/* SCO 3.2v5.0.2 defines but does not support TIOCGETC. Gak. Maybe
better fix would be to use Posix termios in preference. --gildea,
1jul99. */
# undef TIOCGETC
# endif
# if defined (TIOCGETC)
/* A buffer containing the terminal interrupt characters upon entry
to Info. */
struct tchars original_tchars;
# endif
# if defined (TIOCGLTC)
/* A buffer containing the local terminal mode characters upon entry
to Info. */
struct ltchars original_ltchars;
# endif
# endif /* !HAVE_TERMIO_H */
#endif /* !HAVE_TERMIOS_H */
/* Prepare to start using the terminal to read characters singly. */
void
terminal_prep_terminal (void)
{
int tty;
if (terminal_prep_terminal_hook)
{
(*terminal_prep_terminal_hook) ();
return;
}
terminal_begin_using_terminal ();
tty = fileno (stdin);
#if defined (HAVE_TERMIOS_H)
tcgetattr (tty, &original_termios);
tcgetattr (tty, &ttybuff);
#else
# if defined (HAVE_TERMIO_H)
ioctl (tty, TCGETA, &original_termio);
ioctl (tty, TCGETA, &ttybuff);
# endif
#endif
#if defined (HAVE_TERMIOS_H) || defined (HAVE_TERMIO_H)
ttybuff.c_iflag &= (~ISTRIP & ~INLCR & ~IGNCR & ~ICRNL & ~IXON);
/* These output flags are not part of POSIX, so only use them if they
are defined. */
#ifdef ONLCR
ttybuff.c_oflag &= ~ONLCR ;
#endif
#ifdef OCRNL
ttybuff.c_oflag &= ~OCRNL;
#endif
ttybuff.c_lflag &= (~ICANON & ~ECHO);
ttybuff.c_cc[VMIN] = 1;
ttybuff.c_cc[VTIME] = 0;
if (ttybuff.c_cc[VINTR] == '\177')
ttybuff.c_cc[VINTR] = -1;
if (ttybuff.c_cc[VQUIT] == '\177')
ttybuff.c_cc[VQUIT] = -1;
#ifdef VLNEXT
if (ttybuff.c_cc[VLNEXT] == '\026')
ttybuff.c_cc[VLNEXT] = -1;
#endif /* VLNEXT */
#endif /* TERMIOS or TERMIO */
/* cf. emacs/src/sysdep.c for being sure output is on. */
#if defined (HAVE_TERMIOS_H)
/* linux kernel 2.2.x needs a TCOFF followed by a TCOON to turn output
back on if the user presses ^S at the very beginning; just a TCOON
doesn't work. --Kevin Ryde <user42@zip.com.au>, 16jun2000. */
tcsetattr (tty, TCSANOW, &ttybuff);
# ifdef TCOON
tcflow (tty, TCOOFF);
tcflow (tty, TCOON);
# endif
#else
# if defined (HAVE_TERMIO_H)
ioctl (tty, TCSETA, &ttybuff);
# ifdef TCXONC
ioctl (tty, TCXONC, 1);
# endif
# endif
#endif
#if !defined (HAVE_TERMIOS_H) && !defined (HAVE_TERMIO_H)
ioctl (tty, TIOCGETP, &ttybuff);
if (!original_tty_flags)
original_tty_flags = ttybuff.sg_flags;
/* Make this terminal pass 8 bits around while we are using it. */
# if defined (PASS8)
ttybuff.sg_flags |= PASS8;
# endif /* PASS8 */
# if defined (TIOCLGET) && defined (LPASS8)
{
int flags;
ioctl (tty, TIOCLGET, &flags);
original_lmode = flags;
flags |= LPASS8;
ioctl (tty, TIOCLSET, &flags);
}
# endif /* TIOCLGET && LPASS8 */
# if defined (TIOCGETC)
{
struct tchars temp;
ioctl (tty, TIOCGETC, &original_tchars);
temp = original_tchars;
/* C-s and C-q. */
temp.t_startc = temp.t_stopc = -1;
/* Often set to C-d. */
temp.t_eofc = -1;
/* If the a quit or interrupt character conflicts with one of our
commands, then make it go away. */
if (temp.t_intrc == '\177')
temp.t_intrc = -1;
if (temp.t_quitc == '\177')
temp.t_quitc = -1;
ioctl (tty, TIOCSETC, &temp);
}
# endif /* TIOCGETC */
# if defined (TIOCGLTC)
{
struct ltchars temp;
ioctl (tty, TIOCGLTC, &original_ltchars);
temp = original_ltchars;
/* Make the interrupt keys go away. Just enough to make people happy. */
temp.t_lnextc = -1; /* C-v. */
temp.t_dsuspc = -1; /* C-y. */
temp.t_flushc = -1; /* C-o. */
ioctl (tty, TIOCSLTC, &temp);
}
# endif /* TIOCGLTC */
ttybuff.sg_flags &= ~ECHO;
ttybuff.sg_flags |= CBREAK;
ioctl (tty, TIOCSETN, &ttybuff);
#endif /* !HAVE_TERMIOS_H && !HAVE_TERMIO_H */
}
/* Restore the tty settings back to what they were before we started using
this terminal. */
void
terminal_unprep_terminal (void)
{
int tty;
if (terminal_unprep_terminal_hook)
{
(*terminal_unprep_terminal_hook) ();
return;
}
tty = fileno (stdin);
#if defined (HAVE_TERMIOS_H)
tcsetattr (tty, TCSANOW, &original_termios);
#else
# if defined (HAVE_TERMIO_H)
ioctl (tty, TCSETA, &original_termio);
# else /* !HAVE_TERMIO_H */
ioctl (tty, TIOCGETP, &ttybuff);
ttybuff.sg_flags = original_tty_flags;
ioctl (tty, TIOCSETN, &ttybuff);
# if defined (TIOCGETC)
ioctl (tty, TIOCSETC, &original_tchars);
# endif /* TIOCGETC */
# if defined (TIOCGLTC)
ioctl (tty, TIOCSLTC, &original_ltchars);
# endif /* TIOCGLTC */
# if defined (TIOCLGET) && defined (LPASS8)
ioctl (tty, TIOCLSET, &original_lmode);
# endif /* TIOCLGET && LPASS8 */
# endif /* !HAVE_TERMIO_H */
#endif /* !HAVE_TERMIOS_H */
terminal_end_using_terminal ();
}
#ifdef __MSDOS__
# include "pcterm.c"
#endif

130
contrib/texinfo/info/terminal.h
View File

@ -1,130 +0,0 @@
/* terminal.h -- The external interface to terminal I/O.
$Id: terminal.h,v 1.3 2004/04/11 17:56:46 karl Exp $
Copyright (C) 1993, 1996, 1997, 2001, 2002, 2004 Free Software
Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
Written by Brian Fox (bfox@ai.mit.edu). */
#if !defined (TERMINAL_H)
#define TERMINAL_H
#include "info.h"
/* For almost every function externally visible from terminal.c, there is
a corresponding "hook" function which can be bound in order to replace
the functionality of the one found in terminal.c. This is how we go
about implemented X window display. */
/* The width and height of the terminal. */
extern int screenwidth, screenheight;
/* Non-zero means this terminal can't really do anything. */
extern int terminal_is_dumb_p;
/* Non-zero means that this terminal has a meta key. */
extern int terminal_has_meta_p;
/* Non-zero means that this terminal can produce a visible bell. */
extern int terminal_has_visible_bell_p;
/* Non-zero means to use that visible bell if at all possible. */
extern int terminal_use_visible_bell_p;
/* Non-zero means that this terminal can scroll lines up and down. */
extern int terminal_can_scroll;
/* Initialize the terminal which is known as TERMINAL_NAME. If this terminal
doesn't have cursor addressability, TERMINAL_IS_DUMB_P becomes non-zero.
The variables SCREENHEIGHT and SCREENWIDTH are set to the dimensions that
this terminal actually has. The variable TERMINAL_HAS_META_P becomes non-
zero if this terminal supports a Meta key. */
extern void terminal_initialize_terminal (char *terminal_name);
extern VFunction *terminal_initialize_terminal_hook;
/* Return the current screen width and height in the variables
SCREENWIDTH and SCREENHEIGHT. */
extern void terminal_get_screen_size (void);
extern VFunction *terminal_get_screen_size_hook;
/* Save and restore tty settings. */
extern void terminal_prep_terminal (void);
extern void terminal_unprep_terminal (void);
extern VFunction *terminal_prep_terminal_hook;
extern VFunction *terminal_unprep_terminal_hook;
/* Re-initialize the terminal to TERMINAL_NAME. */
extern void terminal_new_terminal (char *terminal_name);
extern VFunction *terminal_new_terminal_hook;
/* Move the cursor to the terminal location of X and Y. */
extern void terminal_goto_xy (int x, int y);
extern VFunction *terminal_goto_xy_hook;
/* Print STRING to the terminal at the current position. */
extern void terminal_put_text (char *string);
extern VFunction *terminal_put_text_hook;
/* Print NCHARS from STRING to the terminal at the current position. */
extern void terminal_write_chars (char *string, int nchars);
extern VFunction *terminal_write_chars_hook;
/* Clear from the current position of the cursor to the end of the line. */
extern void terminal_clear_to_eol (void);
extern VFunction *terminal_clear_to_eol_hook;
/* Clear the entire terminal screen. */
extern void terminal_clear_screen (void);
extern VFunction *terminal_clear_screen_hook;
/* Move the cursor up one line. */
extern void terminal_up_line (void);
extern VFunction *terminal_up_line_hook;
/* Move the cursor down one line. */
extern void terminal_down_line (void);
extern VFunction *terminal_down_line_hook;
/* Turn on reverse video if possible. */
extern void terminal_begin_inverse (void);
extern VFunction *terminal_begin_inverse_hook;
/* Turn off reverse video if possible. */
extern void terminal_end_inverse (void);
extern VFunction *terminal_end_inverse_hook;
/* Scroll an area of the terminal, starting with the region from START
to END, AMOUNT lines. If AMOUNT is negative, the lines are scrolled
towards the top of the screen, else they are scrolled towards the
bottom of the screen. */
extern void terminal_scroll_terminal (int start, int end, int amount);
extern VFunction *terminal_scroll_terminal_hook;
/* Ring the terminal bell. The bell is run visibly if it both has one and
terminal_use_visible_bell_p is non-zero. */
extern void terminal_ring_bell (void);
extern VFunction *terminal_ring_bell_hook;
/* The key sequences output by special keys, if this terminal has any. */
extern char *term_ku, *term_kd, *term_kr, *term_kl;
extern char *term_kP, *term_kN;
extern char *term_ke, *term_kh;
extern char *term_kx, *term_ki;
extern char *term_kD;
#endif /* !TERMINAL_H */

342
contrib/texinfo/info/tilde.c
View File

@ -1,342 +0,0 @@
/* tilde.c -- tilde expansion code (~/foo := $HOME/foo).
$Id: tilde.c,v 1.3 2004/04/11 17:56:46 karl Exp $
Copyright (C) 1988, 1989, 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993, 1996, 1998, 1999,
2002, 2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
Written by Brian Fox (bfox@ai.mit.edu). */
/* Include config.h before doing alloca. */
#include "info.h"
#include "tilde.h"
#if defined (TEST) || defined (STATIC_MALLOC)
static void *xmalloc (), *xrealloc ();
#endif /* TEST || STATIC_MALLOC */
/* The default value of tilde_additional_prefixes. This is set to
whitespace preceding a tilde so that simple programs which do not
perform any word separation get desired behaviour. */
static char *default_prefixes[] =
{ " ~", "\t~", (char *)NULL };
/* The default value of tilde_additional_suffixes. This is set to
whitespace or newline so that simple programs which do not
perform any word separation get desired behaviour. */
static char *default_suffixes[] =
{ " ", "\n", (char *)NULL };
/* If non-null, this contains the address of a function to call if the
standard meaning for expanding a tilde fails. The function is called
with the text (sans tilde, as in "foo"), and returns a malloc()'ed string
which is the expansion, or a NULL pointer if there is no expansion. */
CFunction *tilde_expansion_failure_hook = (CFunction *)NULL;
/* When non-null, this is a NULL terminated array of strings which
are duplicates for a tilde prefix. Bash uses this to expand
`=~' and `:~'. */
char **tilde_additional_prefixes = default_prefixes;
/* When non-null, this is a NULL terminated array of strings which match
the end of a username, instead of just "/". Bash sets this to
`:' and `=~'. */
char **tilde_additional_suffixes = default_suffixes;
/* Find the start of a tilde expansion in STRING, and return the index of
the tilde which starts the expansion. Place the length of the text
which identified this tilde starter in LEN, excluding the tilde itself. */
static int
tilde_find_prefix (char *string, int *len)
{
register int i, j, string_len;
register char **prefixes = tilde_additional_prefixes;
string_len = strlen (string);
*len = 0;
if (!*string || *string == '~')
return (0);
if (prefixes)
{
for (i = 0; i < string_len; i++)
{
for (j = 0; prefixes[j]; j++)
{
if (strncmp (string + i, prefixes[j], strlen (prefixes[j])) == 0)
{
*len = strlen (prefixes[j]) - 1;
return (i + *len);
}
}
}
}
return (string_len);
}
/* Find the end of a tilde expansion in STRING, and return the index of
the character which ends the tilde definition. */
static int
tilde_find_suffix (char *string)
{
register int i, j, string_len;
register char **suffixes = tilde_additional_suffixes;
string_len = strlen (string);
for (i = 0; i < string_len; i++)
{
if (IS_SLASH (string[i]) || !string[i])
break;
for (j = 0; suffixes && suffixes[j]; j++)
{
if (strncmp (string + i, suffixes[j], strlen (suffixes[j])) == 0)
return (i);
}
}
return (i);
}
/* Return a new string which is the result of tilde expanding STRING. */
char *
tilde_expand (char *string)
{
char *result;
int result_size, result_index;
result_size = result_index = 0;
result = (char *)NULL;
/* Scan through STRING expanding tildes as we come to them. */
while (1)
{
register int start, end;
char *tilde_word, *expansion;
int len;
/* Make START point to the tilde which starts the expansion. */
start = tilde_find_prefix (string, &len);
/* Copy the skipped text into the result. */
if ((result_index + start + 1) > result_size)
result = (char *)xrealloc (result, 1 + (result_size += (start + 20)));
strncpy (result + result_index, string, start);
result_index += start;
/* Advance STRING to the starting tilde. */
string += start;
/* Make END be the index of one after the last character of the
username. */
end = tilde_find_suffix (string);
/* If both START and END are zero, we are all done. */
if (!start && !end)
break;
/* Expand the entire tilde word, and copy it into RESULT. */
tilde_word = (char *)xmalloc (1 + end);
strncpy (tilde_word, string, end);
tilde_word[end] = '\0';
string += end;
expansion = tilde_expand_word (tilde_word);
free (tilde_word);
len = strlen (expansion);
if ((result_index + len + 1) > result_size)
result = (char *)xrealloc (result, 1 + (result_size += (len + 20)));
strcpy (result + result_index, expansion);
result_index += len;
free (expansion);
}
result[result_index] = '\0';
return (result);
}
/* Do the work of tilde expansion on FILENAME. FILENAME starts with a
tilde. If there is no expansion, call tilde_expansion_failure_hook. */
char *
tilde_expand_word (char *filename)
{
char *dirname = filename ? xstrdup (filename) : NULL;
if (dirname && *dirname == '~')
{
char *temp_name;
if (!dirname[1] || IS_SLASH (dirname[1]))
{
/* Prepend $HOME to the rest of the string. */
char *temp_home = getenv ("HOME");
/* If there is no HOME variable, look up the directory in
the password database. */
if (!temp_home)
{
struct passwd *entry;
entry = (struct passwd *) getpwuid (getuid ());
if (entry)
temp_home = entry->pw_dir;
}
temp_name = xmalloc (1 + strlen (&dirname[1])
+ (temp_home ? strlen (temp_home) : 0));
if (temp_home)
strcpy (temp_name, temp_home);
else
temp_name[0] = 0;
strcat (temp_name, &dirname[1]);
free (dirname);
dirname = xstrdup (temp_name);
free (temp_name);
}
else
{
struct passwd *user_entry;
char *username = xmalloc (257);
int i, c;
for (i = 1; (c = dirname[i]); i++)
{
if (IS_SLASH (c))
break;
else
username[i - 1] = c;
}
username[i - 1] = 0;
if (!(user_entry = (struct passwd *) getpwnam (username)))
{
/* If the calling program has a special syntax for
expanding tildes, and we couldn't find a standard
expansion, then let them try. */
if (tilde_expansion_failure_hook)
{
char *expansion = (*tilde_expansion_failure_hook) (username);
if (expansion)
{
temp_name = xmalloc (1 + strlen (expansion)
+ strlen (&dirname[i]));
strcpy (temp_name, expansion);
strcat (temp_name, &dirname[i]);
free (expansion);
goto return_name;
}
}
/* We shouldn't report errors. */
}
else
{
temp_name = xmalloc (1 + strlen (user_entry->pw_dir)
+ strlen (&dirname[i]));
strcpy (temp_name, user_entry->pw_dir);
strcat (temp_name, &dirname[i]);
return_name:
free (dirname);
dirname = xstrdup (temp_name);
free (temp_name);
}
endpwent ();
free (username);
}
}
return dirname;
}
#if defined (TEST)
#undef NULL
#include <stdio.h>
main (argc, argv)
int argc;
char **argv;
{
char *result, line[512];
int done = 0;
while (!done)
{
printf ("~expand: ");
fflush (stdout);
if (!gets (line))
strcpy (line, "done");
if ((strcmp (line, "done") == 0) ||
(strcmp (line, "quit") == 0) ||
(strcmp (line, "exit") == 0))
{
done = 1;
break;
}
result = tilde_expand (line);
printf (" --> %s\n", result);
free (result);
}
xexit (0);
}
static void memory_error_and_abort ();
static void *
xmalloc (bytes)
int bytes;
{
void *temp = (void *)malloc (bytes);
if (!temp)
memory_error_and_abort ();
return (temp);
}
static void *
xrealloc (pointer, bytes)
void *pointer;
int bytes;
{
void *temp;
if (!pointer)
temp = (char *)malloc (bytes);
else
temp = (char *)realloc (pointer, bytes);
if (!temp)
memory_error_and_abort ();
return (temp);
}
static void
memory_error_and_abort ()
{
fprintf (stderr, _("readline: Out of virtual memory!\n"));
abort ();
}
#endif /* TEST */

54
contrib/texinfo/info/tilde.h
View File

@ -1,54 +0,0 @@
/* tilde.h: Externally available variables and function in libtilde.a.
$Id: tilde.h,v 1.3 2004/04/11 17:56:46 karl Exp $
This file has appeared in prior works by the Free Software Foundation;
thus it carries copyright dates from 1988 through 1993.
Copyright (C) 1988, 1989, 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993, 2004 Free Software
Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
Written by Brian Fox (bfox@ai.mit.edu). */
#ifndef TILDE_H
#define TILDE_H
#include "info.h"
/* If non-null, this contains the address of a function to call if the
standard meaning for expanding a tilde fails. The function is called
with the text (sans tilde, as in "foo"), and returns a malloc()'ed string
which is the expansion, or a NULL pointer if there is no expansion. */
extern CFunction *tilde_expansion_failure_hook;
/* When non-null, this is a NULL terminated array of strings which
are duplicates for a tilde prefix. Bash uses this to expand
`=~' and `:~'. */
extern char **tilde_additional_prefixes;
/* When non-null, this is a NULL terminated array of strings which match
the end of a username, instead of just "/". Bash sets this to
`:' and `=~'. */
extern char **tilde_additional_suffixes;
/* Return a new string which is the result of tilde expanding STRING. */
extern char *tilde_expand (char *string);
/* Do the work of tilde expansion on FILENAME. FILENAME starts with a
tilde. If there is no expansion, call tilde_expansion_failure_hook. */
extern char *tilde_expand_word (char *filename);
#endif /* not TILDE_H */

305
contrib/texinfo/info/variables.c
View File

@ -1,305 +0,0 @@
/* variables.c -- how to manipulate user visible variables in Info.
$Id: variables.c,v 1.3 2004/04/11 17:56:46 karl Exp $
Copyright (C) 1993, 1997, 2001, 2002, 2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
Written by Brian Fox (bfox@ai.mit.edu). */
#include "info.h"
#include "variables.h"
/* **************************************************************** */
/* */
/* User Visible Variables in Info */
/* */
/* **************************************************************** */
/* Choices used by the completer when reading a zero/non-zero value for
a variable. */
static char *on_off_choices[] = { "Off", "On", (char *)NULL };
VARIABLE_ALIST info_variables[] = {
{ "automatic-footnotes",
N_("When \"On\", footnotes appear and disappear automatically"),
&auto_footnotes_p, (char **)on_off_choices },
{ "automatic-tiling",
N_("When \"On\", creating or deleting a window resizes other windows"),
&auto_tiling_p, (char **)on_off_choices },
{ "visible-bell",
N_("When \"On\", flash the screen instead of ringing the bell"),
&terminal_use_visible_bell_p, (char **)on_off_choices },
{ "errors-ring-bell",
N_("When \"On\", errors cause the bell to ring"),
&info_error_rings_bell_p, (char **)on_off_choices },
{ "gc-compressed-files",
N_("When \"On\", Info garbage collects files which had to be uncompressed"),
&gc_compressed_files, (char **)on_off_choices },
{ "show-index-match",
N_("When \"On\", the portion of the matched search string is highlighted"),
&show_index_match, (char **)on_off_choices },
{ "scroll-behaviour",
N_("Controls what happens when scrolling is requested at the end of a node"),
&info_scroll_behaviour, (char **)info_scroll_choices },
{ "scroll-step",
N_("The number lines to scroll when the cursor moves out of the window"),
&window_scroll_step, (char **)NULL },
{ "ISO-Latin",
N_("When \"On\", Info accepts and displays ISO Latin characters"),
&ISO_Latin_p, (char **)on_off_choices },
{ (char *)NULL, (char *)NULL, (int *)NULL, (char **)NULL }
};
DECLARE_INFO_COMMAND (describe_variable, _("Explain the use of a variable"))
{
VARIABLE_ALIST *var;
char *description;
/* Get the variable's name. */
var = read_variable_name ((char *) _("Describe variable: "), window);
if (!var)
return;
description = (char *)xmalloc (20 + strlen (var->name)
+ strlen (_(var->doc)));
if (var->choices)
sprintf (description, "%s (%s): %s.",
var->name, var->choices[*(var->value)], _(var->doc));
else
sprintf (description, "%s (%d): %s.",
var->name, *(var->value), _(var->doc));
window_message_in_echo_area ("%s", description, NULL);
free (description);
}
DECLARE_INFO_COMMAND (set_variable, _("Set the value of an Info variable"))
{
VARIABLE_ALIST *var;
char *line;
/* Get the variable's name and value. */
var = read_variable_name ((char *) _("Set variable: "), window);
if (!var)
return;
/* Read a new value for this variable. */
{
char prompt[100];
if (!var->choices)
{
int potential_value;
if (info_explicit_arg || count != 1)
potential_value = count;
else
potential_value = *(var->value);
sprintf (prompt, _("Set %s to value (%d): "),
var->name, potential_value);
line = info_read_in_echo_area (active_window, prompt);
/* If no error was printed, clear the echo area. */
if (!info_error_was_printed)
window_clear_echo_area ();
/* User aborted? */
if (!line)
return;
/* If the user specified a value, get that, otherwise, we are done. */
canonicalize_whitespace (line);
if (*line)
*(var->value) = atoi (line);
else
*(var->value) = potential_value;
free (line);
}
else
{
register int i;
REFERENCE **array = (REFERENCE **)NULL;
int array_index = 0;
int array_slots = 0;
for (i = 0; var->choices[i]; i++)
{
REFERENCE *entry;
entry = (REFERENCE *)xmalloc (sizeof (REFERENCE));
entry->label = xstrdup (var->choices[i]);
entry->nodename = (char *)NULL;
entry->filename = (char *)NULL;
add_pointer_to_array
(entry, array_index, array, array_slots, 10, REFERENCE *);
}
sprintf (prompt, _("Set %s to value (%s): "),
var->name, var->choices[*(var->value)]);
/* Ask the completer to read a variable value for us. */
line = info_read_completing_in_echo_area (window, prompt, array);
info_free_references (array);
if (!echo_area_is_active)
window_clear_echo_area ();
/* User aborted? */
if (!line)
{
info_abort_key (active_window, 0, 0);
return;
}
/* User accepted default choice? If so, no change. */
if (!*line)
{
free (line);
return;
}
/* Find the choice in our list of choices. */
for (i = 0; var->choices[i]; i++)
if (strcmp (var->choices[i], line) == 0)
break;
if (var->choices[i])
*(var->value) = i;
}
}
}
/* Read the name of an Info variable in the echo area and return the
address of a VARIABLE_ALIST member. A return value of NULL indicates
that no variable could be read. */
VARIABLE_ALIST *
read_variable_name (char *prompt, WINDOW *window)
{
register int i;
char *line;
REFERENCE **variables;
/* Get the completion array of variable names. */
variables = make_variable_completions_array ();
/* Ask the completer to read a variable for us. */
line =
info_read_completing_in_echo_area (window, prompt, variables);
info_free_references (variables);
if (!echo_area_is_active)
window_clear_echo_area ();
/* User aborted? */
if (!line)
{
info_abort_key (active_window, 0, 0);
return ((VARIABLE_ALIST *)NULL);
}
/* User accepted "default"? (There is none.) */
if (!*line)
{
free (line);
return ((VARIABLE_ALIST *)NULL);
}
/* Find the variable in our list of variables. */
for (i = 0; info_variables[i].name; i++)
if (strcmp (info_variables[i].name, line) == 0)
break;
if (!info_variables[i].name)
return ((VARIABLE_ALIST *)NULL);
else
return (&(info_variables[i]));
}
/* Make an array of REFERENCE which actually contains the names of the
variables available in Info. */
REFERENCE **
make_variable_completions_array (void)
{
register int i;
REFERENCE **array = (REFERENCE **)NULL;
int array_index = 0, array_slots = 0;
for (i = 0; info_variables[i].name; i++)
{
REFERENCE *entry;
entry = (REFERENCE *) xmalloc (sizeof (REFERENCE));
entry->label = xstrdup (info_variables[i].name);
entry->nodename = (char *)NULL;
entry->filename = (char *)NULL;
add_pointer_to_array
(entry, array_index, array, array_slots, 200, REFERENCE *);
}
return (array);
}
#if defined(INFOKEY)
void
set_variable_to_value(char *name, char *value)
{
register int i;
/* Find the variable in our list of variables. */
for (i = 0; info_variables[i].name; i++)
if (strcmp(info_variables[i].name, name) == 0)
break;
if (!info_variables[i].name)
return;
if (info_variables[i].choices)
{
register int j;
/* Find the choice in our list of choices. */
for (j = 0; info_variables[i].choices[j]; j++)
if (strcmp (info_variables[i].choices[j], value) == 0)
break;
if (info_variables[i].choices[j])
*info_variables[i].value = j;
}
else
{
*info_variables[i].value = atoi(value);
}
}
#endif /* INFOKEY */

66
contrib/texinfo/info/variables.h
View File

@ -1,66 +0,0 @@
/* variables.h -- Description of user visible variables in Info.
$Id: variables.h,v 1.3 2004/04/11 17:56:46 karl Exp $
This file is part of GNU Info, a program for reading online documentation
stored in Info format.
Copyright (C) 1993, 1997, 2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
Written by Brian Fox (bfox@ai.mit.edu). */
#ifndef INFO_VARIABLES_H
#define INFO_VARIABLES_H
/* A variable (in the Info sense) is an integer value with a user-visible
name. You may supply an array of strings to complete over when the
variable is set; in that case, the variable is set to the index of the
string that the user chose. If you supply a null list, the user can
set the variable to a numeric value. */
/* Structure describing a user visible variable. */
typedef struct {
char *name; /* Polite name. */
char *doc; /* Documentation string. */
int *value; /* Address of value. */
char **choices; /* Array of strings or NULL if numeric only. */
} VARIABLE_ALIST;
/* Read the name of an Info variable in the echo area and return the
address of a VARIABLE_ALIST member. A return value of NULL indicates
that no variable could be read. */
extern VARIABLE_ALIST *read_variable_name (char *prompt, WINDOW *window);
/* Make an array of REFERENCE which actually contains the names of the
variables available in Info. */
extern REFERENCE **make_variable_completions_array (void);
/* Set the value of an info variable. */
extern void set_variable (WINDOW *window, int count, unsigned char key);
extern void describe_variable (WINDOW *window, int count, unsigned char key);
/* The list of user-visible variables. */
extern int auto_footnotes_p;
extern int auto_tiling_p;
extern int terminal_use_visible_bell_p;
extern int info_error_rings_bell_p;
extern int gc_compressed_files;
extern int show_index_match;
extern int info_scroll_behaviour;
extern int window_scroll_step;
extern int ISO_Latin_p;
#endif /* not INFO_VARIABLES_H */

1554
contrib/texinfo/info/window.c
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

241
contrib/texinfo/info/window.h
View File

@ -1,241 +0,0 @@
/* window.h -- Structure and flags used in manipulating Info windows.
$Id: window.h,v 1.3 2004/04/11 17:56:46 karl Exp $
This file is part of GNU Info, a program for reading online documentation
stored in Info format.
Copyright (C) 1993, 1997, 2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
Written by Brian Fox (bfox@ai.mit.edu). */
#ifndef INFO_WINDOW_H
#define INFO_WINDOW_H
#include "infomap.h"
#include "nodes.h"
/* Smallest number of visible lines in a window. The actual height is
always one more than this number because each window has a modeline. */
#define WINDOW_MIN_HEIGHT 2
/* Smallest number of screen lines that can be used to fully present a
window. This number includes the modeline of the window. */
#define WINDOW_MIN_SIZE (WINDOW_MIN_HEIGHT + 1)
/* The exact same elements are used within the WINDOW_STATE structure and a
subsection of the WINDOW structure. We could define a structure which
contains this elements, and include that structure in each of WINDOW_STATE
and WINDOW. But that would lead references in the code such as
window->state->node which we would like to avoid. Instead, we #define the
elements here, and simply include the define in both data structures. Thus,
if you need to change window state information, here is where you would
do it. NB> The last element does NOT end with a semi-colon. */
#define WINDOW_STATE_DECL \
NODE *node; /* The node displayed in this window. */ \
int pagetop; /* LINE_STARTS[PAGETOP] is first line in WINDOW. */ \
long point /* Offset within NODE of the cursor position. */
/* Structure which defines a window. Windows are doubly linked, next
and prev. The list of windows is kept on WINDOWS. The structure member
window->height is the total height of the window. The position location
(0, window->height + window->first_row) is the first character of this
windows modeline. The number of lines that can be displayed in a window
is equal to window->height - 1. */
typedef struct window_struct
{
struct window_struct *next; /* Next window in this chain. */
struct window_struct *prev; /* Previous window in this chain. */
int width; /* Width of this window. */
int height; /* Height of this window. */
int first_row; /* Offset of the first line in the_screen. */
int goal_column; /* The column we would like the cursor to appear in. */
Keymap keymap; /* Keymap used to read commands in this window. */
WINDOW_STATE_DECL; /* Node, pagetop and point. */
char *modeline; /* Calculated text of the modeline for this window. */
char **line_starts; /* Array of printed line starts for this node. */
int line_count; /* Number of lines appearing in LINE_STARTS. */
int flags; /* See below for details. */
} WINDOW;
typedef struct {
WINDOW_STATE_DECL; /* What gets saved. */
} WINDOW_STATE;
/* Structure defining the current state of an incremental search. */
typedef struct {
WINDOW_STATE_DECL; /* The node, pagetop and point. */
int search_index; /* Offset of the last char in the search string. */
int direction; /* The direction that this search is heading in. */
int failing; /* Whether or not this search failed. */
} SEARCH_STATE;
#define W_UpdateWindow 0x01 /* WINDOW needs updating. */
#define W_WindowIsPerm 0x02 /* This WINDOW is a permanent object. */
#define W_WindowVisible 0x04 /* This WINDOW is currently visible. */
#define W_InhibitMode 0x08 /* This WINDOW has no modeline. */
#define W_NoWrap 0x10 /* Lines do not wrap in this window. */
#define W_InputWindow 0x20 /* Window accepts input. */
#define W_TempWindow 0x40 /* Window is less important. */
extern WINDOW *windows; /* List of visible Info windows. */
extern WINDOW *active_window; /* The currently active window. */
extern WINDOW *the_screen; /* The Info screen is just another window. */
extern WINDOW *the_echo_area; /* THE_ECHO_AREA is a window in THE_SCREEN. */
/* Global variable control redisplay of scrolled windows. If non-zero, it
is the desired number of lines to scroll the window in order to make
point visible. A user might set this to 1 for smooth scrolling. If
set to zero, the line containing point is centered within the window. */
extern int window_scroll_step;
/* Make the modeline member for WINDOW. */
extern void window_make_modeline (WINDOW *window);
/* Initalize the window system by creating THE_SCREEN and THE_ECHO_AREA.
Create the first window ever, and make it permanent.
You pass WIDTH and HEIGHT; the dimensions of the total screen size. */
extern void window_initialize_windows (int width, int height);
/* Make a new window showing NODE, and return that window structure.
The new window is made to be the active window. If NODE is passed
as NULL, then show the node showing in the active window. If the
window could not be made return a NULL pointer. The active window
is not changed.*/
extern WINDOW *window_make_window (NODE *node);
/* Delete WINDOW from the list of known windows. If this window was the
active window, make the next window in the chain be the active window,
or the previous window in the chain if there is no next window. */
extern void window_delete_window (WINDOW *window);
/* A function to call when the screen changes size, and some windows have
to get deleted. The function is called with the window to be deleted
as an argument, and it can't do anything about the window getting deleted;
it can only clean up dangling references to that window. */
extern VFunction *window_deletion_notifier;
/* Set WINDOW to display NODE. */
extern void window_set_node_of_window (WINDOW *window, NODE *node);
/* Tell the window system that the size of the screen has changed. This
causes lots of interesting things to happen. The permanent windows
are resized, as well as every visible window. You pass WIDTH and HEIGHT;
the dimensions of the total screen size. */
extern void window_new_screen_size (int width, int height);
/* Change the height of WINDOW by AMOUNT. This also automagically adjusts
the previous and next windows in the chain. If there is only one user
window, then no change takes place. */
extern void window_change_window_height (WINDOW *window, int amount);
/* Adjust the pagetop of WINDOW such that the cursor point will be visible. */
extern void window_adjust_pagetop (WINDOW *window);
/* Tile all of the windows currently displayed in the global variable
WINDOWS. If argument DO_INTERNALS is non-zero, tile windows displaying
internal nodes as well. */
#define DONT_TILE_INTERNALS 0
#define TILE_INTERNALS 1
extern void window_tile_windows (int style);
/* Toggle the state of line wrapping in WINDOW. This can do a bit of fancy
redisplay. */
extern void window_toggle_wrap (WINDOW *window);
/* For every window in CHAIN, set the flags member to have FLAG set. */
extern void window_mark_chain (WINDOW *chain, int flag);
/* For every window in CHAIN, clear the flags member of FLAG. */
extern void window_unmark_chain (WINDOW *chain, int flag);
/* Make WINDOW start displaying at PERCENT percentage of its node. */
extern void window_goto_percentage (WINDOW *window, int percent);
/* Build a new node which has FORMAT printed with ARG1 and ARG2 as the
contents. */
extern NODE *build_message_node (char *format, void *arg1, void *arg2);
/* Useful functions can be called from outside of window.c. */
extern void initialize_message_buffer (void);
/* Print FORMAT with ARG1,2 to the end of the current message buffer. */
extern void printf_to_message_buffer (char *format, void *arg1, void *arg2,
void *arg3);
/* Convert the contents of the message buffer to a node. */
extern NODE *message_buffer_to_node (void);
/* Return the length of the most recently printed line in message buffer. */
extern int message_buffer_length_this_line (void);
/* Pad STRING to COUNT characters by inserting blanks. */
extern int pad_to (int count, char *string);
/* Make a message appear in the echo area, built from FORMAT, ARG1 and ARG2.
The arguments are treated similar to printf () arguments, but not all of
printf () hair is present. The message appears immediately. If there was
already a message appearing in the echo area, it is removed. */
extern void window_message_in_echo_area (char *format, void *arg1, void *arg2);
/* Place a temporary message in the echo area built from FORMAT, ARG1
and ARG2. The message appears immediately, but does not destroy
any existing message. A future call to unmessage_in_echo_area ()
restores the old contents. */
extern void message_in_echo_area (char *format, void *arg1, void *arg2);
extern void unmessage_in_echo_area (void);
/* Clear the echo area, removing any message that is already present.
The echo area is cleared immediately. */
extern void window_clear_echo_area (void);
/* Quickly guess the approximate number of lines to that NODE would
take to display. This really only counts carriage returns. */
extern int window_physical_lines (NODE *node);
/* Calculate a list of line starts for the node belonging to WINDOW. The line
starts are pointers to the actual text within WINDOW->NODE. */
extern void calculate_line_starts (WINDOW *window);
/* Given WINDOW, recalculate the line starts for the node it displays. */
extern void recalculate_line_starts (WINDOW *window);
/* Return the number of characters it takes to display CHARACTER on the
screen at HPOS. */
extern int character_width (int character, int hpos);
/* Return the number of characters it takes to display STRING on the
screen at HPOS. */
extern int string_width (char *string, int hpos);
/* Return the index of the line containing point. */
extern int window_line_of_point (WINDOW *window);
/* Get and return the goal column for this window. */
extern int window_get_goal_column (WINDOW *window);
/* Get and return the printed column offset of the cursor in this window. */
extern int window_get_cursor_column (WINDOW *window);
/* Get and Set the node, pagetop, and point of WINDOW. */
extern void window_get_state (WINDOW *window, SEARCH_STATE *state);
extern void window_set_state (WINDOW *window, SEARCH_STATE *state);
/* Count the number of characters in LINE that precede the printed column
offset of GOAL. */
extern int window_chars_to_goal (char *line, int goal);
#endif /* not INFO_WINDOW_H */

13
contrib/texinfo/lib/README
View File

@ -1,13 +0,0 @@
$Id: README,v 1.3 2004/04/11 17:56:46 karl Exp $
texinfo/lib/README
Copyright (C) 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Copying and distribution of this file, with or without modification,
are permitted in any medium without royalty provided the copyright
notice and this notice are preserved.
Common routines for the Texinfo programs.
Many are common to other GNU packages as well.
See the gnulib project at savannah: http://savannah.gnu.org/projects/gnulib

68
contrib/texinfo/lib/gettext.h
View File

@ -1,68 +0,0 @@
/* Convenience header for conditional use of GNU <libintl.h>.
Copyright (C) 1995-1998, 2000-2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
#ifndef _LIBGETTEXT_H
#define _LIBGETTEXT_H 1
/* NLS can be disabled through the configure --disable-nls option. */
#if ENABLE_NLS
/* Get declarations of GNU message catalog functions. */
# include <libintl.h>
#else
/* Solaris /usr/include/locale.h includes /usr/include/libintl.h, which
chokes if dcgettext is defined as a macro. So include it now, to make
later inclusions of <locale.h> a NOP. We don't include <libintl.h>
as well because people using "gettext.h" will not include <libintl.h>,
and also including <libintl.h> would fail on SunOS 4, whereas <locale.h>
is OK. */
#if defined(__sun)
# include <locale.h>
#endif
/* Disabled NLS.
The casts to 'const char *' serve the purpose of producing warnings
for invalid uses of the value returned from these functions.
On pre-ANSI systems without 'const', the config.h file is supposed to
contain "#define const". */
# define gettext(Msgid) ((const char *) (Msgid))
# define dgettext(Domainname, Msgid) ((const char *) (Msgid))
# define dcgettext(Domainname, Msgid, Category) ((const char *) (Msgid))
# define ngettext(Msgid1, Msgid2, N) \
((N) == 1 ? (const char *) (Msgid1) : (const char *) (Msgid2))
# define dngettext(Domainname, Msgid1, Msgid2, N) \
((N) == 1 ? (const char *) (Msgid1) : (const char *) (Msgid2))
# define dcngettext(Domainname, Msgid1, Msgid2, N, Category) \
((N) == 1 ? (const char *) (Msgid1) : (const char *) (Msgid2))
# define textdomain(Domainname) ((const char *) (Domainname))
# define bindtextdomain(Domainname, Dirname) ((const char *) (Dirname))
# define bind_textdomain_codeset(Domainname, Codeset) ((const char *) (Codeset))
#endif
/* A pseudo function call that serves as a marker for the automated
extraction of messages, but does not call gettext(). The run-time
translation is done at a different place in the code.
The argument, String, should be a literal string. Concatenated strings
and other string expressions won't work.
The macro's expansion is not parenthesized, so that it is suitable as
initializer for static 'char[]' or 'const char[]' variables. */
#define gettext_noop(String) String
#endif /* _LIBGETTEXT_H */

35
contrib/texinfo/lib/substring.c
View File

@ -1,35 +0,0 @@
/* substring.c -- extract substring.
$Id: substring.c,v 1.2 2004/04/11 17:56:46 karl Exp $
Copyright (C) 1999, 2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
#include "system.h"
char *
substring (const char *start, const char *end)
{
char *result = xmalloc (end - start + 1);
char *scan_result = result;
const char *scan = start;
while (scan < end)
*scan_result++ = *scan++;
*scan_result = 0;
return result;
}

291
contrib/texinfo/lib/system.h
View File

@ -1,291 +0,0 @@
/* system.h: system-dependent declarations; include this first.
$Id: system.h,v 1.12 2004/04/26 13:56:57 karl Exp $
Copyright (C) 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004 Free Software
Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
#ifndef TEXINFO_SYSTEM_H
#define TEXINFO_SYSTEM_H
#define _GNU_SOURCE
#include <config.h>
#ifdef MIKTEX
#include <gnu-miktex.h>
#define S_ISDIR(x) ((x)&_S_IFDIR)
#else
/* MiKTeX defines substring() in a separate DLL, where it has its
own __declspec declaration. We don't want to try to duplicate
this Microsoft-ism here. */
extern char *substring (const char *, const char *);
#endif
/* We follow the order of header inclusion from Autoconf's
ac_includes_default, more or less. */
#include <stdio.h>
#include <sys/types.h>
#include <ctype.h>
/* All systems nowadays probably have these functions, but ... */
#ifdef HAVE_LOCALE_H
#include <locale.h>
#endif
#ifndef HAVE_SETLOCALE
#define setlocale(category,locale) /* empty */
#endif
/* For gettext (NLS). */
#define const
#include "gettext.h"
#undef const
#define _(String) gettext (String)
#define N_(String) (String)
#ifdef STDC_HEADERS
#define getopt system_getopt
#include <stdlib.h>
#undef getopt
#else
extern char *getenv ();
#endif
/* Don't use bcopy! Use memmove if source and destination may overlap,
memcpy otherwise. */
#if HAVE_STRING_H
# if !STDC_HEADERS && HAVE_MEMORY_H
# include <memory.h>
# endif
# include <string.h>
#endif
#if HAVE_STRINGS_H
/* Always include <strings.h> if we have it. This is because that's
what Autoconf's AC_CHECK_DECL does. On IBM AIX 4.2, strncasecmp is
only declared in strings.h. */
# include <strings.h>
#endif
#if !HAVE_STRNCASECMP || !HAVE_STRCASECMP
# include "strcase.h"
#endif
#if !HAVE_DECL_MEMCHR
char *memchr ();
#endif
/* <unistd.h> defines _POSIX_VERSION, but Paul Eggert points out that is
only supposed to be used in user code, not other system headers. */
#ifdef HAVE_UNISTD_H
#include <unistd.h>
#endif /* HAVE_UNISTD_H */
#include <errno.h>
#ifndef errno
extern int errno;
#endif
#ifdef VMS
#include <perror.h>
#endif
#ifndef HAVE_DECL_STRERROR
extern char *strerror ();
#endif
#ifdef HAVE_LIMITS_H
#include <limits.h>
#endif
#ifndef PATH_MAX
#ifndef _POSIX_PATH_MAX
# define _POSIX_PATH_MAX 255
#endif
#define PATH_MAX _POSIX_PATH_MAX
#endif
#ifndef HAVE_DECL_STRCASECMP
extern int strcasecmp ();
#endif
#ifndef HAVE_DECL_STRNCASECMP
extern int strncasecmp ();
#endif
#ifndef HAVE_DECL_STRCOLL
extern int strcoll ();
#endif
#include <sys/stat.h>
#if STAT_MACROS_BROKEN
# undef S_ISDIR
#endif
#if !defined(S_ISDIR) && defined(S_IFDIR)
# define S_ISDIR(mode) (((mode) & S_IFMT) == S_IFDIR)
#endif
#ifdef HAVE_SYS_FILE_H
#include <sys/file.h>
#endif /* HAVE_SYS_FILE_H */
#ifndef O_RDONLY
/* Since <fcntl.h> is POSIX, prefer that to <sys/fcntl.h>.
This also avoids some useless warnings on (at least) Linux. */
#ifdef HAVE_FCNTL_H
#include <fcntl.h>
#else /* not HAVE_FCNTL_H */
#ifdef HAVE_SYS_FCNTL_H
#include <sys/fcntl.h>
#endif /* not HAVE_SYS_FCNTL_H */
#endif /* not HAVE_FCNTL_H */
#endif /* not O_RDONLY */
/* MS-DOS and similar non-Posix systems have some peculiarities:
- they distinguish between binary and text files;
- they use both `/' and `\\' as directory separator in file names;
- they can have a drive letter X: prepended to a file name;
- they have a separate root directory on each drive;
- their filesystems are case-insensitive;
- directories in environment variables (like INFOPATH) are separated
by `;' rather than `:';
- text files can have their lines ended either with \n or with \r\n pairs;
These are all parameterized here except the last, which is
handled by the source code as appropriate (mostly, in info/). */
#ifndef O_BINARY
# ifdef _O_BINARY
# define O_BINARY _O_BINARY
# else
# define O_BINARY 0
# endif
#endif /* O_BINARY */
/* We'd like to take advantage of _doprnt if it's around, a la error.c,
but then we'd have no VA_SPRINTF. */
#if HAVE_VPRINTF
# if __STDC__
# include <stdarg.h>
# define VA_START(args, lastarg) va_start(args, lastarg)
# else
# include <varargs.h>
# define VA_START(args, lastarg) va_start(args)
# endif
# define VA_FPRINTF(file, fmt, ap) vfprintf (file, fmt, ap)
# define VA_SPRINTF(str, fmt, ap) vsprintf (str, fmt, ap)
#else /* not HAVE_VPRINTF */
# define VA_START(args, lastarg)
# define va_alist a1, a2, a3, a4, a5, a6, a7, a8
# define va_dcl char *a1, *a2, *a3, *a4, *a5, *a6, *a7, *a8;
# define va_end(args)
#endif
#if O_BINARY
# ifdef HAVE_IO_H
# include <io.h>
# endif
# ifdef __MSDOS__
# include <limits.h>
# ifdef __DJGPP__
# define HAVE_LONG_FILENAMES(dir) (pathconf (dir, _PC_NAME_MAX) > 12)
# define NULL_DEVICE "/dev/null"
# define DEFAULT_INFOPATH "c:/djgpp/info;/usr/local/info;/usr/info;."
/* DJGPP supports /dev/null, which is okay for Unix aficionados,
shell scripts and Makefiles, but interactive DOS die-hards
would probably want to have NUL as well. */
# define ALSO_NULL_DEVICE "NUL"
# else /* O_BINARY && !__DJGPP__ */
# define HAVE_LONG_FILENAMES(dir) (0)
# define NULL_DEVICE "NUL"
# endif /* O_BINARY && !__DJGPP__ */
# define SET_SCREEN_SIZE_HELPER terminal_prep_terminal()
# define DEFAULT_INFO_PRINT_COMMAND ">PRN"
# else /* O_BINARY && !__MSDOS__ */
# define setmode(f,m) _setmode(f,m)
# define HAVE_LONG_FILENAMES(dir) (1)
# define NULL_DEVICE "NUL"
# endif /* O_BINARY && !__MSDOS__ */
# ifdef __CYGWIN__
# define DEFAULT_TMPDIR "/tmp/"
# define PATH_SEP ":"
# else /* O_BINARY && !__CYGWIN__ */
# define DEFAULT_TMPDIR "c:/"
# define PATH_SEP ";"
# endif /* O_BINARY && !__CYGWIN__ */
/* Back to any O_BINARY system. */
# define FILENAME_CMP strcasecmp
# define FILENAME_CMPN strncasecmp
# define FOPEN_RBIN "rb"
# define FOPEN_WBIN "wb"
# define HAVE_DRIVE(n) ((n)[0] && (n)[1] == ':')
# define IS_SLASH(c) ((c) == '/' || (c) == '\\')
# define IS_ABSOLUTE(n) (IS_SLASH((n)[0]) || ((n)[0] && (n)[1] == ':'))
# define PIPE_USE_FORK 0
# define SET_BINARY(f) do {if (!isatty(f)) setmode(f,O_BINARY);} while(0)
# define STRIP_DOT_EXE 1
#else /* not O_BINARY, i.e., Unix */
# define SET_BINARY(f) (void)0
# define FOPEN_RBIN "r"
# define FOPEN_WBIN "w"
# define IS_SLASH(c) ((c) == '/')
# define HAVE_DRIVE(n) (0)
# define IS_ABSOLUTE(n) ((n)[0] == '/')
# define FILENAME_CMP strcmp
# define FILENAME_CMPN strncmp
# define HAVE_LONG_FILENAMES(dir) (1)
# define PATH_SEP ":"
# define STRIP_DOT_EXE 0
# ifdef VMS
# define DEFAULT_TMPDIR "sys$scratch:"
# else
# define DEFAULT_TMPDIR "/tmp/"
# endif
# define NULL_DEVICE "/dev/null"
# define PIPE_USE_FORK 1
#endif /* not O_BINARY */
/* Everything but DJGPP. */
#ifndef ALSO_NULL_DEVICE
# define ALSO_NULL_DEVICE ""
#endif
#ifdef HAVE_PWD_H
#include <pwd.h>
#endif
/* Some systems don't declare this function in pwd.h. */
struct passwd *getpwnam (const char *name);
/* Our library routines not included in any system library. */
extern void *xmalloc (size_t), *xrealloc (void *, size_t);
extern char *xstrdup (const char *);
extern void xexit (int);
/* For convenience. */
#define STREQ(s1,s2) (strcmp (s1, s2) == 0)
#define STRCASEEQ(s1,s2) (strcasecmp (s1, s2) == 0)
#define STRNCASEEQ(s1,s2,n) (strncasecmp (s1, s2, n) == 0)
/* We don't need anything fancy. If we did need something fancy, gnulib
has it. */
#ifdef MIN
#undef MIN
#endif
#define MIN(a,b) ((a) < (b) ? (a) : (b))
#ifdef MAX
#undef MAX
#endif
#define MAX(a,b) ((a) > (b) ? (a) : (b))
#endif /* TEXINFO_SYSTEM_H */

90
contrib/texinfo/lib/xalloc.h
View File

@ -1,90 +0,0 @@
/* xalloc.h -- malloc with out-of-memory checking
Copyright (C) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998,
1999, 2000, 2003, 2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
#ifndef XALLOC_H_
# define XALLOC_H_
# include <stddef.h>
# ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
# endif
# ifndef __attribute__
# if __GNUC__ < 2 || (__GNUC__ == 2 && __GNUC_MINOR__ < 8) || __STRICT_ANSI__
# define __attribute__(x)
# endif
# endif
# ifndef ATTRIBUTE_NORETURN
# define ATTRIBUTE_NORETURN __attribute__ ((__noreturn__))
# endif
/* This function is always triggered when memory is exhausted.
It must be defined by the application, either explicitly
or by using gnulib's xalloc-die module. This is the
function to call when one wants the program to die because of a
memory allocation failure. */
extern void xalloc_die (void) ATTRIBUTE_NORETURN;
void *xmalloc (size_t s);
void *xnmalloc (size_t n, size_t s);
void *xzalloc (size_t s);
void *xcalloc (size_t n, size_t s);
void *xrealloc (void *p, size_t s);
void *xnrealloc (void *p, size_t n, size_t s);
void *x2realloc (void *p, size_t *pn);
void *x2nrealloc (void *p, size_t *pn, size_t s);
void *xclone (void const *p, size_t s);
char *xstrdup (const char *str);
/* Return 1 if an array of N objects, each of size S, cannot exist due
to size arithmetic overflow. S must be positive and N must be
nonnegative. This is a macro, not an inline function, so that it
works correctly even when SIZE_MAX < N.
By gnulib convention, SIZE_MAX represents overflow in size
calculations, so the conservative dividend to use here is
SIZE_MAX - 1, since SIZE_MAX might represent an overflowed value.
However, malloc (SIZE_MAX) fails on all known hosts where
sizeof (ptrdiff_t) <= sizeof (size_t), so do not bother to test for
exactly-SIZE_MAX allocations on such hosts; this avoids a test and
branch when S is known to be 1. */
# define xalloc_oversized(n, s) \
((size_t) (sizeof (ptrdiff_t) <= sizeof (size_t) ? -1 : -2) / (s) < (n))
/* These macros are deprecated; they will go away soon, and are retained
temporarily only to ease conversion to the functions described above. */
# define CCLONE(p, n) xclone (p, (n) * sizeof *(p))
# define CLONE(p) xclone (p, sizeof *(p))
# define NEW(type, var) type *var = xmalloc (sizeof (type))
# define XCALLOC(type, n) xcalloc (n, sizeof (type))
# define XMALLOC(type, n) xnmalloc (n, sizeof (type))
# define XREALLOC(p, type, n) xnrealloc (p, n, sizeof (type))
# define XFREE(p) free (p)
# ifdef __cplusplus
}
# endif
#endif /* !XALLOC_H_ */

87
contrib/texinfo/lib/xexit.c
View File

@ -1,87 +0,0 @@
/* xexit.c -- exit with attention to return values and closing stdout.
$Id: xexit.c,v 1.5 2004/04/11 17:56:46 karl Exp $
Copyright (C) 1999, 2003, 2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
#include "system.h"
/* SunOS 4.1.1 gets STDC_HEADERS defined, but it doesn't provide
EXIT_FAILURE. So far no system has defined one of EXIT_FAILURE and
EXIT_SUCCESS without the other. */
#ifdef EXIT_SUCCESS
/* The following test is to work around the gross typo in
systems like Sony NEWS-OS Release 4.0C, whereby EXIT_FAILURE
is defined to 0, not 1. */
# if !EXIT_FAILURE
# undef EXIT_FAILURE
# define EXIT_FAILURE 1
# endif
#else /* not EXIT_SUCCESS */
# ifdef VMS /* these values suppress some messages; from gnuplot */
# define EXIT_SUCCESS 1
# define EXIT_FAILURE 0x10000002
# else /* not VMS */
# define EXIT_SUCCESS 0
# define EXIT_FAILURE 1
# endif /* not VMS */
#endif /* not EXIT_SUCCESS */
/* Flush stdout first, exit if failure (therefore, xexit should be
called to exit every program, not just `return' from main).
Otherwise, if EXIT_STATUS is zero, exit successfully, else
unsuccessfully. */
void
xexit (int exit_status)
{
if (ferror (stdout))
{
fputs (_("ferror on stdout\n"), stderr);
exit_status = 1;
}
else if (fflush (stdout) != 0)
{
fputs (_("fflush error on stdout\n"), stderr);
exit_status = 1;
}
exit_status = exit_status == 0 ? EXIT_SUCCESS : EXIT_FAILURE;
exit (exit_status);
}
/* Why do we care about stdout you may ask? Here's why, from Jim
Meyering in the lib/closeout.c file. */
/* If a program writes *anything* to stdout, that program should close
stdout and make sure that the close succeeds. Otherwise, suppose that
you go to the extreme of checking the return status of every function
that does an explicit write to stdout. The last printf can succeed in
writing to the internal stream buffer, and yet the fclose(stdout) could
still fail (due e.g., to a disk full error) when it tries to write
out that buffered data. Thus, you would be left with an incomplete
output file and the offending program would exit successfully.
Besides, it's wasteful to check the return value from every call
that writes to stdout -- just let the internal stream state record
the failure. That's what the ferror test is checking below.
It's important to detect such failures and exit nonzero because many
tools (most notably `make' and other build-management systems) depend
on being able to detect failure in other tools via their exit status. */

61
contrib/texinfo/lib/xmalloc.c
View File

@ -1,61 +0,0 @@
/* xmalloc.c -- safe versions of malloc and realloc.
Copyright (C) 1988, 1989, 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993, 2004 Free Software
Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
Written by Brian Fox (bfox@ai.mit.edu). */
#if !defined (ALREADY_HAVE_XMALLOC)
#include "system.h"
static void
memory_error_and_abort (const char *fname)
{
fprintf (stderr, "%s: Out of virtual memory!\n", fname);
abort ();
}
/* Return a pointer to free()able block of memory large enough
to hold BYTES number of bytes. If the memory cannot be allocated,
print an error message and abort. */
void *
xmalloc (size_t bytes)
{
void *temp = malloc (bytes);
if (!temp)
memory_error_and_abort ("xmalloc");
return (temp);
}
void *
xrealloc (void *pointer, size_t bytes)
{
void *temp;
if (!pointer)
temp = malloc (bytes);
else
temp = realloc (pointer, bytes);
if (!temp)
memory_error_and_abort ("xrealloc");
return (temp);
}
#endif /* !ALREADY_HAVE_XMALLOC */

33
contrib/texinfo/lib/xstrdup.c
View File

@ -1,33 +0,0 @@
/* xstrdup.c -- copy a string with out of memory checking
Copyright (C) 1990, 1996, 1998, 2001, 2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
# include <config.h>
#endif
/* Specification. */
#include "xalloc.h"
#include <string.h>
/* Return a newly allocated copy of STRING. */
char *
xstrdup (const char *string)
{
return strcpy (xmalloc (strlen (string) + 1), string);
}

17
contrib/texinfo/makeinfo/README
View File

@ -1,17 +0,0 @@
$Id: README,v 1.3 2004/04/11 17:56:46 karl Exp $
texinfo/makeinfo/README
Copyright (C) 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Copying and distribution of this file, with or without modification,
are permitted in any medium without royalty provided the copyright
notice and this notice are preserved.
makeinfo is a standalone program to convert Texinfo source into Info
files readable with standalone info or M-x info in Emacs.
makeinfo can also output other formats: plain ASCII (with --no-headers)
or HTML (with --html) or XML (with --xml).
The Emacs function M-x texinfo-format-buffer does more or less the same
job, but makeinfo is faster and gives better error messages.

1883
contrib/texinfo/makeinfo/cmds.c
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

213
contrib/texinfo/makeinfo/cmds.h
View File

@ -1,213 +0,0 @@
/* cmds.h -- declarations for cmds.c.
$Id: cmds.h,v 1.9 2004/11/26 00:48:35 karl Exp $
Copyright (C) 1998, 1999, 2002, 2003, 2004 Free Software Foundation,
Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
#ifndef CMDS_H
#define CMDS_H
/* The three arguments a command can get are a flag saying whether it is
before argument parsing (START) or after (END), the starting position
of the arguments, and the ending position. */
typedef void COMMAND_FUNCTION (); /* So we can say COMMAND_FUNCTION *foo; */
/* Each command has an associated function. When the command is
encountered in the text, the associated function is called with START
as the argument. If the function expects arguments in braces, it
remembers itself on the stack. When the corresponding close brace is
encountered, the function is called with END as the argument. */
#define START 0
#define END 1
/* Does the command expect braces? */
#define NO_BRACE_ARGS 0
#define BRACE_ARGS 1
#define MAYBE_BRACE_ARGS 2
typedef struct
{
char *name;
COMMAND_FUNCTION *proc;
int argument_in_braces;
} COMMAND;
extern COMMAND command_table[];
typedef struct acronym_desc
{
struct acronym_desc *next;
char *acronym;
char *description;
} ACRONYM_DESC;
/* Texinfo commands. */
extern void insert_self (int arg),
insert_space (int arg),
cm_ignore_line (void),
cm_ignore_arg (int arg, int start_pos, int end_pos),
cm_comment (void),
cm_no_op (void);
/* Document structure and meta information. */
extern void cm_setfilename (void),
cm_settitle (void),
cm_documentdescription (void),
cm_node (void),
cm_menu (void),
cm_detailmenu (void),
cm_dircategory (void),
cm_direntry (void),
cm_bye (void);
/* File inclusion. */
extern void cm_include (void),
cm_verbatiminclude (void);
/* Cross referencing commands. */
extern void cm_anchor (int arg),
cm_xref (int arg),
cm_pxref (int arg),
cm_ref (int arg),
cm_inforef (int arg),
cm_uref (int arg);
/* Special insertions. */
extern void cm_LaTeX (int arg),
cm_TeX (int arg),
cm_bullet (int arg),
cm_colon (void),
cm_comma (int arg),
cm_copyright (int arg),
cm_dots (int arg),
cm_enddots (int arg),
cm_equiv (int arg),
cm_error (int arg),
cm_expansion (int arg),
cm_image (int arg),
cm_insert_copying (void),
cm_minus (int arg),
cm_point (int arg),
cm_print (int arg),
cm_punct (int arg),
cm_registeredsymbol (int arg),
cm_result (int arg);
/* Emphasis and markup. */
extern void cm_acronym (int arg),
cm_abbr (int arg),
cm_b (int arg),
cm_cite (int arg, int position),
cm_code (int arg),
cm_dfn (int arg, int position),
cm_dmn (int arg),
cm_email (int arg),
cm_emph (int arg),
cm_i (int arg),
cm_kbd (int arg),
cm_key (int arg),
cm_math (int arg),
cm_not_fixed_width (int arg, int start, int end),
cm_r (int arg),
cm_sansserif (int arg),
cm_sc (int arg, int start_pos, int end_pos),
cm_slanted (int arg),
cm_strong (int arg, int start_pos, int end_pos),
cm_tt (int arg),
cm_indicate_url (int arg, int start, int end),
cm_var (int arg, int start_pos, int end_pos),
cm_verb (int arg);
/* Block environments. */
extern void cm_cartouche (void),
cm_group (void),
cm_display (void),
cm_smalldisplay (void),
cm_example (void),
cm_smallexample (void),
cm_smalllisp (void),
cm_lisp (void),
cm_format (void),
cm_smallformat (void),
cm_quotation (void),
cm_copying (void),
cm_flushleft (void),
cm_flushright (void),
cm_verbatim (void),
cm_end (void);
/* Tables, lists, enumerations. */
extern void cm_table (void),
cm_ftable (void),
cm_vtable (void),
cm_itemize (void),
cm_enumerate (void),
cm_multitable (void),
cm_headitem (void),
cm_item (void),
cm_itemx (void),
cm_tab (void);
extern void cm_center (void),
cm_exdent (void),
cm_indent (void),
cm_noindent (void),
cm_noindent_cmd (void);
/* Line and page breaks. */
extern void cm_asterisk (void),
cm_sp (void),
cm_page (void);
/* Non breaking words. */
extern void cm_tie (int arg),
cm_w (int arg);
/* Title page creation. */
extern void cm_titlepage (void),
cm_author (void),
cm_titlepage_cmds (void),
cm_titlefont (int arg),
cm_today (int arg);
/* Floats. */
extern void cm_float (void),
cm_caption (int arg),
cm_shortcaption (void),
cm_listoffloats (void);
/* Indices. */
extern void cm_kindex (void),
cm_cindex (void),
cm_findex (void),
cm_pindex (void),
cm_vindex (void),
cm_tindex (void),
cm_defindex (void),
cm_defcodeindex (void),
cm_synindex (void),
cm_printindex (void);
/* Conditionals. */
extern void cm_set (void),
cm_clear (void),
cm_ifset (void),
cm_ifclear (void),
cm_ifeq (void),
cm_value (int arg, int start_pos, int end_pos);
#endif /* !CMDS_H */

720
contrib/texinfo/makeinfo/defun.c
View File

@ -1,720 +0,0 @@
/* defun.c -- @defun and friends.
$Id: defun.c,v 1.11 2004/04/11 17:56:46 karl Exp $
Copyright (C) 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004 Free Software
Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
#include "system.h"
#include "defun.h"
#include "xml.h"
#include "insertion.h"
#include "makeinfo.h"
#include "cmds.h"
#include "html.h"
#define DEFUN_SELF_DELIMITING(c) \
((c) == '(' || (c) == ')' || (c) == '[' || (c) == ']')
struct token_accumulator
{
unsigned int length;
unsigned int index;
char **tokens;
};
static void
initialize_token_accumulator (struct token_accumulator *accumulator)
{
accumulator->length = 0;
accumulator->index = 0;
accumulator->tokens = NULL;
}
static void
accumulate_token (struct token_accumulator *accumulator, char *token)
{
if (accumulator->index >= accumulator->length)
{
accumulator->length += 10;
accumulator->tokens = xrealloc (accumulator->tokens,
(accumulator->length * sizeof (char *)));
}
accumulator->tokens[accumulator->index] = token;
accumulator->index += 1;
}
/* Given STRING_POINTER pointing at an open brace, skip forward and return a
pointer to just past the matching close brace. */
static int
scan_group_in_string (char **string_pointer)
{
char *scan_string = (*string_pointer) + 1;
unsigned int level = 1;
int started_command = 0;
for (;;)
{
int c;
if (level == 0)
{
*string_pointer = scan_string;
return 1;
}
c = *scan_string++;
if (c == 0)
{
/* Tweak line_number to compensate for fact that
we gobbled the whole line before coming here. */
line_number--;
line_error (_("Missing `}' in @def arg"));
line_number++;
*string_pointer = scan_string - 1;
return 0;
}
if (c == '{' && !started_command)
level++;
if (c == '}' && !started_command)
level--;
/* remember if at @. */
started_command = (c == '@' && !started_command);
}
}
/* Return a list of tokens from the contents of STRING.
Commands and brace-delimited groups count as single tokens.
Contiguous whitespace characters are converted to a token
consisting of a single space. */
static char **
args_from_string (char *string)
{
struct token_accumulator accumulator;
char *token_start, *token_end;
char *scan_string = string;
initialize_token_accumulator (&accumulator);
while (*scan_string)
{ /* Replace arbitrary whitespace by a single space. */
if (whitespace (*scan_string))
{
scan_string += 1;
while (whitespace (*scan_string))
scan_string += 1;
accumulate_token ((&accumulator), (xstrdup (" ")));
continue;
}
/* Commands count as single tokens. */
if (*scan_string == COMMAND_PREFIX)
{
token_start = scan_string;
scan_string += 1;
if (self_delimiting (*scan_string))
scan_string += 1;
else
{
int c;
while (1)
{
c = *scan_string++;
if ((c == 0) || (c == '{') || (whitespace (c)))
{
scan_string -= 1;
break;
}
}
if (*scan_string == '{')
{
char *s = scan_string;
(void) scan_group_in_string (&s);
scan_string = s;
}
}
token_end = scan_string;
}
/* Parentheses and brackets are self-delimiting. */
else if (DEFUN_SELF_DELIMITING (*scan_string))
{
token_start = scan_string;
scan_string += 1;
token_end = scan_string;
}
/* Open brace introduces a group that is a single token. */
else if (*scan_string == '{')
{
char *s = scan_string;
int balanced = scan_group_in_string (&s);
token_start = scan_string + 1;
scan_string = s;
token_end = balanced ? (scan_string - 1) : scan_string;
}
/* Make commas separate tokens so to differentiate them from
parameter types in XML output. */
else if (*scan_string == ',')
{
token_start = scan_string;
scan_string += 1;
token_end = scan_string;
}
/* Otherwise a token is delimited by whitespace, parentheses,
brackets, or braces. A token is also ended by a command. */
else
{
token_start = scan_string;
for (;;)
{
int c;
c = *scan_string++;
/* Do not back up if we're looking at a }; since the only
valid }'s are those matched with {'s, we want to give
an error. If we back up, we go into an infinite loop. */
if (!c || whitespace (c) || DEFUN_SELF_DELIMITING (c)
|| c == '{')
{
scan_string--;
break;
}
/* End token if we are looking at a comma, as commas are
delimiters too. */
if (c == ',')
{
scan_string--;
break;
}
/* If we encounter a command embedded within a token,
then end the token. */
if (c == COMMAND_PREFIX)
{
scan_string--;
break;
}
}
token_end = scan_string;
}
accumulate_token (&accumulator, substring (token_start, token_end));
}
accumulate_token (&accumulator, NULL);
return accumulator.tokens;
}
static void
process_defun_args (char **defun_args, int auto_var_p)
{
int pending_space = 0;
if (xml)
{
xml_process_defun_args (defun_args, auto_var_p);
return;
}
for (;;)
{
char *defun_arg = *defun_args++;
if (defun_arg == NULL)
break;
if (defun_arg[0] == ' ')
{
pending_space = 1;
continue;
}
if (pending_space)
{
add_char (' ');
pending_space = 0;
}
if (DEFUN_SELF_DELIMITING (defun_arg[0]))
{
/* Within @deffn and friends, texinfo.tex makes parentheses
sans serif and brackets bold. We use roman instead. */
if (html)
insert_html_tag (START, "");
add_char (defun_arg[0]);
if (html)
insert_html_tag (END, "");
}
/* else if (defun_arg[0] == '&' || defun_arg[0] == COMMAND_PREFIX) */
/* execute_string ("%s", defun_arg); */
/* else if (auto_var_p) */
/* execute_string ("%s", defun_arg); */
else
execute_string ("%s", defun_arg);
}
}
static char *
next_nonwhite_defun_arg (char ***arg_pointer)
{
char **scan = (*arg_pointer);
char *arg = (*scan++);
if ((arg != 0) && (*arg == ' '))
arg = *scan++;
if (arg == 0)
scan -= 1;
*arg_pointer = scan;
return (arg == 0) ? "" : arg;
}
/* This is needed also in insertion.c. */
enum insertion_type
get_base_type (int type)
{
int base_type;
switch (type)
{
case defivar: base_type = defcv; break;
case defmac: base_type = deffn; break;
case defmethod: base_type = defop; break;
case defopt: base_type = defvr; break;
case defspec: base_type = deffn; break;
case deftypecv: base_type = deftypecv; break;
case deftypefun: base_type = deftypefn; break;
case deftypeivar: base_type = deftypeivar; break;
case deftypemethod: base_type = deftypemethod; break;
case deftypeop: base_type = deftypeop; break;
case deftypevar: base_type = deftypevr; break;
case defun: base_type = deffn; break;
case defvar: base_type = defvr; break;
default:
base_type = type;
break;
}
return base_type;
}
/* Make the defun type insertion.
TYPE says which insertion this is.
X_P, if nonzero, says not to start a new insertion. */
static void
defun_internal (int type, int x_p)
{
int base_type;
char **defun_args, **scan_args;
const char *category;
char *defined_name;
char *type_name = NULL;
char *type_name2 = NULL;
{
char *line;
/* The @def.. line is the only place in Texinfo where you are
allowed to use unquoted braces that don't delimit arguments of
a command or a macro; in any other place it will trigger an
error message from the reader loop. The special handling of
this case inside `args_from_string' is an extra special hack
which allows this. The side effect is that if we try to expand
the rest of the line below, the recursive reader loop will
signal an error if there are brace-delimited arguments on that line.
The best solution to this would be to change the syntax of
@def.. commands so that it doesn't violate Texinfo's own rules.
But it's probably too late for this now, as it will break a lot
of existing manuals.
Unfortunately, this means that you can't call macros, use @value, etc.
inside @def.. commands, sigh. */
get_rest_of_line (0, &line);
/* Basic line continuation. If a line ends with \s*@\s* concatanate
the next line. */
{
char *next_line, *new_line;
int i;
line_continuation:
i = strlen (line) - 1;
if (line[i] == '@' && line[i-1] != '@')
{
get_rest_of_line (0, &next_line);
new_line = (char *) xmalloc (i + strlen (next_line) + 2);
strncpy (new_line, line, i);
new_line[i] = '\0';
free (line);
strcat (new_line, " ");
strcat (new_line, next_line);
line = xstrdup (new_line);
free (next_line);
free (new_line);
goto line_continuation;
}
}
defun_args = (args_from_string (line));
free (line);
}
scan_args = defun_args;
/* Get base type and category string. */
base_type = get_base_type (type);
/* xx all these const strings should be determined upon
documentlanguage argument and NOT via gettext (kama). */
switch (type)
{
case defun:
case deftypefun:
category = _("Function");
break;
case defmac:
category = _("Macro");
break;
case defspec:
category = _("Special Form");
break;
case defvar:
case deftypevar:
category = _("Variable");
break;
case defopt:
category = _("User Option");
break;
case defivar:
case deftypeivar:
category = _("Instance Variable");
break;
case defmethod:
case deftypemethod:
category = _("Method");
break;
default:
category = next_nonwhite_defun_arg (&scan_args);
break;
}
/* The class name. */
if ((base_type == deftypecv)
|| (base_type == deftypefn)
|| (base_type == deftypevr)
|| (base_type == defcv)
|| (base_type == defop)
|| (base_type == deftypeivar)
|| (base_type == deftypemethod)
|| (base_type == deftypeop)
)
type_name = next_nonwhite_defun_arg (&scan_args);
/* The type name for typed languages. */
if ((base_type == deftypecv)
|| (base_type == deftypeivar)
|| (base_type == deftypemethod)
|| (base_type == deftypeop)
)
type_name2 = next_nonwhite_defun_arg (&scan_args);
/* The function or whatever that's actually being defined. */
defined_name = next_nonwhite_defun_arg (&scan_args);
/* This hack exists solely for the purposes of formatting the Texinfo
manual. I couldn't think of a better way. The token might be a
simple @@ followed immediately by more text. If this is the case,
then the next defun arg is part of this one, and we should
concatenate them. */
if (*scan_args && **scan_args && !whitespace (**scan_args)
&& STREQ (defined_name, "@@"))
{
char *tem = xmalloc (3 + strlen (scan_args[0]));
sprintf (tem, "@@%s", scan_args[0]);
free (scan_args[0]);
scan_args[0] = tem;
scan_args++;
defined_name = tem;
}
/* It's easy to write @defun foo(arg1 arg2), but a following ( is
misparsed by texinfo.tex and this is next to impossible to fix.
Warn about it. */
if (*scan_args && **scan_args && **scan_args == '(')
warning ("`%c' follows defined name `%s' instead of whitespace",
**scan_args, defined_name);
if (!x_p)
begin_insertion (type);
/* Write the definition header line.
This should start at the normal indentation. */
current_indent -= default_indentation_increment;
start_paragraph ();
if (!html && !xml)
switch (base_type)
{
case deffn:
case defvr:
case deftp:
execute_string (" --- %s: %s", category, defined_name);
break;
case deftypefn:
case deftypevr:
execute_string (" --- %s: %s %s", category, type_name, defined_name);
break;
case defcv:
execute_string (" --- %s %s %s: %s", category, _("of"), type_name,
defined_name);
break;
case deftypecv:
case deftypeivar:
execute_string (" --- %s %s %s: %s %s", category, _("of"), type_name,
type_name2, defined_name);
break;
case defop:
execute_string (" --- %s %s %s: %s", category, _("on"), type_name,
defined_name);
break;
case deftypeop:
execute_string (" --- %s %s %s: %s %s", category, _("on"), type_name,
type_name2, defined_name);
break;
case deftypemethod:
execute_string (" --- %s %s %s: %s %s", category, _("on"), type_name,
type_name2, defined_name);
break;
}
else if (html)
{
/* If this is not a @def...x version, it could only
be a normal version @def.... So start the table here. */
if (!x_p)
insert_string ("<div class=\"defun\">\n");
else
rollback_empty_tag ("blockquote");
/* xx The single words (on, off) used here, should depend on
documentlanguage and NOT on gettext --kama. */
switch (base_type)
{
case deffn:
case defvr:
case deftp:
case deftypefn:
case deftypevr:
execute_string ("--- %s: ", category);
break;
case defcv:
case deftypecv:
case deftypeivar:
execute_string ("--- %s %s %s: ", category, _("of"), type_name);
break;
case defop:
case deftypemethod:
case deftypeop:
execute_string ("--- %s %s %s: ", category, _("on"), type_name);
break;
} /* switch (base_type)... */
switch (base_type)
{
case deffn:
case defvr:
case deftp:
/* <var> is for the following function arguments. */
insert_html_tag (START, "b");
execute_string ("%s", defined_name);
insert_html_tag (END, "b");
insert_html_tag (START, "var");
break;
case deftypefn:
case deftypevr:
execute_string ("%s ", type_name);
insert_html_tag (START, "b");
execute_string ("%s", defined_name);
insert_html_tag (END, "b");
insert_html_tag (START, "var");
break;
case defcv:
case defop:
insert_html_tag (START, "b");
execute_string ("%s", defined_name);
insert_html_tag (END, "b");
insert_html_tag (START, "var");
break;
case deftypecv:
case deftypeivar:
case deftypemethod:
case deftypeop:
execute_string ("%s ", type_name2);
insert_html_tag (START, "b");
execute_string ("%s", defined_name);
insert_html_tag (END, "b");
insert_html_tag (START, "var");
break;
}
}
else if (xml)
xml_begin_def_term (base_type, category, defined_name, type_name,
type_name2);
current_indent += default_indentation_increment;
/* Now process the function arguments, if any. If these carry onto
the next line, they should be indented by two increments to
distinguish them from the body of the definition, which is indented
by one increment. */
current_indent += default_indentation_increment;
switch (base_type)
{
case deffn:
case defop:
process_defun_args (scan_args, 1);
break;
/* Through Makeinfo 1.67 we processed remaining args only for deftp,
deftypefn, and deftypemethod. But the libc manual, for example,
needs to say:
@deftypevar {char *} tzname[2]
And simply allowing the extra text seems far simpler than trying
to invent yet more defn commands. In any case, we should either
output it or give an error, not silently ignore it. */
default:
process_defun_args (scan_args, 0);
break;
}
current_indent -= default_indentation_increment;
if (!html)
close_single_paragraph ();
/* Make an entry in the appropriate index. (XML and
Docbook already got their entries, so skip them.) */
if (!xml)
switch (base_type)
{
case deffn:
case deftypefn:
execute_string ("@findex %s\n", defined_name);
break;
case defcv:
case deftypecv:
case deftypevr:
case defvr:
execute_string ("@vindex %s\n", defined_name);
break;
case deftypeivar:
execute_string ("@vindex %s %s %s\n", defined_name, _("of"),
type_name);
break;
case defop:
case deftypeop:
case deftypemethod:
execute_string ("@findex %s %s %s\n", defined_name, _("on"),
type_name);
break;
case deftp:
execute_string ("@tindex %s\n", defined_name);
break;
}
if (xml)
xml_end_def_term ();
else if (html)
{
inhibit_paragraph_indentation = 1;
no_indent = 1;
insert_html_tag (END, "var");
insert_string ("<br>\n");
/* Indent the definition a bit. */
add_html_block_elt ("<blockquote>");
no_indent = 0;
inhibit_paragraph_indentation = 0;
paragraph_is_open = 0;
}
/* Deallocate the token list. */
scan_args = defun_args;
while (1)
{
char * arg = (*scan_args++);
if (arg == NULL)
break;
free (arg);
}
free (defun_args);
}
/* Add an entry for a function, macro, special form, variable, or option.
If the name of the calling command ends in `x', then this is an extra
entry included in the body of an insertion of the same type. */
void
cm_defun (void)
{
int type;
char *base_command = xstrdup (command); /* command with any `x' removed */
int x_p = (command[strlen (command) - 1] == 'x');
if (x_p)
base_command[strlen (base_command) - 1] = 0;
type = find_type_from_name (base_command);
/* If we are adding to an already existing insertion, then make sure
that we are already in an insertion of type TYPE. */
if (x_p)
{
INSERTION_ELT *i = insertion_stack;
/* Skip over ifclear and ifset conditionals. */
while (i && (i->insertion == ifset || i->insertion == ifclear))
i = i->next;
if (!i || i->insertion != type)
{
line_error (_("Must be in `@%s' environment to use `@%s'"),
base_command, command);
discard_until ("\n");
return;
}
}
defun_internal (type, x_p);
free (base_command);
}

31
contrib/texinfo/makeinfo/defun.h
View File

@ -1,31 +0,0 @@
/* defun.h -- declaration for defuns.
$Id: defun.h,v 1.2 2004/04/11 17:56:47 karl Exp $
Copyright (C) 1999 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
Written by Karl Heinz Marbaise <kama@hippo.fido.de>. */
#ifndef DEFUN_H
#define DEFUN_H
#include "insertion.h"
extern enum insertion_type get_base_type (int type);
extern void cm_defun (void);
#endif /* !DEFUN_H */

784
contrib/texinfo/makeinfo/files.c
View File

@ -1,784 +0,0 @@
/* files.c -- file-related functions for makeinfo.
$Id: files.c,v 1.5 2004/07/27 00:06:31 karl Exp $
Copyright (C) 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004 Free Software
Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
#include "system.h"
#include "files.h"
#include "html.h"
#include "index.h"
#include "macro.h"
#include "makeinfo.h"
#include "node.h"
FSTACK *filestack = NULL;
static int node_filename_stack_index = 0;
static int node_filename_stack_size = 0;
static char **node_filename_stack = NULL;
/* Looking for include files. */
/* Given a string containing units of information separated by colons,
return the next one pointed to by INDEX, or NULL if there are no more.
Advance INDEX to the character after the colon. */
static char *
extract_colon_unit (char *string, int *index)
{
int start;
int path_sep_char = PATH_SEP[0];
int i = *index;
if (!string || (i >= strlen (string)))
return NULL;
/* Each call to this routine leaves the index pointing at a colon if
there is more to the path. If i > 0, then increment past the
`:'. If i == 0, then the path has a leading colon. Trailing colons
are handled OK by the `else' part of the if statement; an empty
string is returned in that case. */
if (i && string[i] == path_sep_char)
i++;
start = i;
while (string[i] && string[i] != path_sep_char) i++;
*index = i;
if (i == start)
{
if (string[i])
(*index)++;
/* Return "" in the case of a trailing `:'. */
return xstrdup ("");
}
else
{
char *value;
value = xmalloc (1 + (i - start));
memcpy (value, &string[start], (i - start));
value [i - start] = 0;
return value;
}
}
/* Return the full pathname for FILENAME by searching along PATH.
When found, return the stat () info for FILENAME in FINFO.
If PATH is NULL, only the current directory is searched.
If the file could not be found, return a NULL pointer. */
char *
get_file_info_in_path (char *filename, char *path, struct stat *finfo)
{
char *dir;
int result, index = 0;
if (path == NULL)
path = ".";
/* Handle absolute pathnames. */
if (IS_ABSOLUTE (filename)
|| (*filename == '.'
&& (IS_SLASH (filename[1])
|| (filename[1] == '.' && IS_SLASH (filename[2])))))
{
if (stat (filename, finfo) == 0)
return xstrdup (filename);
else
return NULL;
}
while ((dir = extract_colon_unit (path, &index)))
{
char *fullpath;
if (!*dir)
{
free (dir);
dir = xstrdup (".");
}
fullpath = xmalloc (2 + strlen (dir) + strlen (filename));
sprintf (fullpath, "%s/%s", dir, filename);
free (dir);
result = stat (fullpath, finfo);
if (result == 0)
return fullpath;
else
free (fullpath);
}
return NULL;
}
/* Prepend and append new paths to include_files_path. */
void
prepend_to_include_path (char *path)
{
if (!include_files_path)
{
include_files_path = xstrdup (path);
include_files_path = xrealloc (include_files_path,
strlen (include_files_path) + 3); /* 3 for ":.\0" */
strcat (strcat (include_files_path, PATH_SEP), ".");
}
else
{
char *tmp = xstrdup (include_files_path);
include_files_path = xrealloc (include_files_path,
strlen (include_files_path) + strlen (path) + 2); /* 2 for ":\0" */
strcpy (include_files_path, path);
strcat (include_files_path, PATH_SEP);
strcat (include_files_path, tmp);
free (tmp);
}
}
void
append_to_include_path (char *path)
{
if (!include_files_path)
include_files_path = xstrdup (".");
include_files_path = (char *) xrealloc (include_files_path,
2 + strlen (include_files_path) + strlen (path));
strcat (include_files_path, PATH_SEP);
strcat (include_files_path, path);
}
/* Remove the first path from the include_files_path. */
void
pop_path_from_include_path (void)
{
int i = 0;
char *tmp;
if (include_files_path)
for (i = 0; i < strlen (include_files_path)
&& include_files_path[i] != ':'; i++);
/* Advance include_files_path to the next char from ':' */
tmp = (char *) xmalloc (strlen (include_files_path) - i);
strcpy (tmp, (char *) include_files_path + i + 1);
free (include_files_path);
include_files_path = tmp;
}
/* Find and load the file named FILENAME. Return a pointer to
the loaded file, or NULL if it can't be loaded. If USE_PATH is zero,
just look for the given file (this is used in handle_delayed_writes),
else search along include_files_path. */
char *
find_and_load (char *filename, int use_path)
{
struct stat fileinfo;
long file_size;
int file = -1, count = 0;
char *fullpath, *result;
int n, bytes_to_read;
result = fullpath = NULL;
fullpath
= get_file_info_in_path (filename, use_path ? include_files_path : NULL,
&fileinfo);
if (!fullpath)
goto error_exit;
filename = fullpath;
file_size = (long) fileinfo.st_size;
file = open (filename, O_RDONLY);
if (file < 0)
goto error_exit;
/* Load the file, with enough room for a newline and a null. */
result = xmalloc (file_size + 2);
/* VMS stat lies about the st_size value. The actual number of
readable bytes is always less than this value. The arcane
mysteries of VMS/RMS are too much to probe, so this hack
suffices to make things work. It's also needed on Cygwin. And so
we might as well use it everywhere. */
bytes_to_read = file_size;
while ((n = read (file, result + count, bytes_to_read)) > 0)
{
count += n;
bytes_to_read -= n;
}
if (0 < count && count < file_size)
result = xrealloc (result, count + 2); /* why waste the slack? */
else if (n == -1)
error_exit:
{
if (result)
free (result);
if (fullpath)
free (fullpath);
if (file != -1)
close (file);
return NULL;
}
close (file);
/* Set the globals to the new file. */
input_text = result;
input_text_length = count;
input_filename = fullpath;
node_filename = xstrdup (fullpath);
input_text_offset = 0;
line_number = 1;
/* Not strictly necessary. This magic prevents read_token () from doing
extra unnecessary work each time it is called (that is a lot of times).
INPUT_TEXT_LENGTH is one past the actual end of the text. */
input_text[input_text_length] = '\n';
/* This, on the other hand, is always necessary. */
input_text[input_text_length+1] = 0;
return result;
}
/* Pushing and popping files. */
static void
push_node_filename (void)
{
if (node_filename_stack_index + 1 > node_filename_stack_size)
node_filename_stack = xrealloc
(node_filename_stack, (node_filename_stack_size += 10) * sizeof (char *));
node_filename_stack[node_filename_stack_index] = node_filename;
node_filename_stack_index++;
}
static void
pop_node_filename (void)
{
node_filename = node_filename_stack[--node_filename_stack_index];
}
/* Save the state of the current input file. */
void
pushfile (void)
{
FSTACK *newstack = xmalloc (sizeof (FSTACK));
newstack->filename = input_filename;
newstack->text = input_text;
newstack->size = input_text_length;
newstack->offset = input_text_offset;
newstack->line_number = line_number;
newstack->next = filestack;
filestack = newstack;
push_node_filename ();
}
/* Make the current file globals be what is on top of the file stack. */
void
popfile (void)
{
FSTACK *tos = filestack;
if (!tos)
abort (); /* My fault. I wonder what I did? */
if (macro_expansion_output_stream)
{
maybe_write_itext (input_text, input_text_offset);
forget_itext (input_text);
}
/* Pop the stack. */
filestack = filestack->next;
/* Make sure that commands with braces have been satisfied. */
if (!executing_string && !me_executing_string)
discard_braces ();
/* Get the top of the stack into the globals. */
input_filename = tos->filename;
input_text = tos->text;
input_text_length = tos->size;
input_text_offset = tos->offset;
line_number = tos->line_number;
free (tos);
/* Go back to the (now) current node. */
pop_node_filename ();
}
/* Flush all open files on the file stack. */
void
flush_file_stack (void)
{
while (filestack)
{
char *fname = input_filename;
char *text = input_text;
popfile ();
free (fname);
free (text);
}
}
/* Return the index of the first character in the filename
which is past all the leading directory characters. */
static int
skip_directory_part (char *filename)
{
int i = strlen (filename) - 1;
while (i && !IS_SLASH (filename[i]))
i--;
if (IS_SLASH (filename[i]))
i++;
else if (filename[i] && HAVE_DRIVE (filename))
i = 2;
return i;
}
static char *
filename_non_directory (char *name)
{
return xstrdup (name + skip_directory_part (name));
}
/* Return just the simple part of the filename; i.e. the
filename without the path information, or extensions.
This conses up a new string. */
char *
filename_part (char *filename)
{
char *basename = filename_non_directory (filename);
#ifdef REMOVE_OUTPUT_EXTENSIONS
/* See if there is an extension to remove. If so, remove it. */
{
char *temp = strrchr (basename, '.');
if (temp)
*temp = 0;
}
#endif /* REMOVE_OUTPUT_EXTENSIONS */
return basename;
}
/* Return the pathname part of filename. This can be NULL. */
char *
pathname_part (char *filename)
{
char *result = NULL;
int i;
filename = expand_filename (filename, "");
i = skip_directory_part (filename);
if (i)
{
result = xmalloc (1 + i);
strncpy (result, filename, i);
result[i] = 0;
}
free (filename);
return result;
}
/* Return the full path to FILENAME. */
static char *
full_pathname (char *filename)
{
int initial_character;
char *result;
/* No filename given? */
if (!filename || !*filename)
return xstrdup ("");
/* Already absolute? */
if (IS_ABSOLUTE (filename) ||
(*filename == '.' &&
(IS_SLASH (filename[1]) ||
(filename[1] == '.' && IS_SLASH (filename[2])))))
return xstrdup (filename);
initial_character = *filename;
if (initial_character != '~')
{
char *localdir = xmalloc (1025);
#ifdef HAVE_GETCWD
if (!getcwd (localdir, 1024))
#else
if (!getwd (localdir))
#endif
{
fprintf (stderr, _("%s: getwd: %s, %s\n"),
progname, filename, localdir);
xexit (1);
}
strcat (localdir, "/");
strcat (localdir, filename);
result = xstrdup (localdir);
free (localdir);
}
else
{ /* Does anybody know why WIN32 doesn't want to support $HOME?
If the reason is they don't have getpwnam, they should
only disable the else clause below. */
#ifndef WIN32
if (IS_SLASH (filename[1]))
{
/* Return the concatenation of the environment variable HOME
and the rest of the string. */
char *temp_home;
temp_home = (char *) getenv ("HOME");
result = xmalloc (strlen (&filename[1])
+ 1
+ temp_home ? strlen (temp_home)
: 0);
*result = 0;
if (temp_home)
strcpy (result, temp_home);
strcat (result, &filename[1]);
}
else
{
struct passwd *user_entry;
int i, c;
char *username = xmalloc (257);
for (i = 1; (c = filename[i]); i++)
{
if (IS_SLASH (c))
break;
else
username[i - 1] = c;
}
if (c)
username[i - 1] = 0;
user_entry = getpwnam (username);
if (!user_entry)
return xstrdup (filename);
result = xmalloc (1 + strlen (user_entry->pw_dir)
+ strlen (&filename[i]));
strcpy (result, user_entry->pw_dir);
strcat (result, &filename[i]);
}
#endif /* not WIN32 */
}
return result;
}
/* Return the expansion of FILENAME. */
char *
expand_filename (char *filename, char *input_name)
{
int i;
if (filename)
{
filename = full_pathname (filename);
if (IS_ABSOLUTE (filename)
|| (*filename == '.' &&
(IS_SLASH (filename[1]) ||
(filename[1] == '.' && IS_SLASH (filename[2])))))
return filename;
}
else
{
filename = filename_non_directory (input_name);
if (!*filename)
{
free (filename);
filename = xstrdup ("noname.texi");
}
for (i = strlen (filename) - 1; i; i--)
if (filename[i] == '.')
break;
if (!i)
i = strlen (filename);
if (i + 6 > (strlen (filename)))
filename = xrealloc (filename, i + 6);
strcpy (filename + i, html ? ".html" : ".info");
return filename;
}
if (IS_ABSOLUTE (input_name))
{
/* Make it so that relative names work. */
char *result;
i = strlen (input_name) - 1;
result = xmalloc (1 + strlen (input_name) + strlen (filename));
strcpy (result, input_name);
while (!IS_SLASH (result[i]) && i)
i--;
if (IS_SLASH (result[i]))
i++;
strcpy (&result[i], filename);
free (filename);
return result;
}
return filename;
}
char *
output_name_from_input_name (char *name)
{
return expand_filename (NULL, name);
}
/* Modify the file name FNAME so that it fits the limitations of the
underlying filesystem. In particular, truncate the file name as it
would be truncated by the filesystem. We assume the result can
never be longer than the original, otherwise we couldn't be sure we
have enough space in the original string to modify it in place. */
char *
normalize_filename (char *fname)
{
int maxlen;
char orig[PATH_MAX + 1];
int i;
char *lastdot, *p;
#ifdef _PC_NAME_MAX
maxlen = pathconf (fname, _PC_NAME_MAX);
if (maxlen < 1)
#endif
maxlen = PATH_MAX;
i = skip_directory_part (fname);
if (fname[i] == '\0')
return fname; /* only a directory name -- don't modify */
strcpy (orig, fname + i);
switch (maxlen)
{
case 12: /* MS-DOS 8+3 filesystem */
if (orig[0] == '.') /* leading dots are not allowed */
orig[0] = '_';
lastdot = strrchr (orig, '.');
if (!lastdot)
lastdot = orig + strlen (orig);
strncpy (fname + i, orig, lastdot - orig);
for (p = fname + i;
p < fname + i + (lastdot - orig) && p < fname + i + 8;
p++)
if (*p == '.')
*p = '_';
*p = '\0';
if (*lastdot == '.')
strncat (fname + i, lastdot, 4);
break;
case 14: /* old Unix systems with 14-char limitation */
strcpy (fname + i, orig);
if (strlen (fname + i) > 14)
fname[i + 14] = '\0';
break;
default:
strcpy (fname + i, orig);
if (strlen (fname) > maxlen - 1)
fname[maxlen - 1] = '\0';
break;
}
return fname;
}
/* Delayed writing functions. A few of the commands
needs to be handled at the end, namely @contents,
@shortcontents, @printindex and @listoffloats.
These functions take care of that. */
static DELAYED_WRITE *delayed_writes = NULL;
int handling_delayed_writes = 0;
void
register_delayed_write (char *delayed_command)
{
DELAYED_WRITE *new;
if (!current_output_filename || !*current_output_filename)
{
/* Cannot register if we don't know what the output file is. */
warning (_("`%s' omitted before output filename"), delayed_command);
return;
}
if (STREQ (current_output_filename, "-"))
{
/* Do not register a new write if the output file is not seekable.
Let the user know about it first, though. */
warning (_("`%s' omitted since writing to stdout"), delayed_command);
return;
}
/* Don't complain if the user is writing /dev/null, since surely they
don't care, but don't register the delayed write, either. */
if (FILENAME_CMP (current_output_filename, NULL_DEVICE) == 0
|| FILENAME_CMP (current_output_filename, ALSO_NULL_DEVICE) == 0)
return;
/* We need the HTML header in the output,
to get a proper output_position. */
if (!executing_string && html)
html_output_head ();
/* Get output_position updated. */
flush_output ();
new = xmalloc (sizeof (DELAYED_WRITE));
new->command = xstrdup (delayed_command);
new->filename = xstrdup (current_output_filename);
new->input_filename = xstrdup (input_filename);
new->position = output_position;
new->calling_line = line_number;
new->node = current_node ? xstrdup (current_node): "";
new->node_order = node_order;
new->index_order = index_counter;
new->next = delayed_writes;
delayed_writes = new;
}
void
handle_delayed_writes (void)
{
DELAYED_WRITE *temp = (DELAYED_WRITE *) reverse_list
((GENERIC_LIST *) delayed_writes);
int position_shift_amount, line_number_shift_amount;
char *delayed_buf;
handling_delayed_writes = 1;
while (temp)
{
delayed_buf = find_and_load (temp->filename, 0);
if (output_paragraph_offset > 0)
{
error (_("Output buffer not empty."));
return;
}
if (!delayed_buf)
{
fs_error (temp->filename);
return;
}
output_stream = fopen (temp->filename, "w");
if (!output_stream)
{
fs_error (temp->filename);
return;
}
if (fwrite (delayed_buf, 1, temp->position, output_stream) != temp->position)
{
fs_error (temp->filename);
return;
}
{
int output_position_at_start = output_position;
int line_number_at_start = output_line_number;
/* In order to make warnings and errors
refer to the correct line number. */
input_filename = temp->input_filename;
line_number = temp->calling_line;
execute_string ("%s", temp->command);
flush_output ();
/* Since the output file is modified, following delayed writes
need to be updated by this amount. */
position_shift_amount = output_position - output_position_at_start;
line_number_shift_amount = output_line_number - line_number_at_start;
}
if (fwrite (delayed_buf + temp->position, 1,
input_text_length - temp->position, output_stream)
!= input_text_length - temp->position
|| fclose (output_stream) != 0)
fs_error (temp->filename);
/* Done with the buffer. */
free (delayed_buf);
/* Update positions in tag table for nodes that are defined after
the line this delayed write is registered. */
if (!html && !xml)
{
TAG_ENTRY *node;
for (node = tag_table; node; node = node->next_ent)
if (node->order > temp->node_order)
node->position += position_shift_amount;
}
/* Something similar for the line numbers in all of the defined
indices. */
{
int i;
for (i = 0; i < defined_indices; i++)
if (name_index_alist[i])
{
char *name = ((INDEX_ALIST *) name_index_alist[i])->name;
INDEX_ELT *index;
for (index = index_list (name); index; index = index->next)
if ((no_headers || STREQ (index->node, temp->node))
&& index->entry_number > temp->index_order)
index->output_line += line_number_shift_amount;
}
}
/* Shift remaining delayed positions
by the length of this write. */
{
DELAYED_WRITE *future_write = temp->next;
while (future_write)
{
if (STREQ (temp->filename, future_write->filename))
future_write->position += position_shift_amount;
future_write = future_write->next;
}
}
temp = temp->next;
}
}

70
contrib/texinfo/makeinfo/files.h
View File

@ -1,70 +0,0 @@
/* files.h -- declarations for files.c.
$Id: files.h,v 1.4 2004/07/27 00:06:31 karl Exp $
Copyright (C) 1998, 2002, 2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
*/
#ifndef FILES_H
#define FILES_H
/* A stack of file information records. If a new file is read in with
"@input", we remember the old input file state on this stack. */
typedef struct fstack
{
struct fstack *next;
char *filename;
char *text;
int size;
int offset;
int line_number;
} FSTACK;
extern FSTACK *filestack;
extern void pushfile (void);
extern void popfile (void);
extern void flush_file_stack (void);
extern char *get_file_info_in_path (char *filename, char *path,
struct stat *finfo);
extern char *find_and_load (char *filename, int use_path);
extern char *output_name_from_input_name (char *name);
extern char *expand_filename (char *filename, char *input_name);
extern char *filename_part (char *filename);
extern char *pathname_part (char *filename);
extern char *normalize_filename (char *fname);
extern void append_to_include_path (char *path);
extern void prepend_to_include_path (char *path);
extern void pop_path_from_include_path (void);
extern void register_delayed_write (char *delayed_command);
extern void handle_delayed_writes (void);
typedef struct delayed_write
{
struct delayed_write *next;
char *command;
char *filename;
char *input_filename;
char *node;
int position;
int calling_line;
int node_order;
int index_order;
} DELAYED_WRITE;
extern int handling_delayed_writes;
#endif /* !FILES_H */

430
contrib/texinfo/makeinfo/float.c
View File

@ -1,430 +0,0 @@
/* float.c -- float environment functions.
$Id: float.c,v 1.8 2004/07/05 22:23:22 karl Exp $
Copyright (C) 2003, 2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
Originally written by Alper Ersoy <dirt@gtk.org>. */
#include "system.h"
#include "makeinfo.h"
#include "cmds.h"
#include "files.h"
#include "float.h"
#include "html.h"
#include "sectioning.h"
#include "xml.h"
static FLOAT_ELT *float_stack = NULL;
void
add_new_float (char *id, char *title, char *shorttitle,
char *type, char *position)
{
FLOAT_ELT *new = xmalloc (sizeof (FLOAT_ELT));
unsigned long num_len;
new->id = id;
new->type = type;
new->title = title;
new->shorttitle = shorttitle;
new->position = position;
new->title_used = 0;
new->defining_line = line_number - 1;
new->number = current_chapter_number ();
/* Append dot if not @unnumbered. */
num_len = strlen (new->number);
if (num_len > 0)
{
new->number = xrealloc (new->number, num_len + 1 + 1);
new->number[num_len] = '.';
new->number[num_len+1] = '\0';
}
{ /* Append the current float number. */
unsigned len = strlen (new->number) + 21; /* that's 64 bits */
char *s = xmalloc (len + 1);
sprintf (s, "%s%d", new->number,
count_floats_of_type_in_chapter (text_expansion (type),
new->number) + 1);
free (new->number);
new->number = xstrdup (s);
}
/* Plain text output needs sectioning number and its title,
when listing floats. */
if (!html && !xml && no_headers)
{
new->section = current_sectioning_number ();
if (strlen (new->section) == 0)
new->section_name = current_sectioning_name ();
else
new->section_name = "";
}
new->next = float_stack;
float_stack = new;
}
int
count_floats_of_type_in_chapter (char *type, char *chapter)
{
int i = 0;
int l = strlen (chapter);
FLOAT_ELT *temp = float_stack;
while (temp && strncmp (temp->number, chapter, l) == 0)
{
if (strlen (temp->id) > 0 && STREQ (text_expansion (temp->type), type))
i++;
temp = temp->next;
}
return i;
}
char *
current_float_title (void)
{
return float_stack->title;
}
char *
current_float_shorttitle (void)
{
return float_stack->shorttitle;
}
char *
current_float_type (void)
{
return float_stack->type;
}
char *
current_float_position (void)
{
return float_stack->position;
}
char *
current_float_number (void)
{
return float_stack->number;
}
char *
current_float_id (void)
{
return float_stack->id;
}
char *
get_float_ref (char *id)
{
FLOAT_ELT *temp = float_stack;
while (temp)
{
if (STREQ (id, temp->id))
{
char *s = xmalloc (strlen (temp->type) + strlen (temp->number) + 2);
sprintf (s, "%s %s", temp->type, temp->number);
return s;
}
temp = temp->next;
}
return NULL;
}
static int
float_type_exists (char *check_type)
{
/* Check if the requested float_type exists in the floats stack. */
FLOAT_ELT *temp;
for (temp = float_stack; temp; temp = temp->next)
if (STREQ (temp->type, check_type) && temp->id && *temp->id)
return 1;
return 0;
}
void
cm_listoffloats (void)
{
char *float_type;
get_rest_of_line (1, &float_type);
/* get_rest_of_line increments the line number by one,
so to make warnings/errors point to the correct line,
we decrement the line_number again. */
if (!handling_delayed_writes)
line_number--;
if (handling_delayed_writes && !float_type_exists (float_type))
warning (_("Requested float type `%s' not previously used"), float_type);
if (xml)
{
xml_insert_element_with_attribute (LISTOFFLOATS, START,
"type=\"%s\"", text_expansion (float_type));
xml_insert_element (LISTOFFLOATS, END);
}
else if (!handling_delayed_writes)
{
int command_len = sizeof ("@ ") + strlen (command) + strlen (float_type);
char *list_command = xmalloc (command_len + 1);
/* These are for the text following @listoffloats command.
Handling them with delayed writes is too late. */
close_paragraph ();
cm_noindent ();
sprintf (list_command, "@%s %s", command, float_type);
register_delayed_write (list_command);
free (list_command);
}
else if (float_type_exists (float_type))
{
FLOAT_ELT *temp = (FLOAT_ELT *) reverse_list
((GENERIC_LIST *) float_stack);
FLOAT_ELT *new_start = temp;
if (html)
insert_string ("<ul class=\"listoffloats\">\n");
else
{
if (!no_headers)
insert_string ("* Menu:\n\n");
}
while (temp)
{
if (strlen (temp->id) > 0 && STREQ (float_type, temp->type))
{
if (html)
{
/* A bit of space for HTML reabality. */
insert_string (" ");
add_html_block_elt ("<li>");
/* Simply relying on @ref command doesn't work here, because
commas in the caption may confuse the argument parsing. */
add_word ("<a href=\"");
add_anchor_name (temp->id, 1);
add_word ("\">");
if (strlen (float_type) > 0)
execute_string ("%s", float_type);
if (strlen (temp->id) > 0)
{
if (strlen (float_type) > 0)
add_char (' ');
add_word (temp->number);
}
if (strlen (temp->title) > 0)
{
if (strlen (float_type) > 0
|| strlen (temp->id) > 0)
insert_string (": ");
execute_string ("%s", temp->title);
}
add_word ("</a>");
add_html_block_elt ("</li>\n");
}
else
{
char *entry;
char *raw_entry;
char *title = expansion (temp->title, 0);
int len;
int aux_chars_len; /* these are asterisk, colon, etc. */
int column_width; /* width of the first column in menus. */
int number_len; /* length of Figure X.Y: etc. */
int i = 0;
/* Chosen widths are to match what @printindex produces. */
if (no_headers)
{
column_width = 43;
/* We have only one auxiliary character, NULL. */
aux_chars_len = sizeof ("");
}
else
{
column_width = 37;
/* We'll be adding an asterisk, followed by a space
and then a colon after the title, to construct a
proper menu item. */
aux_chars_len = sizeof ("* :");
}
/* Allocate enough space for possible expansion later. */
raw_entry = (char *) xmalloc (strlen (float_type)
+ strlen (temp->number) + strlen (title)
+ sizeof (": "));
sprintf (raw_entry, "%s %s", float_type, temp->number);
if (strlen (title) > 0)
strcat (raw_entry, ": ");
number_len = strlen (raw_entry);
len = strlen (title) + strlen (raw_entry);
/* If we have a @shortcaption, try it if @caption is
too long to fit on a line. */
if (len + aux_chars_len > column_width
&& strlen (temp->shorttitle) > 0)
title = expansion (temp->shorttitle, 0);
strcat (raw_entry, title);
len = strlen (raw_entry);
if (len + aux_chars_len > column_width)
{ /* Shorten long titles by looking for a space before
column_width - strlen (" ..."). */
/* -1 is for NULL, which is already in aux_chars_len. */
aux_chars_len += sizeof ("...") - 1;
len = column_width - aux_chars_len;
while (raw_entry[len] != ' ' && len >= 0)
len--;
/* Advance to the whitespace. */
len++;
/* If we are at the end of, say, Figure X.Y:, but
we have a title, then this means title does not
contain any whitespaces. Or it may be that we
went as far as the beginning. Just print as much
as possible of the title. */
if (len == 0
|| (len == number_len && strlen (title) > 0))
len = column_width - sizeof ("...");
/* Break here. */
raw_entry[len] = 0;
entry = xmalloc (len + aux_chars_len);
if (!no_headers)
strcpy (entry, "* ");
else
entry[0] = 0;
strcat (entry, raw_entry);
strcat (entry, "...");
if (!no_headers)
strcat (entry, ":");
}
else
{
entry = xmalloc (len + aux_chars_len);
if (!no_headers)
strcpy (entry, "* ");
else
entry[0] = 0;
strcat (entry, raw_entry);
if (!no_headers)
strcat (entry, ":");
}
insert_string (entry);
i = strlen (entry);
/* We insert space chars until ``column_width + four spaces''
is reached, to make the layout the same with what we produce
for @printindex. This is of course not obligatory, though
easier on the eye. -1 is for NULL. */
while (i < column_width + sizeof (" ") - 1)
{
insert (' ');
i++;
}
if (no_headers)
{
if (strlen (temp->section) > 0)
{ /* We got your number. */
insert_string ((char *) _("See "));
insert_string (temp->section);
}
else
{ /* Sigh, @float in an @unnumbered. :-\ */
insert_string ("\n ");
insert_string ((char *) _("See "));
insert_string ("``");
insert_string (expansion (temp->section_name, 0));
insert_string ("''");
}
}
else
insert_string (temp->id);
insert_string (".\n");
free (entry);
free (title);
}
}
temp = temp->next;
}
if (html)
{
inhibit_paragraph_indentation = 1;
insert_string ("</ul>\n\n");
}
else
insert ('\n');
/* Retain the original order of float stack. */
temp = new_start;
float_stack = (FLOAT_ELT *) reverse_list ((GENERIC_LIST *) temp);
}
free (float_type);
/* Re-increment the line number, because get_rest_of_line
left us looking at the next line after the command. */
line_number++;
}
int
current_float_used_title (void)
{
return float_stack->title_used;
}
void current_float_set_title_used (void)
{
float_stack->title_used = 1;
}

56
contrib/texinfo/makeinfo/float.h
View File

@ -1,56 +0,0 @@
/* float.h -- declarations for the float environment.
$Id: float.h,v 1.5 2004/04/11 17:56:47 karl Exp $
Copyright (C) 2003, 2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
Written by Alper Ersoy <dirt@gtk.org>. */
#ifndef FLOAT_H
#define FLOAT_H
typedef struct float_elt
{
struct float_elt *next;
char *id;
char *type;
char *title;
char *shorttitle;
char *position;
char *number;
char *section;
char *section_name;
short title_used;
int defining_line;
} FLOAT_ELT;
extern void add_new_float (char *id, char *title, char *shorttitle,
char *type, char *position);
extern void current_float_set_title_used (void);
/* Information retrieval about the current float env. */
extern char *current_float_id (void);
extern char *current_float_title (void);
extern char *current_float_shorttitle (void);
extern char *current_float_type (void);
extern char *current_float_position (void);
extern char *current_float_number (void);
extern char *get_float_ref (char *id);
extern int count_floats_of_type_in_chapter (char *type, char *chapter);
extern int current_float_used_title (void);
#endif /* not FLOAT_H */

391
contrib/texinfo/makeinfo/footnote.c
View File

@ -1,391 +0,0 @@
/* footnote.c -- footnotes for Texinfo.
$Id: footnote.c,v 1.7 2004/04/11 17:56:47 karl Exp $
Copyright (C) 1998, 1999, 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
#include "system.h"
#include "footnote.h"
#include "macro.h"
#include "makeinfo.h"
#include "node.h"
#include "xml.h"
#include "xref.h"
/* Nonzero means that the footnote style for this document was set on
the command line, which overrides any other settings. */
int footnote_style_preset = 0;
/* The current footnote number in this node. Each time a new node is
started this is reset to 1. */
int current_footnote_number = 1;
/* Nonzero means we automatically number footnotes with no specified marker. */
int number_footnotes = 1;
/* Nonzero means we are currently outputting footnotes. */
int already_outputting_pending_notes = 0;
/* Footnotes can be handled in one of two ways:
separate_node:
Make them look like followed references, with the reference
destinations in a makeinfo manufactured node or,
end_node:
Make them appear at the bottom of the node that they originally
appeared in. */
#define separate_node 0
#define end_node 1
int footnote_style = end_node;
int first_footnote_this_node = 1;
int footnote_count = 0;
/* Set the footnote style based on the style identifier in STRING. */
int
set_footnote_style (char *string)
{
if (strcasecmp (string, "separate") == 0)
footnote_style = separate_node;
else if (strcasecmp (string, "end") == 0)
footnote_style = end_node;
else
return -1;
return 0;
}
void
cm_footnotestyle (void)
{
char *arg;
get_rest_of_line (1, &arg);
/* If set on command line, do not change the footnote style. */
if (!footnote_style_preset && set_footnote_style (arg) != 0)
line_error (_("Bad argument to %c%s"), COMMAND_PREFIX, command);
free (arg);
}
typedef struct fn
{
struct fn *next;
char *marker;
char *note;
int number;
} FN;
FN *pending_notes = NULL;
/* A method for remembering footnotes. Note that this list gets output
at the end of the current node. */
static void
remember_note (char *marker, char *note)
{
FN *temp = xmalloc (sizeof (FN));
temp->marker = xstrdup (marker);
temp->note = xstrdup (note);
temp->next = pending_notes;
temp->number = current_footnote_number;
pending_notes = temp;
footnote_count++;
}
/* How to get rid of existing footnotes. */
static void
free_pending_notes (void)
{
FN *temp;
while ((temp = pending_notes))
{
free (temp->marker);
free (temp->note);
pending_notes = pending_notes->next;
free (temp);
}
first_footnote_this_node = 1;
footnote_count = 0;
current_footnote_number = 1; /* for html */
}
/* What to do when you see a @footnote construct. */
/* Handle a "footnote".
footnote *{this is a footnote}
where "*" is the (optional) marker character for this note. */
void
cm_footnote (void)
{
char *marker;
char *note;
get_until ("{", &marker);
canon_white (marker);
if (macro_expansion_output_stream && !executing_string)
append_to_expansion_output (input_text_offset + 1); /* include the { */
/* Read the argument in braces. */
if (curchar () != '{')
{
line_error (_("`%c%s' needs an argument `{...}', not just `%s'"),
COMMAND_PREFIX, command, marker);
free (marker);
return;
}
else
{
int len;
int braces = 1;
int loc = ++input_text_offset;
while (braces)
{
if (loc == input_text_length)
{
line_error (_("No closing brace for footnote `%s'"), marker);
return;
}
if (input_text[loc] == '{')
braces++;
else if (input_text[loc] == '}')
braces--;
else if (input_text[loc] == '\n')
line_number++;
loc++;
}
len = (loc - input_text_offset) - 1;
note = xmalloc (len + 1);
memcpy (note, &input_text[input_text_offset], len);
note[len] = 0;
input_text_offset = loc;
}
/* Must write the macro-expanded argument to the macro expansion
output stream. This is like the case in index_add_arg. */
if (macro_expansion_output_stream && !executing_string)
{
/* Calling me_execute_string on a lone } provokes an error, since
as far as the reader knows there is no matching {. We wrote
the { above in the call to append_to_expansion_output. */
me_execute_string_keep_state (note, "}");
}
if (!current_node || !*current_node)
{
line_error (_("Footnote defined without parent node"));
free (marker);
free (note);
return;
}
/* output_pending_notes is non-reentrant (it uses a global data
structure pending_notes, which it frees before it returns), and
TeX doesn't grok footnotes inside footnotes anyway. Disallow
that. */
if (already_outputting_pending_notes)
{
line_error (_("Footnotes inside footnotes are not allowed"));
free (marker);
free (note);
return;
}
if (!*marker)
{
free (marker);
if (number_footnotes)
{
marker = xmalloc (10);
sprintf (marker, "%d", current_footnote_number);
}
else
marker = xstrdup ("*");
}
if (xml)
xml_insert_footnote (note);
else
{
remember_note (marker, note);
/* fixme: html: footnote processing needs work; we currently ignore
the style requested; we could clash with a node name of the form
`fn-<n>', though that's unlikely. */
if (html)
{
/* Hyperlink also serves as an anchor (mnemonic: fnd is footnote
definition.) */
add_html_elt ("<a rel=\"footnote\" href=");
add_word_args ("\"#fn-%d\" name=\"fnd-%d\"><sup>%s</sup></a>",
current_footnote_number, current_footnote_number,
marker);
}
else
/* Your method should at least insert MARKER. */
switch (footnote_style)
{
case separate_node:
add_word_args ("(%s)", marker);
execute_string (" (*note %s-Footnote-%d::)",
current_node, current_footnote_number);
if (first_footnote_this_node)
{
char *temp_string, *expanded_ref;
temp_string = xmalloc (strlen (current_node)
+ strlen ("-Footnotes") + 1);
strcpy (temp_string, current_node);
strcat (temp_string, "-Footnotes");
expanded_ref = expansion (temp_string, 0);
remember_node_reference (expanded_ref, line_number,
followed_reference);
free (temp_string);
free (expanded_ref);
first_footnote_this_node = 0;
}
break;
case end_node:
add_word_args ("(%s)", marker);
break;
default:
break;
}
current_footnote_number++;
}
free (marker);
free (note);
}
/* Output the footnotes. We are at the end of the current node. */
void
output_pending_notes (void)
{
FN *footnote = pending_notes;
if (!pending_notes)
return;
if (html)
{
add_html_block_elt ("<div class=\"footnote\">\n<hr>\n");
/* We add an anchor here so @printindex can refer to this point
(as the node name) for entries defined in footnotes. */
if (!splitting)
add_word ("<a name=\"texinfo-footnotes-in-document\"></a>");
add_word_args ("<h4>%s</h4>", (char *) _("Footnotes"));
}
else
switch (footnote_style)
{
case separate_node:
{
char *old_current_node = current_node;
char *old_command = xstrdup (command);
already_outputting_pending_notes++;
execute_string ("%cnode %s-Footnotes,,,%s\n",
COMMAND_PREFIX, current_node, current_node);
already_outputting_pending_notes--;
current_node = old_current_node;
free (command);
command = old_command;
}
break;
case end_node:
close_paragraph ();
in_fixed_width_font++;
/* This string should be translated according to the
@documentlanguage, not the current LANG. We can't do that
yet, so leave it in English. */
execute_string ("---------- Footnotes ----------\n\n");
in_fixed_width_font--;
break;
}
/* Handle the footnotes in reverse order. */
{
int save_in_fixed_width_font = in_fixed_width_font;
FN **array = xmalloc ((footnote_count + 1) * sizeof (FN *));
array[footnote_count] = NULL;
while (--footnote_count > -1)
{
array[footnote_count] = footnote;
footnote = footnote->next;
}
filling_enabled = 1;
indented_fill = 1;
in_fixed_width_font = 0;
while ((footnote = array[++footnote_count]))
{
if (html)
{
/* Make the text of every footnote begin a separate paragraph. */
add_html_block_elt ("<p class=\"footnote\"><small>");
/* Make footnote number a link to its definition. */
add_word_args ("[<a name=\"fn-%d\" href=\"#fnd-%d\">%d</a>]",
footnote->number, footnote->number, footnote->number);
add_word ("</small> ");
already_outputting_pending_notes++;
execute_string ("%s", footnote->note);
already_outputting_pending_notes--;
add_word ("</p>\n");
}
else
{
char *old_current_node = current_node;
char *old_command = xstrdup (command);
already_outputting_pending_notes++;
execute_string ("%canchor{%s-Footnote-%d}(%s) %s",
COMMAND_PREFIX, current_node, footnote->number,
footnote->marker, footnote->note);
already_outputting_pending_notes--;
current_node = old_current_node;
free (command);
command = old_command;
}
close_paragraph ();
}
if (html)
add_word ("<hr></div>");
close_paragraph ();
free (array);
in_fixed_width_font = save_in_fixed_width_font;
}
free_pending_notes ();
}

Some files were not shown because too many files have changed in this diff Show More